As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on ~~June~~October 2520, ~~2021~~2023

Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ~~T850~~ACT OF 1933

HE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Forethought Life Insurance Company

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Indiana		6311		06-1016329
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

10 West Market Street, Suite 2300

Indianapolis, IN 46204

(866) 645-2449

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Sarah M. Patterson Forethought Life Insurance Company One Financial Plaza 755 Main Street, 24th Floor Hartford, CT 06103 (860) 325-1538 (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service) Copy to: Dodie C. Kent, Esq. Ronald Coenen Jr., Esq. Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP 700 Sixth Street, NW Washington, DC 20001

Sarah M. Patterson	Copy to:
Forethought Life Insurance Company	Dodie C. Kent, Esq.
One Financial Plaza	Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP
755 Main Street, 24^th Floor	700 Sixth Street, NW
Hartford, CT 06103	Washington, DC 20001
(860) 325-1538
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, ~~check~~ check the following box. x☒

If this Form is ~~filed~~ filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨ ☐

If this Form is a a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities ~~Act~~ Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨☐

If this Form is a a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities ~~Act~~ Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ¨☐ Accelerated filer ¨☐ Non-accelerated filer x☒ Smaller reporting company ¨☐ Emerging growth company ¨☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨☐

~~CALCULATION~~The OFinformation ~~REGISTRATION~~in ~~FEE~~this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities using this prospectus until the amended registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered		Amount to be Registered	Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit(1)	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(2)	Amount of Registration Fee(3)
Registered Indexed Linked Annuity Contract and interests therein		N/A	N/A	$1,000,000	$109.10

(1) The proposed maximum offering price per unit is not applicable because interests are not issued in predetermined amounts or units. Interests are sold on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

(2) The proposed maximum aggregate offering price is estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.

(3) A registration fee of $109.10 is due in connection with this filing and paid herewith.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell this Contract until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell this Contract and it is not soliciting an offer to buy this Contract in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Individual Single Premium Deferred Index-Linked Annuity Contract

Issued By: ~~FORETHOUGHT LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY~~

~~Prospectus~~FORETHOUGHT ~~Dated:~~LIFE ~~[ ]~~INSURANCE COMPANY

~~This~~Prospectus ~~prospectus~~Dated: ~~describes the~~ [~~Name TBD~~ ] RILA Contract (the “Contract”) and contains important information. Please read it before investing and keep it for future reference. This prospectus does not constitute an offering in any jurisdiction in which the Contract may not lawfully be sold. The Contract is a single premium deferred index-linked annuity contract issued by Forethought Life Insurance Company (the “Company”), ~~with a~~ minimum Premium Payment of $25,000. The Contract is designed to help you invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet long-term financial goals. Certain words and phrases used and capitalized throughout the prospectus are defined in the section titled “Defined Terms.” The Contract is available as both a B-share and an I-share contract. The B-share class is available through registered broker-dealers that charge sales commissions. The I-share class is available through registered investment advisers (RIAs) that charge an advisory fee.2024

This prospectus describes ~~all~~information ~~material~~you ~~rights~~should know before you purchase the ForeStructured Growth and ~~obligations~~the ofForeStructured ~~annuity~~Growth ~~purchasers~~Advisory ~~under~~Contract (the "Contract" or "Contracts"). ~~Under~~The prospectus describes the Contract, ~~you~~between ~~may~~each ~~allocate~~Owner ~~your~~and ~~Premium~~joint ~~Payment~~Owner to("you") and Forethought Life Insurance Company (the ~~One-Year~~"Company", ~~Fixed~~"We", ~~Strategy~~"Us" or ~~one~~"Our"). orThe ~~more~~Contract ofis ~~the~~a ~~Indexed~~single ~~Strategies~~premium ~~that~~deferred ~~are~~index-linked ~~available~~annuity ~~under~~contract ~~the~~issued ~~Contract.~~by ~~Each~~Us, ~~Indexed~~with ~~Strategy~~a isminimum Premium ~~tied~~Payment toof an$25,000. ~~Index~~The ~~and has~~Company ~~applicable~~does ~~Indexed~~not ~~Strategy~~allow ~~Parameters.~~additional AtPremium Payments after the ~~end~~initial ofPremium aPayment. ~~Strategy~~The ~~Term,~~Contract is Wedesigned ~~will~~to ~~apply~~help anyou ~~Index~~invest ~~Credit~~on toa ~~your~~tax-deferred ~~Indexed~~basis ~~Strategy~~and ~~Base (which~~meet ~~may~~long-term befinancial ~~positive,~~goals. ~~negative,~~Certain orwords ~~equal~~and tophrases ~~zero)~~used ~~based~~and oncapitalized throughout the ~~Index~~prospectus ~~performance~~are ~~and~~defined ~~Indexed~~in ~~Strategy~~the insection ~~which~~titled ~~you~~"Glossary ~~invest~~of Terms." ~~Each~~We ~~Strategy Term~~offer ~~tracks~~ the ~~Index~~Contract ~~performance~~as ~~for~~both ~~one~~a ~~year~~B-share orand an ~~six~~I-share ~~years~~Contract. ~~Six~~The ~~year~~B-share ~~Strategy~~class ~~Terms~~is ~~are~~offered ~~only~~through ~~available~~registered onbroker-dealers ~~the~~to ~~Issue~~which ~~Date~~We pay sales commissions. ~~All~~The ~~Indexed~~I-share class ~~Strategies~~is ~~may~~available ~~not~~through beregistered ~~available~~investment atadvisers ~~all~~(RIAs) ~~firms~~(affiliated with a registered broker-dealer) that sell the Contract and that charge an advisory fee for their services.

•Please ~~Index.~~read ~~Currently,~~this ~~the~~prospectus ~~Contract~~carefully ~~offers~~before ~~Indexed~~investing ~~Strategies~~and ~~that~~keep ~~credit~~it for ~~interest~~your ~~(which~~records ~~may~~and befor ~~positive,~~future ~~negative,~~reference. orThis ~~equal~~prospectus todoes ~~zero)~~not ~~based~~constitute onan ~~the~~offering ~~performance~~in ofany ~~the~~jurisdiction ~~following~~in ~~Indices:~~which ~~S&P~~the ~~500® Price Return Index, Nasdaq-100® Price Return Index, Fidelity Dividend Strength Index, Franklin U.S. Equity Index and UBS Climate Aware Equity Index. We~~ Contract may ~~offer~~not ~~Indexed~~lawfully ~~Strategies~~be ~~based on additional Indices in the future~~sold.

•This prospectus describes all of your material rights and obligations under the Contract. The Contract allows you to allocate your Premium Payment to an investment option under the Contract that provides for guaranteed interest, subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate (the "One-Year Fixed Strategy") or one or more investment options that are linked to the value of an Index and are referred to as Indexed Strategies. Each Indexed Strategy ~~permits~~is atied ~~positive~~to an Index for ~~Credit~~a set period of time (a "Strategy Term") and ~~provides~~has ~~limited~~a downside protection ~~against~~feature ~~negative~~and ~~Index~~an ~~Returns.~~upside ~~The~~crediting method, which We refer to, together, as the Indexed ~~Strategies~~Strategy ~~are~~Parameters. ~~described~~At inthe ~~more~~end ~~detail~~of ina Strategy Term, We will apply a credit (which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero) (an "Index Credit") to the ~~section~~amount ~~titled~~you ~~“Indexed~~allocated ~~Strategies.”~~to ~~Currently~~the Indexed Strategy, adjusted for partial withdrawals (including withdrawals to pay advisory fees) (the ~~Contract~~"Indexed ~~offers~~Strategy Base") based on the ~~following~~Index performance and Indexed ~~Strategies:~~Strategy Parameters applicable to your Indexed Strategy.

Strategy Term	Index	Upside Crediting Method	Downside Protection
One Year	S&P 500	Cap	0% Floor
One Year	S&P 500, Nasdaq-100®, Fidelity Dividend Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	Cap	10% Buffer
One Year	S&P 500, Nasdaq-100®	Cap	20% Buffer
One Year	S&P 500	Cap	Aggregate Floor

There is a risk of loss of principal and previously credited interest for any amounts you allocate to an Indexed Strategy (other than the Indexed Strategy with a "0% Floor"). For amounts allocated to an Indexed Strategy with a Buffer, if there is negative Index performance, you risk any losses that exceed the Buffer Percentage. For amounts allocated to an Indexed Strategy with a Floor, if there is negative Index performance, you risk any losses up to the Floor Percentage. Any loss could be increased due to the imposition of any charges applicable upon withdrawals ("Withdrawal Charges"), a positive or negative adjustment based on interest rates, spreads and time to maturity (a "Market Value Adjustment" or "MVA") and/or any prorated optional Death Benefit charge ("Rider Charge").

There is a Withdrawal Charge Period of six years for the B-share i and the I-share Contract, during which Withdrawal Charges and MVAs may apply.

One Year	S&P 500, Nasdaq-100®, Fidelity Dividend Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	Participation Rate	10% Buffer
Six Year	S&P 500, Fidelity Dividend Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	Cap	20% Buffer
Six Year	S&P 500, Fidelity Dividend Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	Participation Rate	20% Buffer
Six Year	S&P 500	Tier Participation Rate	5% Buffer
Six Year	S&P 500	Tier Participation Rate	10% Buffer

Indices. Currently, the Contract offers Indexed Strategies that credit interest (which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero) based on the performance of the following Indices: S&P 500^® Price Return Index, Nasdaq-100^® Price Return Index, Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength Index, Franklin U.S. Equity Index and UBS Climate Aware Equity Index. We may offer Indexed Strategies based on additional Indices in the future.

~~You~~Indexed ~~may~~Strategies. Each ~~also~~Indexed ~~choose~~Strategy topermits ~~invest~~a ~~all~~positive orIndex aCredit ~~portion of~~and ~~your~~provides ~~Contract~~limited ~~Value~~protection ~~for~~against ~~any~~negative ~~Strategy~~Index ~~Term~~Returns, inwith the ~~One-Year~~exception of ~~Fixed Strategy. Amounts allocated to~~ the ~~One-Year~~0% ~~Fixed~~Floor Indexed Strategy, ~~earn~~which ~~compounded interest~~permits at a ~~fixed~~positive ~~rate~~Index ~~for~~Credit ~~the~~and ~~duration~~provides offull ~~the~~protection ~~Strategy~~against ~~Term.~~negative AtIndex ~~the~~Returns. Each ~~end~~Indexed ~~of a~~ Strategy ~~Term,~~tracks athe ~~new~~Index ~~fixed~~performance ~~rate~~ for ~~the~~one ~~next~~year ~~Strategy Term~~or issix ~~declared~~years. ~~The~~Six ~~interest~~year ~~rate for the One-Year Fixed~~ Strategy ~~will~~Terms ~~never~~are beonly ~~less~~available ~~than~~on the ~~guaranteed~~date We ~~minimum~~issue ~~rate~~your Contract. ~~See~~All ~~the~~Indexed ~~section titled~~Strategies ~~“One-Year~~may ~~Fixed~~not ~~Strategy”~~be ~~for~~available ~~more~~through ~~information~~all firms.

The ~~Contract also includes a Performance Lock feature for each~~ Indexed ~~Strategy.~~Strategies Ifare ~~you~~described ~~decide~~in tomore ~~exercise~~detail ~~the Performance Lock feature during a Strategy Term, your Strategy Contract Value (which otherwise fluctuates each Valuation Day) is locked~~ in at the ~~Strategy Interim Value on the Performance Lock Date and will~~section ~~accumulate~~titled at"What aIndexed ~~fixed~~Strategies ~~rate~~are ~~equivalent~~available tounder the One-Year Fixed Strategy for the remainder of the Strategy Term. You should fully understand the operation and impact of the Performance Lock feature, as described in this prospectus. See the section titled “Performance Lock.”Contract?"

Any Index Credit or interest applied to your Contract, either as a result of investing in an Indexed Strategy or the One-Year Fixed Strategy, is subject to Our creditworthiness and claims-paying ability.i

~~Index~~One-~~linked~~Year ~~annuity~~Fixed ~~contracts~~Strategy. You ~~are~~may ~~complex insurance~~also ~~and~~choose to allocate all or a portion of your investment ~~vehicles~~to the One-Year Fixed Strategy. ~~Investors~~Amounts ~~should~~allocated ~~speak~~to ~~with~~the One-Year Fixed Strategy earn compounded interest at a ~~financial~~fixed ~~professional~~rate ~~about~~for the ~~Contract’s~~duration ~~features,~~of ~~benefits, risks,~~the ~~and~~Strategy ~~fees~~Term. At the end of a Strategy Term, ~~and~~a ~~whether~~new fixed rate for the ~~Contract~~next Strategy Term is ~~appropriate~~declared. The interest rate for the ~~investor~~One-Year ~~based~~Fixed ~~upon~~Strategy ~~his~~will ornever ~~her~~be ~~financial~~less ~~situation~~than ~~and~~the ~~objectives~~guaranteed minimum rate. See the section titled "One-Year Fixed Strategy" for more information.

AnPerformance Lock feature. The Contract includes a feature that permits you to lock-in the value of your investment in ~~this~~an ~~Contract~~Indexed isStrategy ~~subject~~("Strategy Contract Value") (which would otherwise continue to ~~risks,~~fluctuate) ~~including~~before the ~~possible~~end ~~loss~~ of ~~principal.~~a ~~See~~Strategy ~~“Risk~~Term. ~~Factors”~~After ~~beginning~~the date on ~~Page [10].~~which ~~The~~you ~~Contracts~~lock-in ~~are~~the Strategy ~~not~~Contract Value, We will credit your locked-in Contract Value amount at a fixed rate equivalent to the One-Year Fixed Strategy ~~deposits~~in oreffect ~~obligations~~on ~~of,~~the orPerformance ~~guaranteed~~Lock orDate ~~endorsed~~for ~~by,~~the ~~any~~remainder ~~bank~~of ~~and~~the ~~are~~Strategy ~~not~~Term. ~~insured~~You orshould ~~guaranteed~~fully byunderstand the ~~Federal~~operation ~~Deposit~~and ~~Insurance~~impact of ~~Corporation,~~the ~~Federal~~Performance ~~Reserve~~Lock ~~Board~~feature, oras ~~any~~described ~~other~~in ~~government~~this ~~agency~~prospectus. See the section titled "Performance Lock."

~~You are permitted to make reallocations and withdrawals under the Contract~~Withdrawals. ~~Reallocations are permitted only at the end of a Strategy Term.~~ Withdrawals may be taken at any time prior to starting Annuity Payments ("annuitization"), although withdrawals may be subject to a Withdrawal Charge and a ~~Market~~MVA ~~Value~~for ~~Adjustment~~the first 6 years of the Contract. InDuring ~~addition,~~the ~~any~~first ~~withdrawal~~6 ~~will~~years ~~reduce~~(the ~~your~~"Withdrawal Charge Period"), for any ~~Indexed~~Free ~~Strategy~~Withdrawal ~~Base~~Amount, which inincludes ~~turn~~the ~~will~~Required ~~negatively~~Minimum ~~impact~~Distribution ~~your~~for ~~Strategy~~the Contract, ~~Value~~any ~~for~~nursing home waiver and terminal illness waiver withdrawals; any surrender in connection with the ~~remainder~~bailout ofwaiver; and any Death Benefit payment, the ~~Strategy~~Withdrawal ~~Term~~Charges and atMVA ~~the~~will ~~end~~not be assessed. In addition, advisory fees taken as part of the ~~Strategy~~systematic ~~Term~~withdrawal program are not subject to Withdrawal Charges and MVAs. ~~Such~~Withdrawals ~~reductions~~are ~~may~~not besubject ~~significant~~to ~~depending~~Withdrawal onCharges ~~the~~and ~~amount~~a ofMVA after the ~~withdrawal~~Withdrawal Charge Period.

~~Prospective~~For ~~purchasers~~investments allocated ~~may~~to ~~obtain~~Indexed anStrategies, your Strategy Contract Value, less any applicable Withdrawal Charges, MVA and/or prorated Rider Charge, ~~application~~is the amount available for partial withdrawals (including withdrawals to ~~purchase~~pay advisory fees, systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions under the Contract), ~~through~~full ~~broker-dealers~~surrender of your Contract, annuitization and ~~registered~~Death ~~investment~~Benefit ~~advisers~~payments. ~~that~~On ~~have~~each ~~been~~day ~~appointed~~during bya ~~the~~Strategy ~~Company~~Term asother ~~insurance~~than ~~agents~~the first and ~~that~~last ~~have~~day, ~~selling~~your ~~agreements~~Strategy ~~with~~Contract ~~Global~~Value ~~Atlantic~~equals ~~Distributors,~~the ~~LLC~~Strategy ~~(“GAD”)~~Interim Value, ~~the principal~~which ~~underwriter~~could ~~for~~be ~~the~~less ~~Contracts.~~than ~~GAD~~your investment ~~will~~even ~~use~~when ~~its~~the ~~best~~Index ~~efforts~~is toperforming ~~sell~~positively. ~~the~~The ~~Contracts,~~Strategy ~~but~~Interim Value is not ~~required~~subject to ~~sell~~the ~~any~~Buffer ~~number~~ Percentage or ~~dollar~~Floor Percentage. ~~amount~~The ofStrategy ~~Contracts.~~Interim WeValue may ~~stop~~reflect ~~offering~~lower gains, if the ~~Contracts~~Index is performing positively, and higher losses, if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at ~~any~~the ~~time~~end of the Strategy Term.

-The ~~ii -~~way Strategy Interim Value is calculated depends on when your Contract was issued.

~~Neither~~● For Contracts issued before May 1, 2024, the ~~Securities~~Strategy Interim Value is calculated using a formula with a derivative valuation and ~~Exchange~~pro-rata ~~Commission nor~~upside ~~any~~crediting ~~state~~method ~~securities~~component. ~~commission~~Strategy ~~has~~Interim ~~approved~~Value orwill ~~disapproved~~be equal to the lesser of: ~~these~~(i) ~~securities~~one orplus ~~determined~~the ifMarket ~~this~~Value ~~prospectus~~of isOptions ~~accurate~~We orhold ~~complete~~to support the Indexed Strategy, and (ii) one plus the upside crediting method rate, prorated based on the number of days that have elapsed in the Strategy Term. ~~Any~~ ~~representation~~The toapplication of the ~~contrary~~prorated isupside acrediting ~~criminal~~method ~~offense~~will reduce any positive Index Return.

-● ~~iii~~ For Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, the Strategy Interim Value is calculated using a formula with a derivative and fixed income valuation component. Strategy Interim Value will be equal to the sum of: (i) the Derivative Asset Proxy and (ii) the Fixed Income Asset Proxy. The Derivative Asset Proxy and Fixed Income Asset Proxy reflect Our valuation of the derivative and fixed income instruments, respectively, that We hold to support the Indexed Strategy. There is no pro-rata component that limits the upside crediting method, but the Strategy Interim Value may nonetheless reflect lower gains than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.

~~TABLE~~In OFaddition, ~~CONTENTS~~a ~~Page~~partial withdrawal will reduce your Indexed Strategy Base and will cause your Strategy Interim Values for the remainder of the Strategy Term to be lower than if you did not take the withdrawal. Because your Strategy Contract Value equals your Strategy Interim Value on any given Valuation Day during a Strategy Term (except the first day of the Strategy Term), lower Strategy Interim Values will result in lower Strategy Contract Values.

~~DEFINED~~This ~~TERMS~~means 1that ~~SUMMARY~~partial 4withdrawals ~~RISK~~(including ~~FACTORS~~Free ~~8 Risk of Loss 8 Risk of Loss During the Right to Examine Period 8 General Liquidity Risk 8 Risk of Loss Related to~~ Withdrawal ~~Charges 9 Systematic Withdrawals to Pay Advisory Fee Risk 9 Index Risk 9 Index Cap Risk 10 Participation Rate~~Amounts, systematic ~~Tier Participation Rate and Tier Level Risk 10 Buffer Percentage~~withdrawals, ~~Floor~~Required ~~Percentage,~~Minimum orDistributions ~~Aggregate~~under Floor Percentage Risk 10 Indexed Strategy Base Risk 10 Performance Lock Risk 11 Strategy Interim Value Risk 11 Risk That We Add, Remove or Replace an Index or Indexed Strategy 11 Risk That We May Change the ~~Index Cap~~Contract, ~~Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rates~~ or ~~Tier~~withdrawals ~~Level 12 Our Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability 12 Cybersecurity and Business Continuity Risk 12 THE ANNUITY CONTRACT 12 State Variations 12 Owner 12 Assignments and Changes~~ to ~~Ownership~~pay 12advisory ~~Annuitant~~fees) 13during ~~Beneficiary~~a ~~13 Purchasing the Contract 13 Allocating Your Premium Payment 13 Right To Examine 13 Available strategies 13~~ Strategy Term could 13result ~~One-Year~~in ~~Fixed~~a ~~Strategy~~greater 13reduction ~~Indexed~~in ~~Strategies~~your ~~14 The Indices 15~~ Strategy Contract Value 17than ~~Index~~if ~~Credit~~you 17waited ~~Performance~~until ~~Lock~~the 20end ~~Impact~~ of ~~Withdrawals~~the ~~From~~Strategy ~~Indexed~~Term ~~Strategies~~to 20take ~~REALLOCATION~~a ~~PERIOD~~withdrawal. In 21addition, ~~Reallocation~~any ~~Requests~~partial 21withdrawal ~~ACCESS~~will TOproportionately ~~YOUR~~reduce ~~MONEY~~your ~~DURING~~Indexed ~~THE~~Strategy ~~ACCUMULATION~~Base, ~~PERIOD~~which 21could ~~Types~~be ofsignificantly ~~Withdrawals~~more 21than ~~Partial~~the dollar ~~Withdrawals~~amount 21of ~~Surrenders~~your 22withdrawal. ~~Market~~This ~~Value~~will ~~Adjustment~~reduce 22any ~~Systematic~~gains ~~Withdrawals~~at tothe ~~Pay~~end ~~Advisory~~of ~~Fee~~the 22Strategy Term.

-Systematic ~~iv -~~withdrawals to pay advisory fees will reduce the Contract's standard Death Benefit, but they will not reduce the benefit base used to determine the optional Return of Premium Death Benefit. Required Minimum Distributions and other systematic withdrawals under the Contract will reduce the Contract's standard Death Benefit and will reduce the benefit base used to determine the optional Return of Premium Death Benefit. For any amounts allocated to the Indexed Strategies, partial withdrawals (including withdrawals to pay advisory fees, systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distribution under the Contract), full surrender of your Contract, annuitization and Death Benefit payments will be based on your Strategy Interim Value.

~~CONTRACT~~Reallocation ~~CHARGES 23 Withdrawal Charge 23 Bailout Waiver 23 Nursing Home Waiver 24 Terminal Illness Waiver 24 Optional Return~~ of ~~Premium~~Contract ~~Death~~Value. Reallocations ~~Benefit~~are ~~Charges~~permitted 24only ~~ANNUITY~~at ~~PAYMENTS 24 Annuity Period 24 Annuity Payments 24 DEATH BENEFIT 26 Standard Death Benefit 26 Optional Return of Premium Death Benefit 26 To Whom~~ the ~~Death~~end ~~Benefit is Paid 26 Payment Options 27 Spousal Continuation 27 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS 27 A. Introduction 27 B. Taxation~~ of ~~Annuities~~a –Strategy ~~General Provisions Affecting Contracts Not Held in Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans 27 C~~Term. Federal Income Tax Withholding 30 D. Estate, Gift and Generations-Skipping Tax and Related Tax Considerations 31 E. Tax Disclosure Obligations 31 F. Medicare Tax 31 Information regarding iras 31 1. Individual Retirment Anniuties (“IRAs”) 31 2. Taxation of Amounts Received from IRAs 32 3. Penalty Taxes for IRAs 32 4. Required Minimum Distributions 33 5. Tax Withholding for IRAs 33 6. Rollover & Transfer Distributions 34 OTHER INFORMATION 34 General Account 34 The Separate Account 34 Suspension of Payments, Performance Lock Requests, or Transfers 34 How Contrats Are Sold 35 Amendments to the Contract 36 Legal Proceedings 36

All the Company's obligations under the Contract, including any Index Credit or interest applied to your Contract, either as a result of investing in an Indexed Strategy or the One-Year v Fixed Strategy, are subject to Our creditworthiness and claims-paying ability.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY	36
Appendix A: State Variations	A-1
APPENDIX B: STRATEGY INTERIM VALUE	B-1
APPENDIX C: EXAMPLES illlustrating calculation of index credit FoR Indexed strategies with aggregate floor percentages	C-1
APPENDIX D: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF INDEX CREDIT FOR INDEXED STRATEGIES WITH BUFFER PERCENTAGES and floor percentages	D-1
APPENDIX E: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF THE WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (FWA)	E-1
APPENDIX F: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT	F-1
APPENDIX G: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF THE OPTIONAL RETURN OF PREMIUM DEATH BENEFIT	G-1
APPENDIX h: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE LOCK	H-1
Appendix I: Index Disclosures	I-1

Index-linked annuity contracts are complex insurance and investment vehicles. Investors should speak with a financial professional about the Contract's features, benefits, risks, and fees, and whether the Contract is appropriate for the investor based upon his or her financial situation and objectives.

-An viinvestment in this Contract is subject to risks, in addition to the possible loss of principal and previously credited interest. See "Risk Factors" section on page -8 of this prospectus. The Contract is not a deposit or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

DEFINED TERMS
Accumulation Period	The period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Aggregate Floor	The dollar amount representing the Strategy Contract Value floor in each Aggregate Floor Strategy Term. The Aggregate Floor amount may increase from one Strategy Term to the next while Strategy Contract Value remains allocated to the Indexed Strategy.
Aggregate Floor Percentage	Percentage represents the maximum negative return in each Aggregate Floor Strategy Term. The initial Aggregate Floor Percentage for initial premium and subsequent transfers will be shown in the Contract. Subsequently, for each Strategy Term the percentage will be calculated and set at the start of each Strategy Term.
Annuitant	The natural person(s) on whose life (or lives) Annuity Payments under the Contract are based.
Annuity Calculation Date	The date We calculate the first Annuity Payment.
Annuity Commencement Date	The date when Annuity Payments begin under the selected annuity option.
Annuity Payment	The money We pay out after the Annuity Commencement Date for the duration and frequency you select.
Annuity Period	The period beginning on the Annuity Commencement Date during which Annuity Payments are payable.
Annuity Service Center	Correspondence, service or transaction requests, and inquiries to [address], [web address and email] or via fax [fax number]. Please note: Premium Payments must be sent to [address]. The overnight mailing address is [address] and should only be used for mail delivered via a courier.
Beneficiary	The person You name to receive a Death Benefit payable under this Contract.
Buffer	A downside protection option that provides protection against a negative Index Return until the protection level has been exceeded.
Buffer Percentage	The percentage of negative Index Return, if any, that will not be included in the Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy with a Buffer. If the negative Index Return does not exceed the Buffer Percentage, the Index Credit will equal zero.
Code	Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Company (or We, Us or Our)	Forethought Life Insurance Company
Commuted Value Contract	The present value of any annuity payout due and payable during guaranteed Annuity Payments. This amount is calculated using the applicable discount rate determined by us for applicable fixed dollar amount Annuity Payments. The [Name TBD] RILA Contract, which is a single premium deferred index-linked annuity contract, including any riders or endorsements between the Company and you, as the Owner.
Contract Anniversary	An anniversary of the Issue Date.
Contract Maturity Date	The later of (i) the tenth Contract Anniversary or (ii) the Contract Anniversary immediately following the oldest Owner’s 95th birthday; or, in the case of a non-natural Owners, the Contract Anniversary immediately following the Annuitant’s 95th birthday.
Contract Value	The total amount attributable to your Contract during the Accumulation Period at any given time. The Contract Value is the sum of the Strategy Contract Values and the One-Year Fixed Strategy Value at any given time.
Contract Year	The 12-month period starting on the Issue Date and each Contract Anniversary thereafter.
Crediting Rate Death Benefit	The rate(s) We set for each Indexed Strategy in advance of each Strategy Term which is used in the calculation of the Index Credit for that Indexed Strategy. The amount that We will pay upon the death of the Owner or the Annuitant, as applicable. If there are joint Owners, the Death Benefit will pay upon the first death of an Owner.
Due Proof of Death	A certified copy of a death certificate, an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or any other proof, acceptable to Us.
Ending Index Date	The Valuation Day used to determine the Index Value at the end of the Strategy Term. It is the Valuation Day immediately preceding the Contract Anniversary.

-You 1may obtain an application to purchase the Contract through broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have been appointed by the Company as insurance agents and that have selling agreements with Global Atlantic Distributors, LLC ("GAD"), the principal underwriter for the Contract. GAD will use its best efforts to sell the Contract, but is not required to sell any number or dollar amount of the Contract. We may stop offering the Contract at any time.

Floor	A downside protection option that provides protection against further negative Index Return after the protection level has been met.
Floor Percentage	The percentage that represents the maximum negative Index Return for an Indexed Strategy with a Floor. If the Index Return is negative and is greater than the Floor Percentage, then the Index Credit will be equal to the Index Return. If the Index Return is less than the Floor Percentage, this will reduce the Strategy Contract Value by the Floor Percentage.
Free Withdrawal Amount	The amount that can be withdrawn in any Contract Year without incurring a Withdrawal Charge or Market Value Adjustment.
General Account	The account that holds all of the Company’s assets other than assets allocated to the Separate Account and other Separate Accounts established by the Company.
Good Order	A request, including an application, is in Good Order if it includes all information We require to process the request. Good Order also includes submitting the information on the correct form(s) or any other method acceptable to Us with any required certification, guarantees or signatures to Our Annuity Service Center.
Index	The market index used by the Indexed Strategy to determine the Index Credit. The Index for each available Indexed Strategy is listed in your Contract and disclosed in “The Annuity Contract – Indexed Strategies” section of this prospectus.
Index Cap	The maximum possible Index Return that will be included in the Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy with an Index Cap. It is declared in advance of each Strategy Term and is guaranteed not to change for the length of the Strategy Term.
Index Credit	The rate of return applied to the Indexed Strategy Base at the end of each Strategy Term as described in the “Available Strategies” section.
Index Value	Defined for each Indexed Strategy, and is the published value of an Index. If the Index Value is not published on any day for which an Index Value is required, the nearest preceding published Index Value will be used.
Index Return	The net percentage change in the value of the Index from the Starting Index Date to the Ending Index Date.
Indexed Strategy	Any of the crediting Indexed Strategies available under the Contract. You elect the Indexed Strategy(ies) to which the Premium Payment is allocated or a reallocation is made, subject to the terms of this Contract and any applicable Riders. We may cease to offer a specific Indexed Strategy or cease to accept reallocations to a specific Indexed Strategy at any time. Any new reallocations accepted are subject to the terms and conditions in existence for any Indexed Strategy(ies) available at that time. The Indexed Strategies You have elected at issue are shown in your Contract.
Indexed Strategy Base	Each Indexed Strategy has its own Indexed Strategy Base. On the first Valuation Day of the Strategy Term it is equal to the amount allocated to an Indexed Strategy. It is subsequently adjusted for partial withdrawals and/or the deduction of Rider Charges and/or advisory fees. At the end of the Strategy Term it is the basis to which the Index Credit is applied..
Indexed Strategy Parameters	Various upside and downside parameters that determine the Index crediting approach for a given Indexed Strategy. These crediting mechanisms may include an Index Cap, a Participation Rate, a Tier Level, a Tier Participation Rates, a Floor Percentage, an Aggregate Floor Percentage or a Buffer Percentage.
Issue Age	The age as of the last birthday of the oldest Owner on the Issue Date, or Annuitant, as applicable.
Issue Date	The date on which the Contract is established by Us. The Issue Date is shown in your Contract. (Contracts will not be issued on February 29th).
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	A positive or negative adjustment to Contract Value that is applied to any Surrender or partial withdrawal in excess of the Free Withdrawal Amount or annuitization during the Withdrawal Charge Period.
Minimum Non-Forfeiture Amount	The minimum value available for surrender under this annuity Contract. The Minimum Non-Forfeiture Amount prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be equal to the Premium Payments multiplied by the non-forfeiture factor, accumulated at the non-forfeiture rate, less taxes and withdrawals, including advisory fee withdrawals.
One-Year Fixed Strategy	The investment option under the Contract that provides for guaranteed interest, and is subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate.
One-Year Fixed Strategy Value	The amount of Contract Value allocated to the One-Year Fixed Strategy at any given time.

The Contract does not provide tax deferral benefits, beyond those already provided under the Internal Revenue Code, for a Contract purchased as a qualified Contract, such as an Individual Retirement Annuity ("IRA"). Amounts withdrawn from the Contract prior to age 59 1/2 may also be subject to taxes and a 10% federal additional tax.

-This 2Contract -is not appropriate for investors who plan to take withdrawals beyond the Free Withdrawal Amount or surrender the Contract during the first six Contract Years due to the imposition of Withdrawal Charges and the MVA. In addition, both the application of the Strategy Interim Value to partial withdrawals during the Strategy Term and the proportional reduction in your Indexed Strategy Base, together with any Withdrawal Charges and the MVA, could significantly reduce the value of the Contract.

Optional Death Benefit Value	The Death Benefit value used to determine the Death Benefit payable when an optional Death Benefit is elected.
Owner	The person(s) or legal entity entitled to exercise all rights and privileges under the Contract. Any reference to Owner in this prospectus includes any joint Owner. References to “you” in this prospectus refer to the Owner or a prospective Owner.
Participation Rate	A percentage that is multiplied by any positive Index Return to calculate the Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy with a Participation Rate. It is declared in advance of each Strategy Term and is guaranteed not to change for the length of the Strategy Term.
Performance Lock	A feature under the Contract for each Indexed Strategy. If you decide to exercise the Performance Lock feature during a Strategy Term, your Strategy Contract Value (which otherwise fluctuates each Valuation Day) is “locked in” at the Strategy Interim Value on the Performance Lock Date and will accumulate at a fixed rate equivalent to the One-Year Fixed Strategy for the remainder of the Strategy Term. You do not receive Index Credit at the end of a Strategy Term if you exercise the Performance Lock feature.
Performance Lock Date	The Valuation Day on which We process your request to exercise the Performance Lock.
Premium Payment	The single premium paid to the Company under the Contract, less any applicable Premium Taxes due at the time the payment is made.
Reallocation Period	You may request a reallocation for a period of 30 days prior to the end of the Strategy Term and the request must be received at least [2] Valuation Days prior to the end of the Strategy Term. The reallocation will be effective on the Contract Anniversary.
Required Minimum Distribution	A federal requirement that individuals age 72 and older generally must take a distribution from their tax-qualified retirement account by December 31, each year. For employer sponsored qualified Contracts, the individual must generally begin taking distributions at the age of 72 or upon retirement, whichever comes later.
Return of Premium Base	The amount equal to the Premium Payment on the Issue Date, or equal to the Contract Value if elected after the Issue Date, if the optional Return of Premium Death Benefit is elected. The Return of Premium Base is adjusted proportionally for withdrawals.
Return of Premium Death Benefit	The optional Return of Premium Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit, for an additional charge, equal to the greater of the Contract Value and the Return of Premium Base.
Rider Charge	The charge that is applicable with the election of an optional benefit.
Right to Examine Period	The period of time that you have to examine your Contract after you receive it. The Right to Examine Period may vary according to state law.
Separate Account	A segregated account that We establish to hold reserves for Our guarantees under the Contract and other general obligations. As Owner of the Contract, you do not participate in the performance of assets held in the Separate Account and do not have any claim on them. The Separate Account is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Starting Index Date	The Valuation Day used to determine the Index Value at the beginning of the Strategy Term. This is the Valuation Day immediately preceding the Issue Date or the Contract Anniversary.
Strategy Contract Value	Each Indexed Strategy to which you allocate Contract Value will have a separate Strategy Contract Value. On the first day of a Strategy Term, the Strategy Contract Value equals the Indexed Strategy Base. On each Valuation Day following the Starting Index Date, the Strategy Contract Value equals the Strategy Interim Value. At the end of the Strategy Term, the Strategy Contract Value equals the Indexed Strategy Base multiplied by 1 plus the Index Credit.
Strategy Interim Value	Daily account value when surrenders, withdrawals, annuitizations and deaths occur, that is linked to fair value of insurance Company’s supporting asset portfolio. The Strategy Interim Value will be calculated at the end of each Valuation Day. On the first day of each Strategy Term, the Strategy Interim Value is equal to the Indexed Strategy Base. On any other Valuation Day, the Strategy Interim Value is calculated as described in Appendix B.
Strategy Term	The period over which performance of an Index is measured to determine Index Return, or, for the One-Year Fixed Strategy, the period over which interest is credited at a specified declared rate.
Surrender Value	The Contract Value prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, less any applicable Withdrawal Charge, Market Value Adjustment, Premium Taxes and any applicable Rider Charges.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") doesn't approve or disapprove these securities or determine if the information in this prospectus is truthful or complete. Anyone who represents that the SEC does these things is guilty of a criminal offense.

~~- 3 -~~iii

Tier Level	The level of Index Return that determines the applicability of the Tier Participation Rates.
TABLE OF CONTENTS		Page
Tier Participation Rate	A percentage that is multiplied by any positive Index Return to calculate the Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy with Tier Participation Rates. Tier Participation Rates include a Tier One Participation Rate and a Tier Two Participation Rate. Positive Index Return that is less than or equal to the Tier Level is multiplied by the Tier One Participation Rate. Positive Index Return that is in excess of the Tier Level is multiplied by the Tier Two Participation Rate. The Index Credit is equal to the sum of these values.
GLOSSARY OF TERMS		1
Withdrawal Charge	A charge assessed on withdrawals within a Contract Year that exceed the Free Withdrawal Amount.
SUMMARY		5
Withdrawal Charge Period (WCP)	The period when We may assess a Withdrawal Charge and a Market Value Adjustment on Surrender, a partial withdrawal or annuitization.
RISK FACTORS		13
Valuation Day	Every day the New York Exchange is open for regular trading. The value of an Indexed Strategy is determined at the close of the New York Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 pm Eastern Time) on such days.
Risk of Loss		13
Risk of Loss During the Right to Examine Period		13
General Liquidity Risk		14
Reallocation Risk		14
Strategy Interim Value Risk		14
Risk of Loss Related to Withdrawal Charges and Negative MVAs		15
Withdrawals to Pay Advisory Fee Risk (applicable to the I-share Contract only)		15
Index Risk		15
Index Cap Risk		17
Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rate and Tier Level Risk		18
Buffer Percentage, Floor Percentage, or Aggregate Floor Percentage Risk		18
Risks Related to Reduction of Indexed Strategy Base Due to Withdrawals		18
Performance Lock Risk		19
Risk That We Add, Remove or Replace an Index or Indexed Strategy		19
Risk That We May Change the Index Cap, Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rates or Tier Level		20
Our Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability		20
Cybersecurity and Business Continuity Risk		20
THE ANNUITY CONTRACT		20
State Variations		20
Owner		20
Assignments and Changes to Ownership		21
Annuitant		21
Beneficiary		21
Purchasing the Contract		21
Allocating Your Premium Payment		21
Right To Examine		21
AVAILABLE STRATEGIES		22
Strategy Term		22
One-Year Fixed Strategy		22
Indexed Strategies		22
The Indices		24
Strategy Contract Value		27
Index Credit		27
Performance Lock		36
Impact of Withdrawals From Indexed Strategies		38
REALLOCATION PERIOD		38
Reallocation Requests		38
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD		39
Types of Withdrawals		39
Partial Withdrawals		39
Surrenders		40
Market Value Adjustment		40
Systematic Withdrawals to Pay Advisory Fee		41
CONTRACT CHARGES		41
Withdrawal Charge		41
Bailout Waiver		43
Nursing Home Waiver		44

Terminal Illness Waiver		44
Optional Return of Premium Death Benefit Charges		44
ANNUITY PAYMENTS		45
Annuity Period		45
Annuity Payments		45
DEATH BENEFIT		46
Standard Death Benefit		46
Optional Return of Premium Death Benefit		47
To Whom the Death Benefit is Paid		47
Payment Options		47
Spousal Continuation		48
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS		48
A. Introduction		48
B. Taxation of Annuities – General Provisions Affecting Contracts Not Held in Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans		49
C. Federal Income Tax Withholding		53
D. Estate, Gift and Generations-Skipping Tax and Related Tax Considerations		53
E. Tax Disclosure Obligations		54
F. Medicare Tax		54
INFORMATION REGARDING IRAS		54
1. Individual Retirement Annuities ("IRAs")		54
2. Taxation of Amounts Received from IRAs		55
3. Additional Taxes for IRAs		55
4. Required Minimum Distributions		56
5. Tax Withholding for IRAs		57
6. Rollover & Transfer Distributions		57
OTHER INFORMATION		57
General Account		57
The Separate Account		58
Suspension of Payments, Performance Lock Requests, or Transfers		58
How Contracts Are Sold		58
Amendments to the Contract		60
Legal Proceedings		60
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY		60
Financial Statements		109
APPENDIX A: STATE VARIATIONS		A-1
APPENDIX B: STRATEGY INTERIM VALUE		B-1
APPENDIX C: EXAMPLES ILLLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF INDEX CREDIT FOR AGGREGATE FLOOR INDEXED STRATEGIES WITH AGGREGATE FLOOR PERCENTAGES		C-1
APPENDIX D: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF INDEX CREDIT FOR ALL INDEXED STRATEGIES WITH BUFFER PERCENTAGES AND FOR THE CAP WITH 0% FLOOR INDEXED STRATEGY		D-1
APPENDIX E: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF THE WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (FWA)		E-1
APPENDIX F: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (MVA)		F-1
APPENDIX G: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF THE OPTIONAL RETURN OF PREMIUM DEATH BENEFIT		G-1
APPENDIX H: EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATING CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE LOCK		H-1
APPENDIX I: INDEX DISCLOSURES		I-1

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Except as provided elsewhere in this prospectus, the following capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed below:

Accumulation Period		The period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Aggregate Floor		The dollar amount representing the guaranteed Strategy Contract Value floor applicable to each Strategy Term of the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy. The initial Aggregate Floor is equal to 90% of your initial investment allocation to the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy. The Aggregate Floor amount may increase due to positive Index performance from one consecutive Strategy Term to the next , as well as from transfers of additional Strategy Contract Value into the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy at the start of any new consecutive Strategy Term. The Aggregate Floor amount may also increase or decrease upon the election of the reset feature.
Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy		An Indexed Strategy with a one year Strategy Term that, if you elect to remain invested on a year-over-year basis, provides a downside protection guarantee that spans all multiple one year consecutive Strategy Terms. The annual growth potential is the one-year Index Return up to the Index Cap. The annual downside protection guarantee is a dollar amount equal to no less than 90% of your initial investment allocation (adjusted for withdrawals, optional Rider Charges, and transfers). We call this the Adaptive Floor Indexed Strategy in Our marketing materials.
Aggregate Floor Percentage		The percentage represents the maximum negative return in each Strategy Term for the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy. The initial Aggregate Floor Percentage for your initial investment allocation and any subsequent transfers is -10%. Subsequently, for each Strategy Term the percentage will be calculated at the start of each Strategy Term. We guarantee that the annual Floor Percentage for subsequent consecutive Strategy Terms will never be less than -20%.
Annuitant		The natural person(s) on whose life (or lives) Annuity Payments under the Contract are based.
Annuity Calculation Date		The date We calculate the first Annuity Payment.
Annuity Commencement Date		The date when Annuity Payments begin under the selected annuity option.
Annuity Payment		The money We pay out after the Annuity Commencement Date for the duration and frequency you select.
Annuity Period		The period beginning on the Annuity Commencement Date during which Annuity Payments are payable.
Annuity Service Center		Correspondence, service or transaction requests, and inquiries to 123 Town Square PL, PMB 711, Jersey City, NJ 07310, via email to GAOperations@mail.gafg.com or via fax 855-299-0104. Please note: Premium Payments must be sent to 123 Town Square PL, PMB 711, Jersey City, NJ 07310. The overnight mailing address is 123 Town Square PL, PMB 711, Jersey City, NJ 07310 and should only be used for mail delivered via a courier.
Beneficiary		The person you name to receive a Death Benefit payable under this Contract.
Buffer		A downside protection option that provides protection against a negative Index Return until the protection level has been exceeded.
Buffer Percentage		The percentage of negative Index Return, if any, that will not be included in the Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy with a Buffer. If the negative Index Return does not exceed the Buffer Percentage, the Index Credit will equal zero.
Code		Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Company (or We, Us or Our)		Forethought Life Insurance Company.
Commuted Value		The present value of any annuity payout due and payable during guaranteed Annuity Payments. This amount is calculated using the applicable discount rate determined by Us for applicable fixed dollar amount Annuity Payments.
Contract		The ForeStructured Growth and ForeStructured Growth Advisory Contract, which is a single premium deferred index-linked annuity contract, including any riders or endorsements between the Company and you, as the Owner.

Contract Anniversary		An anniversary of the Issue Date.
Contract Maturity Date		The later of (i) the tenth Contract Anniversary or (ii) the Contract Anniversary immediately following the oldest Owner's 95^thbirthday; or, in the case of a non-natural Owners, the Contract Anniversary immediately following the oldest Annuitant's 95^thbirthday.
Contract Value		The total amount attributable to your Contract during the Accumulation Period at any given time. The Contract Value is the sum of the Strategy Contract Values and the One-Year Fixed Strategy Value at any given time.
Contract Year		The 12-month period starting on the Issue Date and each Contract Anniversary thereafter.
Crediting Rate		The rate(s) We set for each Indexed Strategy in advance of each Strategy Term which is used in the calculation of the Index Credit for that Indexed Strategy.
Daily Fixed Income Asset Proxy Interest Rate		For Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, a rate of interest used in the calculation of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy, as described in Appendix B.
Death Benefit		The amount that We will pay upon the death of the Owner or the Annuitant, as applicable. If there are joint Owners, the Death Benefit will pay upon the first death of an Owner.
Derivative Asset Proxy		For Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, a component of the Strategy Interim Value formula. It reflects Our valuation of a hypothetical portfolio of derivative instruments that replicates the derivative assets We hold to support an Indexed Strategy. For each Indexed Strategy, it is calculated each Valuation Day based on the Indexed Strategy Base and the Market Value of Options, as described in Appendix B.
Due Proof of Death		A certified copy of a death certificate, an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or any other proof, acceptable to Us.
Ending Index Date		The Valuation Day used to determine the Index Value at the end of the Strategy Term. It is the Valuation Day immediately preceding the Contract Anniversary.
Fixed Income Asset Proxy		For Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, a component of the Strategy Interim Value formula and used in the calculation of MVAs. It reflects Our valuation of a hypothetical portfolio of fixed income instruments that replicates the fixed income assets We hold to support an Indexed Strategy. For each Indexed Strategy, it is calculated each Valuation Day based on the Indexed Strategy Base, the Market Value of Options on the Starting Index Date, the number of days elapsed in the Strategy Term, and the Daily Fixed Income Asset Proxy Interest Rate, as described in Appendix B.
Floor		A downside protection option that provides protection against further negative Index Return after the protection level has been met.
Floor Percentage		The percentage that represents the maximum negative Index Return that We will apply for an Indexed Strategy with a Floor even if negative performance of the Index exceeds that percentage. If the Index Return is negative and is greater than the Floor Percentage, then the Index Credit will be equal to the Index Return. If the Index Return is equal to or less than the Floor Percentage, We will reduce the Strategy Contract Value by the Floor Percentage.
Free Withdrawal Amount (FWA)		The amount that can be withdrawn in any Contract Year without incurring a Withdrawal Charge and MVA, which includes the Required Minimum Distribution for this Contract. All withdrawals from Indexed Strategies are based on the Strategy Interim Value if taken prior to the end of the Strategy Term, even if within the Free Withdrawal Amount.
General Account		The account that holds all of the Company's assets other than assets allocated to the Separate Account and other Separate Accounts established by the Company.
Good Order		A request, including an application, is in Good Order if it includes all information We require to process the request. Good Order also includes submitting the information on the correct form(s) or any other method acceptable to Us with any required certification, guarantees or signatures to Our Annuity Service Center.
Gross Withdrawal		The Gross Withdrawal is the total amount We deduct from your Contract Value as a result of your withdrawal request. This amount includes your withdrawal proceeds (which is the Net Withdrawal amount, as defined below), any applicable Withdrawal Charge, MVA and any other applicable charges or taxes.
Index		The market index used by the Indexed Strategy to determine the Index Credit. The Index for each available Indexed Strategy is listed in your Contract and disclosed in "The Annuity Contract — Indexed Strategies" section of this prospectus.
Index Cap		One of the upside crediting methods available under the Contract. The maximum possible Index Return that will be included in the Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy with an Index Cap. It is declared in advance of each Strategy Term and is guaranteed not to change for the length of the Strategy Term.
Index Credit		The rate of return applied to the Indexed Strategy Base at the end of each Strategy Term as described in the "Available Strategies" section.
Index Value		Defined for each Indexed Strategy, and is the published value of an Index. If the Index Value is not published on any day for which an Index Value is required, the nearest preceding published Index Value will be used.
Index Return		The net percentage change in the value of the Index from the Starting Index Date to the Ending Index Date.

Indexed Strategy		Any of the Indexed Strategies available under the Contract. You elect the Indexed Strategy(ies) to which the Premium Payment is allocated or a reallocation is made, subject to the terms of this Contract and any applicable Riders. We may cease to offer a specific Indexed Strategy or cease to accept reallocations to a specific Indexed Strategy at any time. Any new reallocations accepted are subject to the terms and conditions in existence for any Indexed Strategy(ies) available at that time. The Indexed Strategies you have elected at issue are shown in your Contract.
Indexed Strategy Base		Each Indexed Strategy has its own Indexed Strategy Base. On the first Valuation Day of the Strategy Term it is equal to the amount allocated to an Indexed Strategy. It is subsequently adjusted for any Gross Withdrawals, including, the deduction of Rider Charges and advisory fees and systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions. At the end of the Strategy Term it is the basis to which the Index Credit is applied.
Indexed Strategy Parameters		The upside and downside features that determine the Index crediting approach for a given Indexed Strategy. These crediting mechanisms will include an Index Cap, a Participation Rate, or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates and a Floor Percentage, an Aggregate Floor Percentage, or a Buffer Percentage.
Issue Age		The age as of the last birthday of the oldest Owner on the Issue Date, or oldest Annuitant, as applicable.
Issue Date		The date on which the Contract is established by Us. The Issue Date is shown in your Contract. (The Contract will not be issued on February 29^th).
Market Value of Options		A value used to determine Strategy Interim Value during the Strategy Term. It reflects Our valuation of derivative instruments that We hold to support of Our payment obligations and is intended to reflect Our risk that the Index will suffer a loss at the end of the Strategy Term based on the current volatility of the Index, Index performance, the time remaining in the Strategy Term and changes in prevailing interest rates.
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)		Cumulative withdrawals (partial or full) in any Contract Year that exceed the Free Withdrawal Amount during the Withdrawal Charge Period will be subject to an MVA. An MVA will also apply to Contract Value that exceeds your Free Withdrawal Amount if you annuitize your Contract during the Withdrawal Charge Period. An MVA may apply on any day during the Withdrawal Charge Period, including the last day of a Strategy Term. An MVA may be positive, negative, or equal to zero and will be based on interest rates, spreads and time to maturity. The application of an MVA differs depending on the Issue Date for your Contract, as follows: ● For Contracts issued before May 1, 2024, an MVA will be applied to Contract Value deducted in excess of the Free Withdrawal Amount from the One-Year Fixed Strategy and any Indexed Strategy. ● For Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, an MVA will be applied to Contract Value deducted in excess of the Free Withdrawal Amount from (i) the One-Year Fixed Strategy and (ii) any Indexed Strategy to the extent that the amount deducted from the Indexed Strategy is attributable to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy. An MVA may apply upon any surrender or partial withdrawal (including Required Minimum Distributions for this Contract), or annuitization in excess of the Free Withdrawal Amount during the Withdrawal Charge Period. Withdrawals to pay advisory fees (if taken as taken as part of Our systematic withdrawal program), surrenders in connection with the bailout waiver, nursing home waiver and terminal illness waiver withdrawals, and Death Benefit payments are not subject to an MVA. Detailed information about MVA calculations is provided in Appendix F.
Net Withdrawal		The Net Withdrawal is the amount that you will receive as a result of any withdrawal request. The Net Withdrawal is the Gross Withdrawal amount (the withdrawal amount you requested) less any applicable Withdrawal Charge, MVA and any other applicable charges or taxes.
One-Year Fixed Strategy		The investment option under the Contract that provides for guaranteed interest, and is subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate.
One-Year Fixed Strategy Value		The amount of Contract Value allocated to the One-Year Fixed Strategy at any given time.
Optional Death Benefit Value		The Death Benefit value used to determine the Death Benefit payable when an optional Death Benefit is elected.
Owner		The person(s) or legal entity entitled to exercise all rights and privileges under the Contract. Any reference to Owner in this prospectus includes any joint Owner. References to "you" in this prospectus refer to the Owner or a prospective Owner.
Participation Rate		One of the upside crediting methods available under the Contract. A percentage that is multiplied by any positive Index Return to calculate the Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy with a Participation Rate. It is declared in advance of each Strategy Term and is guaranteed not to change for the length of the Strategy Term.
Performance Lock		A feature under the Contract for each Indexed Strategy. If you decide to exercise the Performance Lock feature during a Strategy Term, your Strategy Contract Value (which otherwise fluctuates each Valuation Day) is "locked in" at the Strategy Interim Value on the Performance Lock Date and will accumulate at a fixed rate equivalent to the One-Year Fixed Strategy for the remainder of the Strategy Term. You do not receive Index Credit at the end of a Strategy Term if you exercise the Performance Lock feature.
Performance Lock Date		The Valuation Day on which We process your request to exercise the Performance Lock.

Premium Payment		The single premium paid to the Company under the Contract, less any applicable premium taxes due at the time the payment is made.
Reallocation Period		You may request a reallocation for a period of 30 days prior to the end of the Strategy Term and the request must be received at least 2 Valuation Days prior to the end of the Strategy Term. The reallocation will be effective on the Contract Anniversary.
Required Minimum Distribution		A federal requirement that individuals who attain the "applicable age" as defined under the Code generally must take a distribution from their tax-qualified retirement account by December 31, each year, or that requires Beneficiaries to take certain distributions after the IRA Owner's death.
Return of Premium Base		The amount equal to the Premium Payment on the Issue Date, or equal to the Contract Value if elected after the Issue Date following spousal continuation, if the optional Return of Premium Death Benefit is elected. The Return of Premium Base is adjusted proportionally for Gross Withdrawals.
Return of Premium Death Benefit		The optional Return of Premium Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit, for an additional charge, equal to the greater of the Contract Value and the Return of Premium Base.
Rider Charge		The charge that is applicable with the election of the optional benefit.
Right to Examine Period		The period of time that you have to examine your Contract after you receive it. The Right to Examine Period may vary according to state law.
Separate Account		A segregated account that We establish to hold reserves for Our guarantees under the Contract and other general obligations. As Owner of the Contract, you do not participate in the performance of assets held in the Separate Account and do not have any claim on them. The Separate Account is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Starting Index Date		The Valuation Day used to determine the Index Value and the Market Value of Options at the beginning of the Strategy Term. This is the Valuation Day immediately preceding the Issue Date or the Contract Anniversary.
Strategy Contract Value		Each Indexed Strategy to which you allocate Contract Value will have a separate Strategy Contract Value. On the first day of a Strategy Term, the Strategy Contract Value equals the Indexed Strategy Base. On each day between the first day and the end of the Strategy Term, the Strategy Contract Value equals the Strategy Interim Value. At the end of the Strategy Term, the Strategy Contract Value equals the Indexed Strategy Base multiplied by 1 plus the Index Credit.
Strategy Interim Value		The daily account value for an Indexed Strategy on any Valuation Day during a Strategy Term other than the first and last day. Strategy Interim Value is calculated at the end of a Valuation Day and will be the amount available from the Indexed Strategy for partial withdrawals (including withdrawals to pay advisory fees), full surrender of your Contract, annuitization and Deaths Benefit payments. The formula used to calculate Strategy Interim Value depends on the Issue Date for your Contract, as described in Appendix B: ● For Contracts issued before May 1, 2024, Strategy Interim Value will be equal to the lesser of: (i) one plus the Market Value of Options We hold to support the Indexed Strategy, and (ii) one plus the upside crediting method rate, prorated based on the number of days that have elapsed in the Strategy Term. ● For Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, Strategy Interim Value will be equal to the sum of: (i) the Derivative Asset Proxy and (ii) the Fixed Income Asset Proxy. The Derivative Asset Proxy and Fixed Income Asset Proxy reflect Our valuation of the derivative and fixed income instruments, respectively, that We hold to support the Indexed Strategy. Strategy Interim Value could be less than your investment even when the Index is performing positively. Strategy Interim Value is not subject to the Buffer Percentage or Floor Percentage. Strategy Interim Value may reflect lower gains, if the Index is performing positively, and higher losses, if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.
Strategy Term		The period over which performance of an Index is measured to determine Index Return, or, for the One-Year Fixed Strategy, the period over which interest is credited at a specified declared rate.
Surrender Value		The Contract Value prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, less any applicable Withdrawal Charge, MVA, premium taxes and any applicable Rider Charges.
Tier Level		The level of Index Return that determines the applicability of the Tier Participation Rates.
Tier Participation Rate		One of the upside crediting methods available under the Contract. A percentage that is multiplied by any positive Index Return to calculate the Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy with Tier Participation Rates. Tier Participation Rates include a Tier One Participation Rate and a Tier Two Participation Rate. Positive Index Return that is less than or equal to the Tier Level is multiplied by the Tier One Participation Rate. Positive Index Return that is in excess of the Tier Level is multiplied by the Tier Two Participation Rate. The Index Credit is equal to the sum of these values.

Withdrawal Charge		A charge assessed on the Gross Withdrawals within a Contract Year that exceed the Free Withdrawal Amount, which includes the Required Minimum Distribution for this Contract, or annuitization during the Withdrawal Charge Period. Withdrawals to pay advisory fees (if taken as part of Our systematic withdrawal program); surrenders in connection with the bailout waiver; nursing home waiver and terminal illness waiver withdrawals; and Death Benefit payments are not subject to a Withdrawal Charge.
Withdrawal Charge Period (WCP)		The six year period when We may assess a Withdrawal Charge and a MVA on surrender, a partial withdrawal or annuitization.
Valuation Day		Every day the New York Exchange is open for regular trading. The value of an Indexed Strategy is determined at the close of the New York Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 pm Eastern Time) on such days.

SUMMARY

This summary provides a brief overview of ~~[Name~~the ForeStructured Growth ~~TBD]~~and ~~RILA~~ForeStructured Growth Advisory Contract. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before you decide whether to purchase the Contract. The Contract may not be available in all states (i.e. New York), may vary in your state, or may not be available from all selling firms or from all financial professionals. Please see Appendix A for a list of states where the Contract is not available and for an explanation of state variations.

Who is ~~the~~Forethought ~~Company?~~Life ~~The Contract would be~~Insurance ~~an agreement between you, the Owner, and the~~ Company.? We are a life insurance company engaged in the business of writing individual variable, index-linked, fixed and fixed indexed annuities. The Company is authorized to do business in 49 states of the United States and the District of Columbia. The Company was incorporated under the laws of Indiana on July 10, 1986. We have offices located in Indianapolis and Batesville, Indiana; Hartford, Connecticut and ~~Berwyn~~Wayne, Pennsylvania. We are part of the Global Atlantic Financial Group (Global Atlantic), which is the marketing name for The Global Atlantic Financial Group, LLC and its subsidiaries, including, Forethought Life Insurance Company. KKR & Co. Inc. is the ultimate controlling parent entity of the Company.

What is the purpose of the Contract? ~~The~~ ~~Contract~~We isoffer ~~designed~~the Contract to help you invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet long-term financial goals, such as ~~retirement~~ funding. ~~During~~your ~~the~~retirement. ~~Accumulation~~The ~~Period,~~Contract allows you ~~may~~to access your money under the Contract during the Accumulation Period by taking withdrawals of your Contract Value. During the Annuity Period, We pay guaranteed income in the form of Annuity Payments. The Contract also has a Death Benefit and offers an optional Death Benefit that may become payable during the Accumulation Period. All payments under the Contract are subject to the terms and conditions described in this prospectus.

You should not buy the Contract if you are looking for a short-term investment, if you plan on taking withdrawals in excess of the Free Withdrawal Amount before the end of the Withdrawal Charge Period~~, or if you anticipate taking significant withdrawals from your Indexed Strategies~~. InThere ~~addition, any withdrawal (including any withdrawal that~~ is ~~not~~a ~~in excess of the Free~~ Withdrawal ~~Amount)~~Charge ~~will~~Period ~~reduce~~of ~~your~~six ~~Indexed~~years ~~Strategy Base, which in turn will negatively impact your Strategy Contract Value~~ for the ~~remainder~~B-share ~~of the Strategy Term~~ and at the ~~end~~I-share ofContract, during ~~the~~which ~~Strategy~~Withdrawal ~~Term.~~Charges ~~Such~~and ~~reductions~~MVAs ~~can~~may ~~be significant~~apply.

~~You~~In addition, you should ~~recognize~~not ~~that~~buy ~~while~~the Contract if you anticipate taking significant withdrawals from your Indexed Strategies before the ~~Contract~~end of the Strategy Term. Partial withdrawals ~~provides~~(including ~~some~~withdrawals ~~protection~~to ~~against~~pay ~~loss~~advisory fees, ~~you~~systematic ~~can~~withdrawals ~~lose~~and ~~money~~Required ~~under~~Minimum ~~the~~Distributions for this Contract), full surrenders, annuitization and Death Benefit payments are taken from the Strategy Interim Value. ItThese iswithdrawals ~~possible~~are also subject to ~~lose~~Withdrawal Charges ~~your~~and ~~entire~~MVAs ~~principal~~(except ~~investment~~for advisory fees taken as systematic withdrawals and Death Benefit payments) and prorated Rider Charges. Partial withdrawals (including withdrawals to pay advisory fees, systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions for this Contract) during a Strategy Term could result in a greater reduction in your Strategy Contract Value than if you waited until the end of the Strategy Term to take a withdrawal. In addition, any ~~earnings~~partial ~~over~~withdrawal will proportionately reduce your Indexed Strategy Base, which could be significantly more than the ~~life~~dollar amount of your ~~Contract~~withdrawal. This will reduce any gains at the end of the Strategy Term.

~~You~~While ~~should~~the ~~not~~Contract ~~buy~~provides ~~the~~some ~~Contract~~protection ifagainst loss, you ~~are~~can ~~not~~lose ~~willing~~money under the Contract. It is possible to ~~assume~~lose your entire principal investment and any earnings over the ~~risks~~life ~~associated~~of ~~with~~your Contract. For each Strategy Term you can lose Contract Value due to negative Index performance in excess of the Buffer Percentage, or you can lose Contract Value due to negative Index performance up to the Floor Percentage. See table under the section, ~~titled~~"Indexed ~~“Risk Factors~~Strategies.”"

~~Are~~You ~~the~~should ~~Contracts~~not ~~non-qualified~~buy ~~or qualified under~~ the ~~Code? The~~ Contract isif ~~available as a non-qualified contract, which will provide~~ you ~~with~~are ~~certain~~not ~~tax~~willing ~~deferral~~to ~~features under~~assume the ~~Code.~~risks ~~The~~associated ~~Contract~~with is also available as a qualified contract, as an Individual Retirement Annuity (“IRA”), Roth IRA, SEP IRA, Inherited Traditional IRA or Inherited Roth IRA. We don’t accept certain plan types for example: defined benefit plans, 401(k), 401(a), 403(b), pension plans, profit sharing plans, SIMPLE IRA, SARSEP, Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOP). If you purchase the Contract as. aSee ~~qualified contract,~~ the ~~Contract~~section ~~will~~titled ~~not~~"Risk ~~provide you tax deferral benefits in addition to those already provided by your IRA~~Factors."

~~How~~Is dothe IContract ~~purchase~~non-qualified or qualified under the ~~Contract~~Code? ~~You~~The ~~may~~Contract is available as a non-qualified contract, which will provide you with certain tax deferral features ~~purchase~~under the ~~Contract~~Code. byThe ~~completing~~Contract anis ~~application~~also ~~and~~available ~~submitting~~as a ~~Premium~~qualified ~~Payment~~contract, ofas atan ~~least~~Individual ~~$25~~Retirement Annuity ("IRA"),~~000~~ Roth IRA, SEP IRA, Inherited Traditional IRA or Inherited Roth IRA. WeThe ~~reserve~~Contract ~~the~~is ~~right~~not offered to ~~reject~~certain retirement plan types, such as ~~any~~defined ~~Premium~~benefit ~~Payment~~plans, ~~that~~401(k), ~~exceeds~~401(a), $1403(b), ~~million~~pension ~~for~~plans, ~~Issue~~profit ~~Ages~~sharing ~~0-80~~plans, orSIMPLE ~~$500~~IRA,~~000~~ ~~for~~SARSEP, ~~Issue~~and ~~Ages~~Employee ~~above~~Stock ~~Age~~Ownership Plans 81(ESOP). ~~The~~If you purchase the Contract as a qualified contract (IRA), the Contract will not ~~issue~~provide ~~until~~you tax deferral benefits in ~~all~~addition ~~Premium~~to ~~Payments~~those ~~have~~already ~~been~~provided ~~received~~by your IRA.

What Classes of the Contract are Offered? This prospectus offers two share classes: B-share and I-share. The B-share class is available through registered broker-dealers that charge sales commissions. The I-share class is available through registered investment advisers (RIAs) that charge an advisory fee. An annual advisory fee up to 1.50% of the Contract Value may be deducted from the Contract Value of an I-share Contract. See “Systematic Withdrawals to Pay Advisory Fee” below.5

~~What~~How ~~are~~do ~~the~~I ~~investment~~purchase ~~options during~~ the ~~Accumulation~~ ~~Period~~Contract? You ~~For each Strategy Term, you~~ may ~~allocate~~purchase the Contract ~~Value~~by tocompleting ~~one~~an orapplication ~~more Indexed Strategies~~ and~~/or~~ ~~the~~submitting ~~One-Year Fixed~~a ~~Strategy.~~Premium ~~Each~~Payment ~~Indexed~~of ~~Strategy~~at ~~credits~~least ~~an Index Credit (positive~~$25,000. ~~negative,~~We orreserve ~~equal~~the right to ~~zero)~~reject atany ~~the~~Premium ~~end~~Payment ofthat ~~the~~exceeds ~~Strategy~~$1 ~~Term~~million ~~based on~~for ~~the~~Issue ~~performance~~Ages ofup ~~the~~to ~~Index~~80 ~~and~~or ~~the~~$500,000 ~~Indexed~~for ~~Strategy~~Issue ~~Parameters.~~Ages ~~Each~~of ~~Indexed~~or ~~Strategy~~over ~~also~~Age ~~has the Performance Lock feature that may be exercised~~81. The ~~One-Year~~Contract will ~~Fixed~~not ~~Strategy~~issue ~~credits~~until ~~interest~~all ~~during~~Premium ~~each~~Payments ~~Strategy~~have ~~Term~~been ~~based on a guaranteed rate set by us~~received.

What Classes of the Contract are Offered? This prospectus offers two share classes: B-share 4and I-share. The B-share class is available through registered broker-dealers that charge sales commissions. The I-share class is available through registered investment advisers (RIAs) that charge an advisory fee. An annual advisory fee up to 1.50% of the Contract Value may be deducted from the Contract Value of an I-share Contract. See "Systematic Withdrawals to Pay Advisory Fee" below.

What are the ~~Indices~~investment ~~for~~options during the ~~Indexed~~Accumulation ~~Strategies~~Period? ~~The~~ ~~Indices~~For ~~are~~each ~~described~~Strategy inTerm, you may allocate Contract Value to one or more ~~detail~~Indexed ~~under~~Strategies and/or the ~~section~~One-Year ~~titled~~Fixed ~~“The Indices~~Strategy.” WeEach ~~may~~Indexed ~~offer~~Strategy ~~Indexed~~credits ~~Strategies~~an Index Credit (positive, negative, or equal to zero) at the end of the Strategy Term based on ~~other~~ ~~Indices~~the inperformance of the ~~future~~Index and the Indexed Strategy Parameters. WeEach ~~reserve~~Indexed ~~the~~Strategy ~~right~~also allows you to ~~add~~exercise orthe Performance ~~remove~~Lock ~~one~~feature. orThe ~~more~~One-Year ~~Index(es)~~Fixed orStrategy tocredits ~~replace~~interest ~~any~~during ~~Index~~each inStrategy ~~the~~Term ~~future,~~based ~~subject to~~on ~~required~~a ~~regulatory~~guaranteed ~~approvals~~rate set by us.

What are the Indices for the Indexed Strategies? The Indices are ~~available~~described in more detail under the ~~Contract?~~section ~~Currently,~~titled ~~the~~"The ~~Contract~~Indices." ~~offers~~We ~~several~~may offer Indexed Strategies asbased ~~described~~on other Indices in the future. We reserve the right to add or remove one or more ~~detail~~Index(es) or to replace any Index in the ~~section~~future, ~~titled~~subject ~~“Indexed~~to required ~~Strategies~~regulatory approvals.”

~~The~~What ~~One-Year Fixed Strategy and the S&P 500 One-Year Point to Point w/Cap and 0% Floor~~ Indexed ~~Strategy~~Strategies ~~will~~are be available under ~~for~~ the ~~life~~Contract? ofCurrently, ~~your~~the Contract. ~~The~~offers ~~six~~the ~~year~~following Indexed Strategies ~~are only available on the Issue Date.~~:

Index Credit

Strategy Term	Index	Upside Crediting Method	Downside Protection
One Year	S&P 500	Index Cap	0% Floor
One Year	S&P 500, Nasdaq-100^®, Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	Index Cap	10% Buffer
One Year	S&P 500, Nasdaq-100^®	Index Cap	20% Buffer
One Year	S&P 500	Index Cap	Aggregate Floor
One Year	S&P 500, Nasdaq-100^®, Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	Participation Rate	10% Buffer
Six Year	S&P 500, Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	Index Cap	20% Buffer
Six Year	S&P 500, Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	Participation Rate	20% Buffer
Six Year	S&P 500	Tier Participation Rate	5% Buffer
Six Year	S&P 500	Tier Participation Rate	10% Buffer

The table above is intended only as a summary. More detailed information about available Indexed Strategies is available in the section, "Available Strategies — Indexed Strategies."

The One-Year Fixed Strategy and the S&P 500 one year point-to-point w/Cap and 0% Floor Indexed Strategy will be available for the life of your Contract. The six year Indexed Strategies are only available on the Issue Date.

How do the Indexed Strategies work? Each Indexed Strategy takes into account the following elements to calculate the Index Credit:

• ● The Index Return;

• ● The length of the Strategy Term;

• ● Either the Index Cap, Participation Rate, or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates; and

• ● Either the Buffer Percentage, Floor Percentage or the Aggregate Floor Percentage.

~~To calculate the Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy at the end of a Strategy Term, We follow a three step process:~~6

•We ~~First,~~ calculate the Index ~~Return.~~Credit ~~The Index Return~~ for an Indexed Strategy isat the ~~percent~~end of a ~~return~~Strategy inTerm, ~~the~~as ~~Index between the Starting Index Date and the Ending Index Date.~~follows:

~~• Second~~● First, We ifcalculate the Index Return isThe ~~positive,~~Index WeReturn ~~assess~~for an Indexed Strategy is the ~~application~~percent of return in the Index ~~Cap,~~between ~~Participation~~the ~~Rate,~~Starting orIndex Date ~~Tier Level~~ and ~~Tier~~the ~~Participation~~Ending ~~Rates,~~Index ~~as applicable~~Date.

● Second, if the Index Return is positive, We apply the Index Cap, Participation Rate, or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates, that applies to the Indexed Strategy.

o The Index Cap represents the maximum positive Index Return that may be reflected in the Index Credit for a given Strategy Term.

o The Participation Rate is a percentage that is multiplied by any positive Index Return to calculate the Index Credit for a given Strategy Term.

o The Tier Level is the level of Index Return that determines the applicability of the Tier Participation Rates. The Tier Participation Rates include a Tier One Participation Rate and a Tier Two Participation Rate. ~~Positive~~A positive Index Return that is less than or equal to the Tier Level is multiplied by the Tier One Participation Rate. ~~Positive~~A positive Index Return that is in excess of the Tier Level is multiplied by the Tier Two Participation Rate. The Index Credit is equal to the sum of these values.

• Each Indexed Strategy has its own Index Cap, Participation Rate, or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates, as applicable. We set the Index Cap, Participation Rate or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates for each Indexed Strategy, as applicable, prior to the beginning of a Strategy Term. The Index Cap, Participation Rate or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates for a particular Strategy Term may be higher or lower than the Index Caps, Participation Rates, or Tier Levels and Tier Participation Rates for previous or future Strategy Terms. The Index Cap, Participation Rate or Tier Participation Rates for any Strategy Term will not be set lower than the ~~Minimum~~minimum ~~Guaranteed~~guaranteed Index Cap(s) or the ~~Minimum~~minimum ~~Guaranteed~~guaranteed Participation Rate. The Tier Level will not be set higher than the ~~Maximum~~maximum ~~Guaranteed~~guaranteed Tier Level. For such minimum and maximum guaranteed rates, see your Contract and the “"Indexed Strategies”" section later in your prospectus.

• ● Third, if the Index Return is negative, We ~~assess~~apply the ~~application of the~~ Floor Percentage, Aggregate Floor Percentage or the Buffer Percentage, ~~whichever~~that applies to the Indexed Strategy. The Floor Percentage, Aggregate Floor Percentage and the Buffer Percentage provide different forms of protection against negative Index Returns.

§ ● The Floor Percentage and Aggregate Floor Percentage establishes the lowest negative Index Credit that may be applied for a given Strategy Term. For example, if the Floor Percentage or Aggregate Floor Percentage is -10%, the lowest negative Index Credit that may be applied to the ~~Strategy~~ Indexed Strategy Base is -10%. If the Floor Percentage or Aggregate Floor Percentage is 0%, the lowest negative Index Credit that may be applied to the ~~Strategy~~ Indexed Strategy Base is 0%.

§ ● The Buffer Percentage represents the maximum amount of negative Index Return that will not be reflected in a negative Index Credit for a given Strategy Term. For example, a Buffer Percentage of 10% provides protection from a negative Index Return as low as -10%. A Buffer Percentage of 10% would provide no protection from negative Index Returns beyond -10%.

The Index Credit is applied to the Indexed Strategy Base at the end of the Strategy Term. The Index Credit may be positive, negative, or equal to zero. See the section titled “"Indexed ~~Strategies”~~ Strategies" for additional information.

When does the Company establish the ~~Indexed~~ Indexed Strategy Parameters and can they be adjusted? We set the Index Cap, Participation Rate, or Tier Level and Tier Participation ~~Rates~~ Rates for each Indexed Strategy at least ten days prior to the beginning of the Strategy Term. These rates for the initial Strategy Term ~~will~~ will be shown in your Contract. We may change these rates for each new Strategy Term. The B-share and I-share Index Caps and Participation Rates may vary and the only guarantee is that they both will satisfy guaranteed minimums.

The Floor Percentage, initial Aggregate Floor Percentage and Buffer Percentage for currently available ~~Investment~~Indexed Strategies cannot be changed after the Issue Date. The Aggregate Floor Percentage is determined at the start of each Strategy Term.

How are Strategy Contract Values calculated during a Strategy Term (assuming no use of the Performance Lock feature)? Each Strategy Term, you will have a separate Strategy ~~Contract~~ Contract Value for each Indexed Strategy in which you invest. On the first day of the Strategy Term, the Strategy Contract Value equals the Indexed Strategy Base (i.e., the total amount of Contract Value allocated to the Indexed Strategy at the beginning of the Strategy Term). At the end of the Strategy Term, your Strategy Contract Value equals your Indexed Strategy Base (including any adjustments due to withdrawals and/or Rider Charges and/or advisory fee deductions) adjusted by any Index Credit. This may also be expressed by the following formula: Indexed Strategy Base x (1 + Index Credit).

-On 5any -day other than the first day of the Strategy Term, your Strategy Contract Value equals the Strategy Interim Value, which, on a given Valuation Day, reflects the value of your investment in an Indexed Strategy on that particular day and is the daily account value available for

Indexed Strategy at the beginning of the Strategy Term). At the end of the Strategy Term, your Strategy Contract Value equals your Indexed Strategy Base (including any adjustments due to withdrawals and/or Rider Charges and/or advisory fee deductions) adjusted by any Index Credit. This may also be expressed by the following formula: Indexed Strategy Base x (1 + Index Credit).7

Onpartial ~~any~~withdrawals ~~other~~(including ~~day~~withdrawals ~~during~~to ~~the~~pay ~~Strategy~~advisory ~~Term~~fees, ~~your~~systematic ~~Strategy~~withdrawals ~~Contract~~and ~~Value~~Required ~~equals~~Minimum Distribution under the ~~Strategy~~Contract), ~~Interim~~full ~~Value~~surrender of your Contract, annuitizations and Death Benefit payments, less any applicable Withdrawal Charges, MVA and/or prorated Rider Charge.

~~What~~While Index performance is one factor that impacts your Strategy Interim Value?, the Strategy Interim Value is not tied directly to the performance of the Index. The Strategy Interim Value could be less than your investment even when the Index is performing positively. The Strategy Interim Value is not subject to the Buffer Percentage or Floor Percentage. The Strategy Interim Value may reflect lower gains, if the Index is performing positively, and higher losses, if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.

~~The~~We calculate Strategy Interim Value ondifferently adepending ~~given Valuation Day reflects the value of your investment in an Indexed Strategy~~ on ~~that particular day. The Strategy Interim Value is~~ the ~~daily~~Issue ~~account value~~Date ~~used~~for ~~when~~your surrenders, withdrawals, annuitizations and deaths occur, which is linked to market value of options supporting a given Indexed Strategy. The Strategy Interim Value will be calculated at the end of each Valuation Day. On the first day of each Strategy Term, the Strategy Interim Value is equal to the Indexed Strategy Base.Contract:

~~Changes~~● toFor ~~the~~Contracts ~~Strategy~~issued ~~Interim~~before ~~Value~~May ~~are~~1, ~~not tied~~2024, ~~directly~~We tocalculate ~~the performance of the Index (although Index performance impacts your~~ Strategy Interim Value). ~~Rather, the Strategy Interim Value for an Indexed Strategy is calculated~~ using a formula ~~that~~with ~~takes~~a ~~into~~derivative ~~account~~valuation ~~the~~and ~~market~~pro-rata ~~value~~upside ofcrediting ~~options~~method component. InUnder ~~addition~~this ~~to Index performance~~formula, ~~the~~Strategy ~~market~~Interim ~~value~~Value ofwill ~~options~~be ~~are~~equal ~~impacted~~to by the ~~volatility~~lesser of: ~~the~~(i) ~~Index~~one ~~price,~~plus the ~~time~~Market ~~remaining~~Value inof ~~the~~Options, ~~Strategy Term~~ and ~~changes~~ in(ii) ~~prevailing~~one ~~interest~~plus ~~rates.~~the ~~This~~upside ~~means~~crediting ~~that~~method ~~your~~rate, ~~Strategy~~prorated ~~Contract~~based ~~Value~~on ~~could~~the benumber ~~less~~of ~~than~~days ~~your~~that ~~investment~~have ~~even~~elapsed ~~when~~in the ~~Index performance~~Strategy ~~is positive~~Term. ~~This~~The ~~market~~Market ~~value~~Value of ~~options~~Options is ~~compared~~Our tovaluation ~~the~~of ~~potential~~derivative ~~Index~~instruments ~~Credit~~that ~~based~~We ~~upon~~hold ~~the~~to ~~portion~~support of ~~time~~Our ~~the~~payment ~~customer has been invested in the Indexed Strategy (pro-rata calculation)~~obligations. ~~The~~Additionally, ~~pro-rata~~your ~~calculation limits the~~ Strategy Interim Value inis ~~proportion to~~limited ~~the~~by ~~number~~your ofupside ~~days~~crediting ~~elapsed~~method in(such ~~the~~as ~~Strategy~~an ~~Term,~~Index ~~for~~Cap ~~example~~or ifParticipation ~~the~~Rate), ~~Strategy~~which ~~Interim~~We ~~Value~~prorate ~~for~~based aon ~~Contract Owner who is halfway through~~ the ~~Strategy~~number ~~Term~~of ~~will~~days bethat ~~limited~~have toelapsed ~~fifty~~in ~~percent of~~ the ~~upside Indexed~~ Strategy ~~Parameter~~Term. The ~~Strategy~~application ~~Interim~~of ~~Value utilizes~~ the ~~lesser of~~prorated ~~this~~upside ~~market~~crediting ~~value~~method ~~calculation~~will ~~and~~reduce ~~the~~any ~~pro-rata~~positive ~~calculation~~Index Return.

~~Please~~For ~~see~~example, ~~Appendix~~assume Byou ~~for~~are ahalfway ~~detailed~~through ~~description~~ the Contract Year and all of ~~how~~your Wepremium ~~calculate~~is allocated to an Indexed Strategy ~~Interim~~with ~~Values~~a one year point-to-point 10% Buffer Percentage and a 16% Index Cap. ItFurthermore, isassume ~~important~~that you elect to ~~understand~~take ~~that~~a ~~even~~full ifsurrender halfway through the year, and the Market Value of Options of financial instruments supporting this strategy represents a 9% return. The prorated Index ~~performance~~Cap is ~~positive,~~8% it(50% isof ~~possible that~~16%). ~~the~~The Strategy Interim Value ~~will~~is ~~decrease~~based on the lesser of the Market Value of Options and the prorated Index Cap, which is 8%. If ~~you~~your ~~wish~~Indexed toStrategy ~~obtain~~Base in this example was $100,000, then your Strategy Interim Value~~(s)~~ is $108,000. Upon the full surrender in this example, you may ~~contact~~also Usbe atsubject [to ]Withdrawal Charges and an MVA.

If● ~~you~~For ~~take~~Contracts aissued ~~withdrawal~~on ~~from~~or anafter ~~Indexed~~May ~~Strategy during~~1, ~~the Strategy Term~~2024, ~~your~~We calculate Strategy ~~Contract~~Interim Value onusing ~~the~~a ~~date~~formula ofwith ~~the~~a ~~withdrawal~~derivative and fixed income valuation component. Under this formula, Strategy Interim Value will be ~~reduced~~equal byto the ~~withdrawal~~sum ~~amount.~~of: ~~Any~~(i) ~~applicable Withdrawal~~the ~~Charge~~Derivative ~~and~~Asset ~~negative~~Proxy ~~Market~~and ~~Value~~(ii) ~~Adjustment~~the ~~will~~Fixed ~~also~~Income beAsset ~~deducted~~Proxy. ~~from~~The ~~the~~Derivative ~~Contract~~Asset ~~Value.~~Proxy ~~Any~~is ~~withdrawal~~based ~~will~~on ~~reduce~~the ~~your~~ Indexed Strategy Base ~~which~~and inthe ~~turn~~Market ~~will~~Value ~~negatively~~of ~~impact~~Options ~~your~~(as ~~Strategy~~described ~~Contract~~above). ~~Value~~The ~~for~~Fixed ~~the~~Income ~~remainder~~Asset ofProxy ~~the~~is ~~Strategy~~Our ~~Term.~~valuation ~~Such~~of ~~reductions can~~fixed beincome ~~significant.~~instruments ~~For~~that ~~additional~~We ~~information~~hold ~~about~~to ~~how~~support ~~withdrawals~~of ~~will~~Our ~~impact~~payment ~~your~~obligations, ~~Contract~~and ~~Value~~is ~~see~~based ~~“How~~on ~~withdrawals~~the ~~affect my~~Indexed ~~One-Year~~Strategy Base, the Daily Fixed ~~Strategy~~Income ~~Value~~Asset ~~and~~Proxy ~~Strategy~~Interest ~~Contract~~Rate, ~~Values?”~~and ~~below~~other factors.

~~What~~For isexample, ~~the~~assume ~~Aggregate~~you ~~Floor?~~are ~~Aggregate Floor~~halfway isthrough anthe ~~Indexed~~Contract ~~Strategy~~Year ~~that~~and ~~provides~~all ~~minimum~~of ~~guarantee~~your ~~that~~premium ~~spans~~is ~~multiple~~allocated ~~Strategy Terms. The Indexed Strategy may appeal~~ to ~~a Contract Owner who is concerned about the absolute downside of~~ an Indexed Strategy. ~~The~~Furthermore, ~~Aggregate~~assume ~~Floor~~that isyou aelect ~~one-year~~to ~~Indexed~~take ~~Strategy where~~a ~~the~~full ~~initial~~surrender ~~Floor~~before ~~amount~~the isend ~~set to [90%]~~ of the ~~initial~~Strategy ~~allocation~~Term, ~~and~~at ~~will~~which ~~never decrease below that level due to market performance during the~~ time ~~funds remain in~~ the ~~Indexed~~Derivative ~~Strategy.~~Asset ~~The~~Proxy ~~Aggregate~~is ~~Floor~~$7,500 ~~Percentage~~ and the ~~corresponding~~Fixed ~~cap~~Income ~~may~~Asset ~~change~~Proxy ~~annually~~is ~~according to prior year performance~~$97,500. asThe ~~caps~~Strategy ~~will~~Interim beValue ~~determined~~is bycalculated aas ~~renewal table that aligns to~~ the ~~Aggregate~~sum ~~Floor~~of ~~level at~~ the ~~beginning~~Derivative ~~of the~~Asset ~~Indexed~~Proxy ~~Strategy~~and ~~Term.~~Fixed ~~The~~Income ~~Aggregate~~Asset ~~Floor~~Proxy, ~~Percentage~~so ~~can~~your ~~vary~~Strategy ~~from~~Interim ~~[-20%]~~Value tois ~~[0%] in any given Strategy Term~~$105,000. ~~You~~Upon ~~have~~ the ~~option to~~full ~~elect~~surrender toin ~~reset~~this ~~the~~example, ~~Aggregate~~you ~~Floor Percentage to [-10%] during the Reallocation Period. This election~~ may ~~impact~~also ~~your~~be ~~Aggregate~~subject ~~Floor going~~to ~~forward.~~Withdrawal ~~See~~Charges ~~the~~and ~~Aggregate~~an ~~Floor section for more information~~MVA.

~~What is the Performance Lock feature? If~~Please ~~you allocate Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy~~note, ~~you~~for ~~may~~Contracts ~~exercise~~issued ~~the~~on ~~Performance~~or ~~Lock~~after ~~feature~~May at1, ~~any time by notifying Us [prior to the fourth to last Valuation Day of a given Strategy Term]. If you decide to exercise the Performance Lock feature during a Strategy Term~~2024, ~~your~~ ~~Strategy Contract Value (which otherwise fluctuates each Valuation Day) is “locked in” at~~ the Strategy Interim Value on ~~the~~formula ~~Performance~~does ~~Lock~~not ~~Date~~contain ~~and will accumulate at~~ a ~~fixed rate equivalent to the One~~pro-~~Year~~rata ~~Fixed~~component ~~Strategy~~that ~~for~~ limits the ~~remainder~~upside ofcrediting ~~the~~method ~~Strategy Term.~~based ~~However,~~on ~~your Strategy Contract Value will be reduced by~~ the ~~dollar~~number ~~amount~~ of ~~any~~days ~~withdrawal~~that ~~and/or~~have ~~Rider~~elapsed ~~Charges~~in ~~and~~the ~~advisory fees assessed from your~~ Strategy ~~Contract~~Term. ~~Value~~Nonetheless, ~~including~~Strategy ~~any~~Interim ~~applicable Withdrawal Charges and Market~~ Value ~~Adjustment [taxes payable by~~may Usreflect ~~and~~lower ~~not~~gains ~~previously~~(perhaps ~~deducted].~~significantly Inlower ~~addition,~~gains) ifthan ~~you~~would ~~exercise~~apply ~~the Performance Lock feature, an Index Credit will not be applied to the Indexed Strategy~~ at the end of the Strategy Term~~, without regard to whether the Index Credit would have been positive, negative, or equal to zero~~.

~~You~~Please ~~should~~see ~~fully~~Appendix ~~understand~~B ~~the~~for ~~operation~~a ~~and impact~~detailed description of ~~the~~how ~~Performance~~We ~~Lock~~calculate Strategy ~~feature~~Interim ~~prior~~Values. It is important to ~~exercising~~understand ~~this~~that ~~feature.~~even ~~See~~if ~~“Performance~~the ~~Lock~~Index ~~Risk”~~performance ~~and~~is ~~“Performance Lock”~~positive, ~~for~~it ~~additional~~is ~~information~~possible ~~about~~that the ~~risks~~Strategy Interim ~~associated~~Value ~~with~~will ~~the~~decrease. ~~Performance~~If ~~Lock~~you ~~feature~~wish to obtain your Strategy Interim Value(s), you may contact Us at 833-ASK-GA 4U (833-275-4248).

~~Can~~Partial Iwithdrawals ~~make~~(including ~~reallocations~~withdrawals ~~between~~to ~~the~~pay ~~Indexed~~advisory fees, systematic ~~Strategies~~withdrawals and ~~the~~Required ~~One-Year~~Minimum ~~Fixed~~Distributions ~~Strategy?~~under ~~During~~ the ~~Accumulation Period, you may reallocate~~ Contract) ~~Value~~during ~~among~~a ~~the~~Strategy ~~Indexed~~Term ~~Strategies and~~will ~~between~~result ~~the~~in ~~Indexed~~a ~~Strategies~~greater ~~and~~reduction ~~the~~in ~~One-Year Fixed~~ your Strategy onContract aValue ~~Contract~~than ~~Anniversary~~if ~~that~~you ~~coincides~~waited ~~with~~until the end of the Strategy Term. ~~for~~In ~~that~~addition, ~~Indexed~~any ~~Strategy~~partial ~~subject~~withdrawal towill ~~the~~proportionately reduce your Indexed Strategy ~~reallocation~~Base, ~~rules.~~which ~~You~~could ~~may~~be ~~request~~significantly amore ~~reallocation~~than ~~during~~ the ~~Reallocation Period.~~dollar ~~The~~amount ~~reallocation~~of ~~will~~your bewithdrawal. ~~effective~~The onapplication of the Strategy ~~Contract~~Interim ~~Anniversary.~~Value ~~Reallocations~~to ~~are~~partial ~~not~~withdrawals ~~permitted~~and atproportional ~~any~~reductions ~~other~~to ~~time.~~your IfIndexed WeStrategy doBase, ~~not receive~~together awith ~~reallocation~~any ~~request~~Withdrawal Charges ~~during~~and the ~~Reallocation Period~~MVA, nocould ~~reallocations~~significantly ~~will~~reduce ~~occur~~the ~~and~~value ~~your~~of ~~current~~the ~~allocation~~Contract, ~~will~~as ~~remain~~shown in ~~place~~ ~~for~~ the ~~next~~hypothetical ~~Strategy~~examples ~~Term~~immediately below. ~~See~~For additional ~~the~~information ~~section~~about ~~titled~~how ~~“General~~withdrawals ~~Liquidity~~will ~~Risk”~~impact ~~for~~your ~~more~~Contract ~~information.~~Value ~~Reallocations~~see, ~~are discussed~~"How inwithdrawals ~~detail~~affect inmy ~~the~~One-Year ~~section~~Fixed ~~titled~~Strategy Value ~~“Reallocation~~and ~~Period~~Strategy Contract Values?" below.”

~~Can~~Example I make withdrawals? You may take withdrawals from your Contract at any time during the Accumulation Period. If you take a partial withdrawal or surrender your Contract (i.e., a full withdrawal), your withdrawal may be subject to a Withdrawal Charge and a Market Value Adjustment. Withdrawals taken to satisfy Required Minimum Distribution requirements for ~~your~~Contracts ~~Contract~~issued for the calendar year in which the Contract Year begins are not subject to the Withdrawal Charge or to a Market Value Adjustment. Amounts withdrawn from a qualified contract may also be subject to a 10% additional federal tax if taken before ~~age~~May 59 1~~/2.~~, 2024

Withdrawals will be taken proportionately from the One-Year Fixed Strategy and Indexed Strategies in which you are invested at the time of the withdrawal. The Minimum Contract Value following any partial withdrawal is [$2,500]. If you take a partial withdrawal, and, immediately after the withdrawal, your Contract Value is less than [$2,500] We will instead pay you the Surrender Value and terminate your Contract. If you surrender the Contract, We will pay you the Surrender Value and terminate your Contract.

Partial Withdrawal Impact on Indexed Strategy Base
Indexed Strategy Base immediately prior to the Partial Withdrawal	$	100,000.00
Strategy Interim Value immediately prior to the Partial Withdrawal	$	80,000.00
Remaining FWA	$	10,000.00
MVA Percentage		4	%
Withdrawal Charge Percentage		7	%
Gross Withdrawal	$	50,000.00
Withdrawal Charge	$	2,800.00
MVA	$	1,600.00
Net Withdrawal	$	45,600.00
New Indexed Strategy Base immediately prior to the Partial Withdrawal⁽¹⁾	$	37,500.00
Strategy Interim Value immediately after the Partial Withdrawal	$	30,000.00

(1) New Indexed Strategy Base = Indexed Strategy Base * [1 – (Gross Withdrawal / Beginning Strategy Interim Value)] = $100,000 * [1 – ($50,000 / $80,000)] = $37,500. Because the Strategy Interim Value was less than the Indexed Strategy Base at the time of the withdrawal, the proportional reduction of the Indexed Strategy Base resulted in a reduction to the Indexed Strategy Base of a dollar amount ($62,500) that was greater than the dollar amount of the withdrawal ($50,000). The Strategy Interim Value for the remainder of the Strategy Term, and the Indexed Credit at the end of the Strategy Term, will be calculated with the new Indexed Strategy Base.

Example for Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024

Partial Withdrawal Impact on Indexed Strategy Base
Indexed Strategy Base immediately prior to the Partial Withdrawal	$	100,000.00
Strategy Interim Value immediately prior to the Partial Withdrawal	$	80,000.00	⁽¹⁾
Remaining FWA	$	10,000.00
MVA Percentage		4	%
Withdrawal Charge Percentage		7	%
Gross Withdrawal	$	50,000.00
Withdrawal Charge	$	2,800.00
MVA	$	1,500.00
Net Withdrawal	$	45,700.00
Indexed Strategy Base immediately after the Partial Withdrawal⁽²⁾	$	37,500.00
Strategy Interim Value immediately after the Partial Withdrawal	$	30,000.00

(1) Assume the Derivative Asset Proxy equals $5,000 and the Fixed Income Asset Proxy equals $75,000. The MVA applies only to the portion of the Gross Withdrawal that is attributable to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy (i.e., $75,000) in this example.

(2) Indexed Strategy Base after the Partial Withdrawal = Indexed Strategy Base immediately prior to the Partial Withdrawal * (1 - Gross Withdrawal from Strategy Interim Value / Strategy Interim Value immediately prior to the Withdrawal) = $100,000 * (1 - $50,000 / $80,000)) = $37,500. Because the Strategy Interim Value was less than the Indexed Strategy Base at the time of the withdrawal, the proportional reduction of the Indexed Strategy Base resulted in a reduction to the Indexed Strategy Base of a dollar amount ($62,500) that was greater than the dollar amount of the withdrawal ($50,000). The Strategy Interim Value for the remainder of the Strategy Term, and the Index Credit at the end of the Strategy Term, will be calculated with the new Indexed Strategy Base.

What is the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy? The Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy is an Indexed Strategy with a one year Strategy Term that, if you elect to remain invested on a year-over-year basis, provides a downside protection guarantee that spans multiple one year consecutive Strategy Terms. For this reason, this strategy may appeal to a Contract Owner who is concerned about cumulative negative Index performance over the course of multiple Strategy Terms but still wants upside exposure.

● The annual growth potential is the one year Index Return up to the Index Caps.

● The annual downside protection guarantee is equal to the Aggregate Floor, which is the dollar amount of your investment that is protected from negative Index performance during each one year Strategy Term.

The initial Aggregate Floor is equal to 90% of the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy's investment allocation. For as long as you remain invested in the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy, your Aggregate Floor (adjusted for any resets, withdrawals, optional Rider Charges and/or transfers in subsequent consecutive Strategy Terms) will never decrease due to negative market performance from one Strategy Term to the next. This means that you will never lose more than 10% of your initial allocation (or any subsequent allocations) to the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy due to negative Index performance.

The initial Aggregate Floor Percentage is always -10%. The Aggregate Floor Percentage may change for subsequent consecutive Strategy Terms depending on the Index Credit from the prior Strategy Term, but We guarantee that We will never set the percentage lower than -20% for subsequent consecutive Strategy Terms.

At the start of each consecutive Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy Term, We recalculate the Aggregate Floor, Aggregate Floor Percentage and Index Caps, as follows:

Aggregate Floor — We recalculate the new Aggregate Floor based on the prior Strategy Term's Index Credit, as well as any withdrawals, optional Rider Charges and/or transfers in or out of the Indexed Strategy. The new Aggregate Floor will equal the greater of the prior Strategy Term's Aggregate Floor or 80% of the Strategy Contract Value (as adjusted for any positive or negative Index Credit).

In general, based on the prior Strategy Term's Index Credit, the Aggregate Floor will stay the same or increase at the start of each new consecutive Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy. The Aggregate Floor Percentage will also change, based on the new Aggregate Floor, to reflect the largest percentage by which your Strategy Contract Value can decrease at the end of the Strategy Term. We discuss this further below and in greater detail in the section "Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy."

For each scenario below, assume $100,000 initial allocation at the start of Contract Year 1; an initial Aggregate Floor of $90,000; and no withdrawals, optional Rider Charges and/or transfers in or out of the Indexed Strategy:

If the Index Credit is 0%, the Aggregate Floor will not change at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term.

For example, assume you have an Index Credit of 0% (or $0) in Contract Year 1, the Aggregate Floor will not change at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term. This is because the new Aggregate Floor equals the greater of the prior Strategy Term's Aggregate Floor ($90,000) or 80% of your Strategy Contract Value (80% of $100,000=$80,000).

If the Index Credit is negative, the Aggregate Floor will not change at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term.

For example, assume you have a negative Index Credit in Contract Year 1 of 6% (or $6,000), which reduces your Strategy Contract Value to $94,000. Your Aggregate Floor will not change at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term, this is because the new Aggregate Floor equals the greater of the prior Strategy Term's Aggregate Floor ($90,000) or 80% of your Strategy Contract Value (80% of $94,000=$75,200). The Aggregate Floor Percentage for Contract Year 2 is -4.26% ($90,000 Aggregate Floor / $94,000 Strategy Contract Value – 1).

In Contract Year 2, assume the Index performance is again negative, and you have a potential negative Index Credit of 5% (or $4,700) prior to the application of the Aggregate Floor Percentage of -4.26%. The Index Credit in Contract Year 2 is limited to -4.26% (or $4000). We protected you from loss that would reduce your Strategy Contract Value below $90,000 because you have a $90,000 Aggregate Floor. This means We will only reduce your Strategy Contract Value by -4.26% (or $ 4,000) to $90,000 instead of by -5% (or $4,700) to $89,300. Your Aggregate Floor will not change at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term. This is because the new Aggregate Floor equals the greater of the prior Strategy Term's Aggregate Floor ($90,000) or 80% of your Strategy Contract Value (80% of $90,000 = $72,000).

If the Index Credit is positive, the Aggregate Floor will increase or stay the same at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term.

For example, assume you have a positive Index Credit in Contract Year 1 of 4% (or $4,000), increasing your Strategy Contract Value to $104,000. Your Aggregate Floor will not change at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term. This is because the new Aggregate Floor equals the greater of the prior Strategy Term's Aggregate Floor ($90,000) or 80% of your Strategy Contract Value (80% of $104,000=$83,200).

In Contract Year 2, assume the Index performance is again positive, and you have a positive Index Credit of 10% (or $10,400), increasing your Contract Strategy Value to $114,400. Your Aggregate Floor will increase at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term to $91,520.

This is because the new Aggregate Floor equals the greater of the prior Strategy Term's Aggregate Floor ($90,000) or 80% of your Strategy Contract Value (80% of $114,400=$91,520). In this example, starting in Contract Year 3 and for each subsequent consecutive Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy Term, your Aggregate Floor will never be less than $91,520 due to negative market performance.

At the start of each subsequent Strategy Term the Aggregate Floor amount may increase such that We will never allow you to lose more than 20% in any given Strategy Term. The Aggregate Floor amount may also increase or decrease upon the election of the reset feature. Upon any reset of the Aggregate Floor Percentage, the Aggregate Floor will be reset to equal 90% of your Strategy Contract Value. See the section "Aggregate Floor Percentage Resets" in "Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy" later in this Prospectus.

We will decrease your Aggregate Floor upon withdrawals, the deduction of optional Rider Charges and/or transfers out of the Indexed Strategy on a proportional basis. We will increase your Aggregate Floor upon any transfer into the Indexed Strategy. We discuss such decreases and increases, as well as provide examples in the section "Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy."

Aggregate Floor Percentage — Next, We determine a new Aggregate Floor Percentage at the start of each consecutive Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy Term. The Aggregate Floor Percentage is the maximum annual percentage of your investment allocation to the Indexed Strategy that you can lose due to negative Index performance.

We determine the Aggregate Floor Percentage, as follows: [(Aggregate Floor/Strategy Contract Value) – 1]. In general, as your Strategy Contract Value increases, your Aggregate Floor Percentage will decrease (ex.: -10% to -20%); as your Strategy Contract Value decreases, your Aggregate Floor Percentage will increase (ex.: -10% to 0%).

As the Aggregate Floor and the Strategy Contract Value changes, the Aggregate Floor Percentage also changes to reflect the largest percentage that your Strategy Contract Value can decrease, based on the new Aggregate Floor, at the end of the Strategy Term. We guarantee that this percentage We will never be lower than -20%.

You have the option to elect to reset the Aggregate Floor Percentage to -10% for any subsequent consecutive Strategy Term during the Reallocation Period for the next Strategy Term. See the section "Aggregate Floor Percentage Resets" in "Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy" later in this Prospectus.

Index Caps — We set renewal Index Caps based on the new Aggregate Floor Percentage for the next consecutive Strategy Term. We set the Index Caps at least ten days prior to the start of any Indexed Strategy Term.

● Aggregate Floor Percentages with less investment risk for the next consecutive Strategy Term will result in lower Index Caps for that Strategy Term. This means that the Index Caps renewal rates will decrease as your Aggregate Floor Percentage increases.

● Aggregate Floor Percentages with greater investment risk for the next consecutive Strategy Term will result in higher Index Caps for the next Strategy Term. This means that the Index Caps renewal rates will increase as your Aggregate Floor Percentage decreases.

Contract Value must remain allocated to the Indexed Strategy over multiple Strategy Terms to benefit from an increase in the Aggregate Floor. Contract Value that is transferred out of the Indexed Strategy loses any additional protection provided by the Aggregate Floor.

You should fully understand the operation of the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy before electing it as an investment or exercising its reset feature. For more information, see the section, "Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy." For examples of how the Aggregate Floor, Aggregate Floor Percentage and the Index Caps work under various market scenarios and assumptions, see Appendix C.

What is the Performance Lock feature? If you allocate Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy, you may exercise the Performance Lock feature at any time by notifying Us prior to the fourth to last Valuation Day of a given Strategy Term. If you decide to exercise the Performance Lock feature during a Strategy Term, your Strategy Contract Value (which otherwise fluctuates each Valuation Day) is "locked in" at the Strategy Interim Value on the Performance Lock Date and will accumulate at a fixed rate equivalent to the One-Year Fixed Strategy for the remainder of the Strategy Term. However, your Strategy Contract Value will be reduced by the dollar amount of any withdrawal and/or Rider Charges and advisory fees assessed from your Strategy Contract Value, including any applicable Withdrawal Charges and MVA, taxes payable by Us and not previously deducted. In addition, if you exercise the Performance Lock feature, an Index Credit will not be applied to the Indexed Strategy at the end of the Strategy Term, without regard to whether the Index Credit would have been positive, negative, or equal to zero.

You should fully understand the operation and impact of the Performance Lock feature prior to exercising this feature. See "Performance Lock Risk" and "Performance Lock" for additional information about the risks associated with the Performance Lock feature.

Can I make reallocations between the Indexed Strategies and the One-Year Fixed Strategy? During the Accumulation Period, on any Contract Anniversary that coincides with the end of the Strategy Term for an Indexed Strategy, you may reallocate Contract Value for that Indexed Strategy among the Indexed Strategies and between the Indexed Strategies and the One-Year Fixed Strategy, subject to the Indexed Strategy reallocation rules. You must request a reallocation during the Reallocation Period prior to the Contract Anniversary

on which the reallocation will be effective. Reallocations are not permitted at any other time, and if We do not receive a reallocation request during the Reallocation Period, no reallocations will occur and your current allocation will remain in place for the next Strategy Term. See the section titled "General Liquidity Risk" for more information. Reallocations are discussed in detail in the section titled "Reallocation Period."

Can I make withdrawals? You may take withdrawals from your Contract at any time during the Accumulation Period. If you take a partial withdrawal (which is a withdrawal of a portion of the Contract Value, including withdrawal to pay advisory fees that are not taken as part of Our systematic withdrawal program) or surrender your Contract (which is a withdrawal of the total Contract Value), your withdrawal may be subject to a Withdrawal Charge and MVA (a positive or negative adjustment to Contract Value based on interest rates, spreads and time to maturity that is applied to any surrender and certain partial withdrawals during the Withdrawal Charge Period). See the section on "Market Value Adjustment" for more information. Withdrawals taken to satisfy Required Minimum Distribution requirements for your Contract for the calendar year in which the Contract Year begins are not subject to the Withdrawal Charge or to a MVA. Amounts withdrawn from a Contract may also be subject to a 10% additional tax, in addition to ordinary income taxes, if taken before age 59 1/2.

Withdrawals will be taken proportionately from the One-Year Fixed Strategy and Indexed Strategies in which you are invested at the time of the withdrawal. If the Contract Value following any partial withdrawal would be less than $2,500, We will instead pay you the Surrender Value and terminate your Contract, and any death benefit will also terminate without value. If you surrender the Contract, We will pay you the Surrender Value and terminate your Contract.

Withdrawals can significantly affect your Strategy Contract Value.

-See 6the -section titled "Access to your Money During the Accumulation Period" for additional information.

~~See~~How do withdrawals affect the ~~section~~Contract Values? ~~titled~~Withdrawals ~~“Access~~from the One-Year Fixed Strategy, including withdrawals to ~~your~~pay ~~Money~~advisory fees, reduce the One-Year Fixed ~~During~~Strategy Value by the ~~Accumulation~~dollar ~~Period”~~amount ~~for~~of ~~additional~~the ~~information~~withdrawal, including any applicable Withdrawal Charge, negative MVA and prorated Rider Charge. Withdrawals from an Indexed Strategy, including withdrawals to pay advisory fees, reduce the Strategy Contract Value by the dollar amount of the withdrawal, including any applicable Withdrawal Charge, negative MVA and prorated Rider Charge.

~~How~~Partial dowithdrawals (including withdrawals ~~affect~~to pay advisory fees, systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions under the Contract) ~~Values?~~during an Indexed Strategy Term are based on the Strategy Interim ~~When~~Value ~~you~~and ~~take~~could result in a ~~withdrawal,~~greater ~~including~~reduction ~~withdrawals~~in toyour ~~pay~~Strategy ~~advisory~~Contract ~~fees,~~Value ~~from~~than ~~the~~if ~~One-Year~~you ~~Fixed~~waited ~~Strategy,~~until the ~~One-Year~~end ~~Fixed~~of the Strategy Term. ~~Value~~This is ~~reduced~~because by the ~~dollar~~Strategy ~~amount~~Interim ofValue ~~the~~may ~~withdrawal~~reflect lower gains, ~~including~~if ~~any~~the ~~applicable~~Index ~~Withdrawal~~is ~~Charge~~performing positively, and ~~negative~~higher ~~Market~~losses, ~~Value~~if ~~Adjustment.~~the ~~When~~Index ~~you~~is ~~take~~performing ~~a withdrawal~~negatively, ~~including~~than ~~withdrawals~~would toapply ~~pay~~at ~~advisory~~the ~~fees,~~end ~~from~~of anthe ~~Indexed~~ Strategy, ~~the~~Term. Your Strategy Contract Value is ~~reduced~~the amount that is inavailable ~~the~~for ~~same~~partial ~~manner.~~withdrawals, ~~However~~full surrender of your Contract, aannuitization ~~withdrawal~~and Death Benefit payments. In addition, partial withdrawals from an Indexed Strategy will ~~also~~reduce ~~cause a reduction to~~ your Indexed Strategy Base in the same proportion that the withdrawal has reduced the Strategy Contract Value. APro ~~reduction~~rata inreductions ~~your~~could ~~Indexed~~be ~~Strategy~~greater, ~~Base~~sometimes ~~will~~significantly ~~negatively~~greater, ~~impact your~~than ~~Strategy~~the ~~Contract~~dollar ~~Value~~amount ~~for~~of the ~~remainder~~withdrawal. This will reduce any gains at the end of the Strategy Term.

~~You~~This ~~should~~is ~~fully understand~~ how ~~withdrawals affect~~a ~~the~~pro ~~value~~rata ofreduction your Contract, particularly your Strategy Contract Values, prior to purchasing the Contract. See “Indexed Strategy Base Risk” and “Impact of Withdrawals from Indexed Strategies” for additional information about how withdrawals affect your Strategy Contract Values.works:

~~How~~Example do1: ~~Rider~~assume ~~Charges~~all ~~affect~~of ~~the~~your ~~Contract~~premium ~~Values? When~~is ~~Rider~~allocated ~~Charges~~to ~~are~~a ~~assessed,~~single ~~the One-Year Fixed~~ Indexed Strategy ~~Value~~ and ~~the~~your Strategy Contract ~~Values~~Value ~~are~~is ~~reduced~~$150,000 byand ~~the~~your ~~dollar~~Indexed ~~amount~~Strategy ~~of the~~Base ~~Rider~~is ~~Charge~~$140,000. inIf ~~proportion~~you ~~that~~take ~~each~~a ~~represents~~partial towithdrawal ~~the~~of $50,000 ~~total~~your Strategy Contract Value. ~~Rider~~would ~~Charges~~be ~~assessed~~reduced ~~from~~dollar-for-dollar anto ~~Indexed~~$100,000 ~~Strategy~~and ~~will also~~your ~~cause~~Indexed aStrategy ~~reduction~~Base towould ~~your~~be ~~Indexed~~reduced ~~Strategy~~pro rata ~~Base~~to in$93,333.33 ~~the~~($140,000 ~~same~~* ~~proportion~~(1 ~~that~~– ~~the~~$50,000/$150,000)). ~~Rider~~In ~~Charge~~this ~~has~~example, ~~reduced~~because ~~the~~your Strategy Contract Value~~. A~~ ~~reduction~~was ingreater than your Indexed Strategy Base, ~~will~~the ~~negatively~~pro ~~impact~~rata reduction in your Indexed Strategy ~~Contract~~Base ~~Value~~was ~~for~~less than the ~~remainder~~dollar amount of ~~the~~your ~~Strategy Term~~withdrawal.

Example 2: Assume again that all of your premium is allocated to a single Indexed Strategy but your Strategy Contract Value is $140,000 and your Indexed Strategy Base is $150,000. If you take a partial withdrawal of $50,000 your Strategy Contract Value would be reduced dollar-for-dollar to $90,000 and your Indexed Strategy Base would be reduced pro rata to $96,428.57 ($150,000 * (1 – $50,000/$140,000)). In this example, because your Strategy Contract Value was less than your Indexed Strategy Base, the pro rata reduction in your Indexed Strategy Base was greater than the dollar amount of your withdrawal.

You should fully understand how withdrawals affect the value of your Contract, particularly your Strategy Contract Values, prior to purchasing the Contract. See "Indexed Strategy Base Risk" and "Impact of Withdrawals from Indexed Strategies" for additional information about how withdrawals affect your Strategy Contract Values.

What charges are deducted under the Contract?

Withdrawal Charge. If you withdraw more than the Free Withdrawal Amount allowed under your Contract or annuitize during the Withdrawal Charge Period, you may be assessed a Withdrawal Charge. The Withdrawal Charge schedule will be the following:

Contract Year	Withdrawal Charge Percentage
		Withdrawal Charge Percentage
	B-Share	I-Share
Contract Year		B-Share			I-Share
1	~~[9]%~~	~~[0]%~~	8	%		2	%
2	~~[8]%~~	~~[0]%~~	8	%		2	%
3	~~[7]%~~	~~[0]%~~	7	%		2	%
4	~~[6]%~~	~~[0]%~~	6	%		2	%
5	~~[5]%~~	~~[0]%~~	5	%		2	%
6	~~[4]%~~	~~[0]%~~	4	%		2	%
7+	~~[0]%~~	~~[0]%~~	0	%		0	%

~~During~~We ~~the~~determine ~~Withdrawal Charge Period, you may take withdrawals each Contract Year, in the aggregate, up to~~ your Free Withdrawal Amount ~~without~~on the ~~imposition~~Issue ofDate aand ~~Withdrawal~~on each ~~Charge.~~Contract ~~The~~Anniversary ~~Withdrawal~~during ~~Charge will apply only on~~ the ~~amounts~~Withdrawal ~~withdrawn~~Charge inPeriod. ~~excess~~Your ~~of your~~ Free Withdrawal Amount. ~~For~~equals ~~B-Share Contracts,~~(a) for ~~your~~the ~~Free~~first ~~Withdrawal Amount each~~ Contract Year, ~~will~~the greater beof ~~equal~~ (~~in dollars~~i) to 10% of your Premium Payment ~~in Year 1~~ or ~~10% of Contract Value at~~ (ii) the ~~prior Contract Anniversary and the~~ Required Minimum Distribution for your Contract for the Calendar Year at inthe ~~which~~beginning of the Contract Year ~~begins~~, ~~whichever~~and is(b) for ~~greater.~~all ~~For~~subsequent ~~I-Share~~Contract ~~Contracts~~Years, ~~your Free Withdrawal Amount is your Required Minimum Distribution for your Contract for~~ the ~~Calendar~~greater ~~Year~~of in(i) 10% ~~which~~of the Contract ~~Year begins.~~Value ~~The~~on ~~Withdrawal~~the ~~Charge~~prior isContract ~~discussed~~Anniversary inor ~~more detail in~~ (ii) the ~~section~~Required ~~titled~~Minimum ~~“Withdrawal~~Distribution ~~Charge.”~~for Ayour ~~MVA~~Contract ~~may~~for ~~also apply during~~ the ~~Withdrawal~~Calendar ~~Charge~~Year ~~Period~~at ~~and is discussed in more detail in~~ the ~~section titled “Market Value Adjustment”. The MVA~~beginning ~~may~~of bethe ~~positive,~~Contract ~~negative or zero~~Year.

Optional Death Benefit Charge. In addition, if you elect the optional Return of Premium Death Benefit available under the Contract, you will pay an annual charge of 0.20% [for Issue Ages up to 70 (0.1550%] for Issue Ages 71+) of the Optional Death Benefit Value, which is assessed at the end of the Contract Year. See section titled “"Death Benefit.”"

What Riders are Available Under the Contract?

Optional Return of Premium Death Benefit -— We currently offer an ~~Optional~~optional Return of Premium Death Benefit for an additional charge, which is available for election on the Issue Date or following spousal ~~Spousal Continuation~~continuation, subject to the election rules then in place. The amount payable under this optional Death Benefit before ~~the~~ the Annuity Commencement Date is the greater of the standard Death Benefit and the Optional Death Benefit Value. See section titled “"Optional Return of Premium Death Benefit.”"

Bailout Waiver –— Every ~~strategy~~Indexed ~~includes~~Strategy, except the six year Indexed Strategies, includes a bailout provision which is an option to withdraw all or a portion of the ~~annuity~~ Contract Value without penalty, should certain conditions apply. The bailout provision may provide protection, in terms of liquidity, should an ~~Indexed~~upside ~~Strategy~~crediting ~~Parameter~~ method be set below the bailout rate. Every strategy except the six year Indexed Strategies includes a bailout waiver provision which is an option to withdraw all or a portion of the annuity Contract without Withdrawal Charges and MVA, if an ~~Indexed~~upside ~~Strategy~~crediting ~~Parameter~~method for that Strategy Term is set less favorable than the bailout rate for that strategy. See section titled “"Contract Charges”". Any partial withdrawals will be taken proportionately across all Indexed Strategies. We do not provide a bailout waiver with regard to the six year Indexed Strategies because neither Withdrawal Charges nor MVAs are applicable after the sixth Contract Year.

Nursing Care Waiver –— At any time on or after the Issue Date of the Contraçt, if you should become confined to an approved nursing facility for at least 90 consecutive days, Withdrawal Charges and MVA on any portion of the Contract Value withdrawn will be waived. See section titled “"Contract Charges.”"

Terminal Illness Waiver –— If you have been diagnosed with a terminal illness after the first Contract Anniversary, Withdrawal Charges and MVA will be waived on any portion of the Contract Value withdrawn. See section titled “"Contract Charges”".

~~What~~How ~~annuity~~do ~~options~~Rider Charges affect the Contract Values? If you elect the optional Return of Premium Death Benefit Rider, when Rider Charges are ~~available~~assessed, ~~during~~the One-Year Fixed Strategy Value and the Strategy Contract Values are reduced by the dollar amount of the Rider Charge in proportion that each represents ~~Annuity~~to ~~Period?~~the ~~You~~total ~~may~~Contract ~~select~~Value. However, Rider Charges assessed from an Indexed Strategy will also cause a reduction to your Indexed Strategy Base in the ~~annuity~~same ~~options~~proportion ~~under~~that the Rider Charge has reduced the Strategy Contract Value. ~~The~~Pro rata reductions could be greater, sometimes significantly greater, than the dollar amount of the withdrawal. This will reduce any gains at the end of the Strategy Term. Your Strategy Contract Value is the amount that is available ~~annuity~~for ~~options~~partial ~~are:~~withdrawals, full surrender of your Contract, annuitization and Death Benefit payments.

-For 7example, -assume you are allocated to two Indexed Strategies. The first Strategy Contract Value is $60,000 and first Indexed Strategy Base is $50,000. The second Strategy Contract Value is $40,000 and second Indexed Strategy Base is $50,000. When a $1,000 Rider

~~• Life Annuity with Cash Refund;~~12

•Charge ~~Life~~is ~~Annuity;~~assessed, the dollar-for-dollar reduction to the first Strategy Contract Value will be $600 and the dollar-for-dollar reduction to the second Strategy Contract Value will be $400. The first Indexed Strategy Base will be reduced by $500 to $49,500 ($50,000 * (1 – $600/$60,000)). The second Indexed Strategy Base will be reduced by $500 to $49,500 ($50,000 * (1 – $400/$40,000)).

•If ~~Life~~allocated ~~Annuity~~to ~~with~~Aggregate ~~Guaranteed~~Floor ~~Payments~~Indexed Strategy, Rider Charges will proportionately reduce your Aggregate Floor amount. Proportionate reductions could be significantly more than the dollar amount of the Rider Charge. For more detailed examples, see "Appendix C: Examples Illustrating Calculation of Index Credit for 10Aggregate ~~Years;~~Floor Indexed Strategies with Aggregate Floor Percentages."

•What ~~Joint~~annuity ~~and~~options ~~Survivor~~are ~~Life~~available during the Annuity; Period? You may select from the annuity options that We offer under the Contract. The available annuity options are:

~~• Joint and Survivor~~ ● Life Annuity ~~Guaranteed~~with ~~Payments~~Cash ~~for 10 Years~~Refund; or

~~• Guaranteed Payment Period~~ ● Life Annuity.;

~~All~~ ● Life Annuity ~~Payments~~with ~~will~~Guaranteed bePayments ~~made~~for on10 ~~a fixed basis. The annuity options are discussed in more detail in the section titled “Annuity Options.”~~Years;

● Joint and Survivor Life Annuity;

● Joint and Survivor Life Annuity Guaranteed Payments for 10 Years; or

● Guaranteed Payment Period Annuity.

All Annuity Payments will be made on a fixed basis. The annuity options are discussed in more detail in the section titled "Annuity Options."

Does the Contract provide a Death Benefit? If you die during the Accumulation Period, your Contract provides for a standard Death Benefit equal to the Contract Value as of the date We receive Due Proof of Death.

We also offer ~~the~~an ~~following~~ optional Return of Premium Death Benefit, available at issue or following spousal continuation, for an additional Contract charge, which is assessed annually at the end of the Contract Year:.

·The ~~Return~~Death Benefit is not payable during the Annuity Period and will terminate without value as of ~~Premium~~the Annuity Commencement Date. For additional information about the standard Death Benefit and the optional Death Benefit, see the section titled "Death Benefit."

~~The~~How ~~Death~~do ~~Benefit~~I iscontact ~~not payable during~~ the ~~Annuity~~Company? ~~Period~~The ~~and~~Company's ~~will~~principal ~~terminate~~place ~~without~~of ~~value~~business asis oflocated ~~the~~10 ~~Annuity~~West ~~Commencement~~Market ~~Date.~~Street, ~~For~~Suite 2300, Indianapolis, Indiana ~~additional~~46204. ~~information~~If you ~~about~~need ~~the~~more ~~standard~~information, ~~Death~~or ~~Benefit and~~you ~~the~~wish ~~optional~~to ~~Death~~submit ~~Benefit~~a request, ~~see~~you ~~the~~should ~~section~~contact ~~titled~~Us ~~“Death~~as ~~Benefit.”~~follows:

How do I contact the Company? The Company’s principal place of business is located 10 West Market Street, Suite 2300, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204. If you need more information, or you wish to submit a request, you should contact Us at the following:

Annuity Service Center: For all written communications, general correspondence, and other transactional inquiries, you may contact Us at:

Customer Service By Phone: 833-ASK GA 4U (833-275-4248) Mon to Fri 8:30 AM – 6:00 PM EST.

For ~~Overnight~~ Mail: 123 Town Square PL, PMB 711, Jersey City, NJ 07310

On the Internet:

RISK FACTORS

~~The~~If you purchase ofa ~~the~~ Contract, ~~involves~~you will be subject to certain risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, in addition to the matters set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, prior to ~~purchasing~~ purchasing the Contract.

RISK OF LOSS

AnYou ~~investment~~can lose money by investing in this Contract, including your principal isinvestment ~~subject~~and toearnings over the ~~risk~~life of ~~loss~~the Contract. ~~You~~The ~~may~~value ~~lose~~of ~~money,~~your ~~including~~Contract ~~your~~is ~~principal~~not ~~investment~~guaranteed ~~and~~by the U.S. government or any ~~earnings~~federal government ~~over~~agency, insured by the ~~life~~FDIC, ofor ~~your~~guaranteed ~~Contract~~by any bank.

RISK OF LOSS DURING RIGHT TO EXAMINE PERIOD

You may return your Contract for a refund, but only if you return it within the prescribed period. asIf ~~described~~for inany ~~this~~reason ~~prospectus.~~you ~~Unless~~are ~~otherwise~~not ~~required~~satisfied bywith ~~law~~your Contract, ~~when~~simply return it within 10 days after you ~~return~~receive ~~the~~it ~~Contract~~if ~~during~~ the ~~right~~Contract tois ~~examine~~not ~~period~~a replacement, weor ~~will~~within ~~process~~30 ~~your~~days ~~refund~~after ~~within~~you ~~two~~receive ~~Valuation~~it ~~Days~~if ~~from~~ the ~~Valuation~~Contract ~~Day~~is wea ~~receive your~~replacement, ~~properly~~with ~~completed~~a written request for tocancellation ~~cancel~~that inindicates ~~Good~~your ~~Order~~tax-withholding instructions. ~~However~~In some states, you ~~bear~~may ~~the~~be ~~risk~~allowed ofmore ~~any~~time ~~decline~~to incancel your Contract. If ~~Value~~you ~~during~~cancel ~~the~~your ~~right to~~Contract ~~examine~~during this period, We will issue a refund as required by applicable law.

~~General~~When ~~Liquidity~~you return the Contract during the Right to Examine Period, We ~~Risk~~will process your refund within two Valuation Days from the Valuation Day We receive your properly completed request to cancel in Good Order and pay you your Contract Value. Unless otherwise required by state law, you bear the risk of any decline in your Contract Value during the Right to Examine Period. Any Contract Value allocated to the Indexed Strategy will be based on the Strategy Interim Value, which may reflect lower gains, if the Index is performing positively, and higher losses, if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term. Please see Appendix A

We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment that you may use to help save for retirement. The Contract is not designed to be a short-term investment. If you take withdrawals (including advisory fees) from your Contract during the Withdrawal Charge Period, Withdrawal Charges and/or a Market Value Adjustment (which can be positive or negative) may apply. In addition, amounts withdrawn from this Contract may also be subject to a 10% additional federal tax if taken before age 59 1/2. Further, if an Optional Return of Premium Death Benefit is elected, and the contract is surrendered or the rider is terminated before the Contract Anniversary in a given year, a prorated Rider Charge is assessed. In addition, We will apply a Market Value Adjustment upon annuitization during the Withdrawal Charge Period. If you plan on annuitizing or taking withdrawals that will be subject to Withdrawal Charges, Market Value Adjustments and/or additional federal taxes, this Contract may not be appropriate for you.13

Infor ~~addition,~~a ~~withdrawals~~listing ~~will~~of ~~reduce~~state ~~your~~variations ~~Indexed Strategy~~that ~~Base,~~apply ~~perhaps~~to ~~significantly,~~the ~~which in turn will negatively impact your Strategy~~ Contract. ~~Value~~In ~~for the remainder of the Strategy~~states ~~Term.~~where ~~Withdrawals~~We ~~may~~are ~~impact~~required ~~your~~to ~~Death~~return ~~Benefit~~premium, ~~and~~We will bedo ~~taken~~so ~~proportionally~~regardless ~~from~~of your ~~Indexed~~Strategy ~~Strategies~~Interim ~~and the One-Year Fixed Strategy~~Value.

~~You~~GENERAL ~~can~~LIQUIDITY reallocate Contract Value among the Indexed Strategies and the One-Year Fixed Strategy only at the end of Strategy Term. This restricts your ability to react to changes in market conditions during Strategy Terms. You should consider whether the inability to reallocate Contract Value during a Strategy Term is consistent with your financial needs.RISK

WeThe ~~must~~Contract ~~receive~~is ~~your~~not ~~reallocation~~designed ~~request~~to atbe ~~least~~a short-term investment and may ~~two~~not ~~Valuation~~be ~~Days~~appropriate ~~prior~~for an investor who needs ready access to ~~the~~cash ~~end~~in excess of athe ~~Strategy~~Free ~~Term~~Withdrawal Amount. If Weyou dotake ~~not~~withdrawals ~~receive~~(including withdrawals ato ~~reallocation~~pay ~~request,~~advisory nofees) ~~reallocations~~from ~~will~~your ~~occur~~Contract ~~and~~during ~~your current~~the ~~allocation~~Withdrawal ~~will~~Charge ~~remain~~Period, inWithdrawal ~~place~~Charges ~~for~~and ~~the~~MVAs ~~next~~(which ~~Strategy~~can ~~Term.~~be ~~This~~positive or ~~will~~negative) ~~occur~~may ~~even~~apply. ifIn ~~the~~addition, ~~Index~~amounts ~~and/or~~withdrawn ~~applicable~~from ~~upside~~this ~~Indexed Strategy~~Contract ~~Parameters~~may ~~associated~~also ~~with~~be ~~the~~subject ~~Indexed~~to ~~Strategy~~a ~~has~~10% ~~changed~~additional ~~since~~tax ~~you~~if ~~last~~taken ~~selected~~before age ~~the~~59 ~~Indexed~~1/2. ~~Strategy~~Further, inif ~~which~~an ~~case~~optional ~~the~~Return ~~Indexed Strategy~~of ~~may~~Premium noDeath ~~longer~~Benefit beis ~~appropriate~~elected, ~~for~~and ~~your~~the ~~investment~~Contract ~~goals.~~is Ifsurrendered ~~you~~or ~~fail~~the torider ~~reallocate~~is ~~your~~terminated before ~~Strategy~~the Contract ~~Value~~Anniversary atin ~~the~~a ~~beginning of~~given year, you will be charged a ~~Strategy~~prorated ~~Term~~Rider ~~and~~Charge. doIn ~~not~~addition, ~~wish~~We towill ~~remain~~apply ~~invested~~an MVA upon annuitization in aexcess ~~particular~~of ~~Indexed~~the ~~Strategy~~Free ~~for~~Withdrawal Amount during the ~~remainder~~Withdrawal ofCharge ~~the~~Period. ~~Strategy~~If ~~Term,~~you ~~your~~plan ~~only~~on annuitizing or taking withdrawals ~~option~~that will be subject to ~~Surrender~~Withdrawal ~~the~~Charges, ~~Contract.~~MVAs ~~Surrendering~~and/or ~~all~~additional orfederal ataxes, ~~portion~~this ofContract ~~your~~may not be appropriate for you.

-On 8any -day other than the first and last Valuation Day of the Strategy Term for an Indexed Strategy, your Strategy Contract Value for that Indexed Strategy equals the Strategy Interim Value. Strategy Interim Value is the amount that is available from an Indexed Strategy for partial withdrawals (including withdrawals to pay advisory fees, systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions under the Contract), full surrender of your Contract, annuitization and Death Benefit payments. These amounts could be less than your investment even if the Index has performed positively. The Strategy Interim Value is not subject to the Buffer Percentage or Floor Percentage. The Strategy Interim Value may reflect lower gains, if the Index is performing positively, and higher losses, if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.

~~Contract~~In ~~Value~~addition, ~~may~~partial ~~cause~~withdrawals ~~you~~(including withdrawals to ~~incur~~pay ~~Withdrawal~~advisory ~~Charges~~fees, systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions under the Contract.) during an Indexed Strategy Term could result in a ~~Market~~greater reduction in your Strategy Contract Value ~~Adjustment~~than if you waited until the end of the Strategy Term. In addition, ~~negative~~any ~~adjustments~~partial towithdrawal will proportionately reduce your Indexed Strategy Base, which could be significantly more than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. The application of the Strategy Interim Value to partial withdrawals and ~~negative~~proportional ~~tax~~reductions ~~consequences~~to your Indexed Strategy Base, astogether with ~~discussed~~any inWithdrawal Charges and the MVA, could significantly reduce the value of the Contract. This will also reduce any gains at the ~~this~~end ~~section~~of the Strategy Term.

See “"Strategy Interim Value Risk” " below for information on how liquidity risks relate to Our Strategy Interim Value calculation.

We may defer payments made under this Contract for up to six months if the insurance regulatory authority of the state in which We issued the Contract approves such deferral.

~~Risk~~REALLOCATION ~~of Loss Related to Withdrawal Charges~~RISK

~~There~~You iscan areallocate ~~risk~~Contract ofValue ~~loss~~among ofthe ~~principal~~Indexed ~~and~~Strategies ~~related~~and ~~earnings~~the ifOne-Year ~~you~~Fixed ~~take~~Strategy aonly ~~withdrawal~~at ~~from~~the ~~your~~end ~~Contract~~of orStrategy ~~surrender~~Term. itThis ~~during~~restricts ~~the~~your ~~Withdrawal~~ability ~~Charge~~to ~~Period~~react ~~when~~to Wechanges ~~will~~in ~~deduct~~market ~~a Withdrawal~~conditions ~~Charge.~~during ~~This~~Strategy ~~risk~~Terms. ~~exists~~You ~~even~~should ifconsider ~~you~~whether ~~are~~the ~~invested~~inability into anreallocate ~~Indexed~~Contract ~~Strategy~~Value ~~with~~during ana ~~Index~~Strategy ~~that~~Term is ~~performing~~consistent ~~positively as of the date of~~with your ~~withdrawal~~financial needs.

~~SYSTEMATIC~~We ~~WITHDRAWALS~~must receive your reallocation request at least two Valuation Days TOprior ~~PAY~~to ~~ADVISory~~the ~~FEE~~end ~~Risk~~of a Strategy Term. If We do not receive a reallocation request, no reallocations will occur and your current allocation will remain in place for the next Strategy Term. This will occur even if the Index and/or applicable upside Indexed Strategy Parameters associated with the Indexed Strategy have changed since you last selected the Indexed Strategy, in which case the Indexed Strategy may no longer be appropriate for your investment goals. For the One-Year Fixed Strategy, you risk the possibility that We will declare an interest rate for the One-Year Fixed Strategy at the guaranteed minimum interest rate. If you fail to reallocate your Strategy Contract Value at the beginning of a Strategy Term and do not wish to remain invested in a particular Indexed Strategy for the remainder of the Strategy Term, your only option will be to surrender the Contract. Surrendering all or a portion of your Contract Value may cause you to incur Withdrawal Charges, MVA, negative adjustments to your Indexed Strategy Base, and negative tax consequences, as discussed in this section.

IfSTRATEGY ~~you~~INTERIM ~~elect~~VALUE to pay advisory fees from your Contract Value, then the deduction will reduce the Death Benefit according to the Death Benefit section and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax. We will not report any such Partial Withdrawal as a reportable distribution for federal income tax purposes if such Partial Withdrawal is taken under a systematic withdrawal program that is established specifically for the deduction of advisory fees under the Contract. Withdrawals to pay advisory fees are withdrawn at the Strategy Interim Value. See sections on “Systematic Withdrawals to Pay Advisory Fee” and “Strategy Interim Value” below. RISK

For any Indexed Strategy, on any day other than the first and last Valuation Day of the Strategy Term, Strategy Contract Value for that Indexed Strategy will equal the Strategy Interim Value. While Index performance ~~Risk~~is one factor that impacts your Strategy Interim Value, the Strategy Interim Value is not tied directly to the performance of the Index. Your Strategy Interim Value could be less than your investment even when the Index performance is positive. The Strategy Interim Value is not subject to the Buffer Percentage or Floor Percentage. The Strategy Interim Value may reflect lower gains, if the Index is performing positively, and higher losses, if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.

IfThe ~~you allocate money to an Indexed~~ Strategy ~~for a~~Interim ~~Strategy~~Value ~~Term, the value of your investment depends in part on the performance of the applicable Index. The performance of the Index~~ is ~~based~~calculated onby ~~changes~~Us inusing ~~the values of the securities or other instruments that comprise or define the Index. The securities and instruments comprising or defining the Index are subject to~~ a ~~variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated~~formula. ~~These risks may affect capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers.~~ The ~~performance of the Index may fluctuate, sometimes~~ ~~rapidly~~formula ~~and~~applicable ~~unpredictably. Negative Index performance may cause you~~ to ~~realize~~your ~~investment~~Contract ~~losses,~~depends and those losses could be significant. The historical performance of the Index or an Indexed Strategy does not guarantee future results. It is impossible to predict whether the Index will perform positively or negatively over the course of a Strategy Term. In addition, We measure the performance on ~~a point-to-point basis, which means that We compare~~ the ~~value~~Issue ~~of the Index at the start and end of the term~~Date. ~~There is a risk that the Index performance may be negative or flat even if the Index performed positively for certain time periods between those two specific points in time.~~

~~While~~● itFor isContracts ~~not~~issued ~~possible~~before toMay ~~invest~~1, ~~directly~~2024, ~~in the~~We ~~Index~~calculate Strategy Interim Value using a formula with a derivative valuation and pro-rata upside crediting method component. Under this formula, ifStrategy ~~you~~Interim ~~choose~~Value towill ~~allocate~~be ~~amounts~~equal to anthe ~~Indexed~~lesser ~~Strategy~~of: (i) one plus the Market Value of Options, ~~you~~and ~~are~~(ii) ~~indirectly~~one ~~exposed~~plus tothe upside crediting method rate, prorated based on the ~~investment~~number ~~risks~~of ~~associated~~days ~~with~~ that have elapsed in the ~~Index~~Strategy Term. ~~Because~~The ~~the~~Market ~~Index~~Value isof ~~comprised~~Options orreflects ~~defined~~Our byvaluation of a ~~collection~~hypothetical portfolio of ~~equity~~derivative ~~securities,~~instruments itthat isreplicates ~~exposed~~the toderivate ~~market~~assets ~~risk~~that ~~and~~We ~~issuer~~hold ~~risk~~in support of Our payment obligations. ~~Market~~ ~~risk~~It is ~~the~~intended to reflect Our risk that ~~market~~the ~~fluctuations~~Index ~~may~~will ~~cause~~suffer a loss by the ~~value~~end of athe ~~security~~Strategy toTerm ~~fluctuate~~based on the current volatility of the Index, ~~sometimes~~Index ~~rapidly~~performance, the time remaining in the Strategy Term and ~~unpredictably~~changes in prevailing interest rates. ~~Issuer~~ ~~risk~~Additionally, the Strategy Interim Value is limited by your upside crediting method (such as an Index Cap or Participation Rate) applied on a pro rata basis in proportion to the ~~risk~~number of days that have elapsed in the ~~value~~Strategy ofTerm. anFor ~~issuer’s~~example, ~~securities~~the ~~may~~Strategy ~~decline~~Interim Value for ~~reasons~~a ~~directly~~Contract ~~related~~Owner who is halfway through the Strategy Term will be limited to fifty percent of the ~~issuer~~upside Indexed Strategy Parameter. The Strategy Interim Value will always be limited by this pro rata calculation, aseven ~~opposed to~~if the ~~market~~Market ~~generally~~Value of Options is higher. The application of the prorated upside crediting method will always reduce any positive Index Return.

The S&P 500® Price Return Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies.14

●

For Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, We calculate Strategy Interim Value using a formula with a derivative and fixed income valuation component. Under this formula, Strategy Interim Value will be equal to the sum of: (i) the Derivative Asset Proxy and (ii) the Fixed Income Asset Proxy. The Derivative Asset Proxy is based on the Indexed Strategy Base and the Market Value of Options (as described above). The Fixed Income Asset Proxy reflects Our valuation of a hypothetical portfolio of fixed income assets that replicates the fixed income assets We hold in support of Our payment obligations. It is based on the Indexed Strategy Base, the Market Value of Options on the Starting Index Date, the number of days elapsed in the Strategy Term, and the Daily Fixed Income Asset Proxy Interest Rate.

Please note, for Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, the Strategy Interim Value formula does not contain a pro-rata component that limits the upside crediting method based on the number of days that have elapsed in the Strategy Term. The upside crediting method does not apply to Strategy Interim Value for such Contracts. Nonetheless, Strategy Interim Value may reflect lower gains (perhaps significantly lower gains) than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.

On any applicable Valuation Day of a Strategy Term, the Strategy Interim Value is the amount available for partial withdrawals, surrenders, annuitization and Death Benefit payments. Partial withdrawals (including any withdrawal to pay advisory fees, systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions under the Contract) taken during the Strategy Term will reduce the Indexed Strategy Base in the same proportion as the withdrawal to the Strategy Contract Value. You should consider the risk that the Strategy Interim Value could be less than your original investment even when the applicable Index is performing positively.

You will not know your Strategy Interim Value when you notify Us to make a withdrawal from your Contract. Also, the Strategy Interim Value may not be available on any given Valuation Day, see Delay in Contract Administration section. For more information and to see how We calculate the Strategy Interim Value, see Appendix B.

RISK OF LOSS RELATED TO WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND NEGATIVE MVAS

There is a risk of loss of principal and related earnings if you take a withdrawal from your Contract or surrender it during the Withdrawal Charge Period because We may deduct a Withdrawal Charge and apply a negative MVA. This risk exists even if you are invested in an Indexed Strategy with an Index that is performing positively as of the date of your withdrawal. A negative MVA may apply on any day during the Withdrawal Charge Period, including the end of a Strategy Term.

WITHDRAWALS TO PAY ADVISORY FEE RISK (applicable to the I-share Contract only)

If you elect to pay advisory fees from your Contract Value, then the deduction will reduce the Death Benefit according to the Death Benefit section and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal additional tax. We will not report any such partial withdrawal as a taxable distribution for federal income tax purposes if such partial withdrawal is taken under a systematic withdrawal program that is established specifically for the deduction of advisory fees under the Contract, however, federal and/or state tax authorities could determine that such advisory fees should be treated as taxable withdrawals. Withdrawals to pay advisory fees are based on Contract Value (inclusive of any Strategy Interim Values). Advisory fees taken outside of the systematic withdrawal program as a partial withdrawal will be subject to Withdrawal Charges and MVAs if taken within the Withdrawal Charge Period. This will reduce your Free Withdrawal Amount and any Optional Death Benefit Value. Advisory fee withdrawals that reduce the Contract Value below the minimum Contract Value may result in a termination of the Contract and We will pay you the Surrender Value. See sections on "Systematic Withdrawals to Pay Advisory Fee" and "Strategy Interim Value" below.

INDEX RISK

[To be updated by Amendment]

The value of your investment in an Indexed Strategy will depend in part on the performance of the applicable Index. The performance of the Index is based on changes in the values of the securities or other instruments that comprise or define the Index, which are subject to a variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated. These risks may affect capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers. The performance of the Index may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Negative Index performance may cause you to realize investment losses, and those losses could be significant. The historical performance of the Index or an Indexed Strategy does not guarantee future results. It is impossible to predict whether the Index will perform positively or negatively over the course of a Strategy Term. In addition, We measure the performance on a point-to-point basis, which means that We compare the value of the Index at the start and end of the term. There is a risk that the Index performance may be negative or flat even if the Index performed positively for certain time periods between those two specific points in time.

While it is not possible to invest directly in an Index, if you choose to allocate amounts to an Indexed Strategy, you are indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with the Index. Because each Index is comprised or defined by a collection of equity securities, each is exposed to market risk, equity risk and issuer risk.

●

Market risk is the risk that market fluctuations may cause the value of a security to fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.

●

Equity risk is the risk that equity securities may fluctuate in value, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The values of equity securities can be influenced by a number of factors, such as changes in (or perceived changes in) general capital markets, specific market segments, or specific issuers.

●

Issuer risk is the risk that the value of an issuer’s securities may decline for reasons directly related to the issuer, as opposed to the market generally.

All indices are price-return indices that do not reflect dividends paid with respect to underlying securities.

The S&P 500^® Price Return Index

This Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies, and is therefore subject to large-cap risk in addition to market risk, equity risk and issuer risk. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies.

Nasdaq-100^® Price Return Index

This Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. and non-U.S. companies, excluding financial companies. This Index is subject to the following investment risks in addition to market risk, equity risk and issuer risk:

· Equity Risk. Equity securities are subject to market fluctuations that cause the values of equity securities to fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The values of equity securities can be influenced by a number of factors, such as changes in (or perceived changes in) general capital markets, specific market segments, or specific issuers.15

· ● Large-Cap Risk. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies.

· ● Sector Risk. To the extent the Index is comprised of securities issued by companies in a particular sector, those securities may not perform as well as the securities of companies in other sectors or the market as a whole.

· ● Non-U.S. Securities Risk. The value of foreign securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic developments abroad and due to decreases in foreign currency values relative to the U.S. dollar. Also, foreign securities are sometimes less liquid and more difficult to sell and to value than securities of U.S. issuers.

Fidelity ~~Dividend~~U.S. Corporate Strength Index

This Index is comprised of stocks issued by large and mid-capitalization U.S. companies, which are selected based on stock selection models designed by Fidelity. This Index is subject to the following investment risks in addition to market risk, equity risk and issuer risk:

·● Selection Model ~~Equity~~ Risk. ~~Equity~~There ~~securities~~can ~~are~~be ~~subject~~no toassurance ~~market~~that ~~fluctuations~~the ~~that~~Index's ~~cause~~stock ~~the~~selection ~~values~~models ofwill ~~equity~~enhance ~~securities~~performance. toThe ~~fluctuate,~~Index's ~~sometimes~~stock ~~rapidly~~selection models ~~and~~may ~~unpredictably~~detract from performance. ~~The~~Even ~~values~~though ofthis ~~equity~~Index's ~~securities~~selection ~~can~~models beseek ~~influenced~~to byidentify acompanies ~~number~~with ofstrong ~~factors,~~financial ~~such~~characteristics including asstrong ~~changes~~dividends, inthis ~~(or~~Index's ~~perceived~~performance ~~changes~~does ~~in)~~not ~~general~~reflect ~~capital~~any ~~markets,~~dividends ~~specific~~or ~~market~~distributions ~~segments,~~paid orby ~~specific~~the ~~issuers~~component companies.

·● New/Exclusive Index ~~Selection Model~~ Risk. ~~There~~This ~~can~~Index beis noexclusively ~~assurance~~licensed ~~that~~to Forethought Life Insurance Company for use with the ~~Index’s~~Contract ~~stock~~and ~~selection~~other ~~models~~index-linked insurance ~~will~~policies ~~enhance~~issued ~~performance~~by us. ~~The~~If ~~Index’s~~the ~~stock~~exclusive ~~selection~~licensing ~~models~~agreement is not renewed, this Index may ~~detract~~become ~~from~~available ~~performance.~~through ~~[Even~~other ~~though~~investment vehicles ~~this~~or may be discontinued. This Index’s ~~selection~~does ~~models~~not ~~seek~~have toa ~~identify~~performance ~~companies~~history ~~with~~that ~~strong~~predates ~~dividend~~the ~~characteristics~~offering of the Contract, and there may be less public information about this Index’s ~~performance~~compared ~~does~~to ~~not~~other ~~reflect~~market ~~any~~indexes ~~dividends~~like the S&P 500® Price Return Index or ~~distributions~~the ~~paid~~Nasdaq-100® byPrice Return Index. Inquiries regarding this Index should be directed to the ~~component~~Annuity ~~companies~~Service Center.]

· Large-Cap Risk. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies.

Franklin U.S. Equity Index

This Index is comprised of stocks issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies, which are selected based on an investment methodology designed by Franklin Templeton. This Index is subject to the following investment risks in addition to market risk, equity risk and issuer risk:

·● Selection Model ~~Equity~~ Risk. ~~Equity~~There ~~securities~~can ~~are~~be ~~subject~~no toassurance ~~market fluctuations~~ that ~~cause~~ the ~~values~~Index's ofstock ~~equity~~selection ~~securities~~models towill ~~fluctuate,~~enhance ~~sometimes rapidly and unpredictably~~performance. The ~~values~~Index's ofstock ~~equity~~selection models ~~securities~~may ~~can~~detract befrom ~~influenced by a number of factors, such as changes in (or perceived changes in) general capital markets, specific market segments, or specific issuers~~performance.

·● New/Exclusive Index ~~Selection~~Risk. ~~Model~~This ~~Risk~~Index is exclusively licensed to Forethought Life Insurance Company for use with the Contract and other index-linked insurance policies issued by us. ~~There~~If ~~can~~the exclusive licensing agreement is not renewed, this Index may become available through other investment vehicles or may be nodiscontinued. ~~assurance~~This Index does not have a performance history that predates the offering of the Contract, and there may be less public information about this Index’s ~~stock~~compared ~~selection~~to ~~models~~other ~~will~~market ~~enhance~~indexes ~~performance~~like the S&P 500® Price Return Index or the Nasdaq-100® Price Return Index. ~~The~~Inquiries regarding this Index’s ~~stock~~should ~~selection~~be ~~models~~directed ~~may~~to ~~detract~~the ~~from~~Annuity ~~performance~~Service Center.

·● Concentration. To ~~Large-Cap~~the ~~Risk.~~extent Inthe ~~general,~~Index ~~large-capitalization~~concentrates ~~companies~~in ~~may~~a bespecific ~~unable~~industry, toa ~~respond~~group ~~quickly~~of toindustries, ~~new~~sector ~~competitive~~or ~~challenges~~type of investment, the Index will carry much greater risks of adverse developments and ~~may~~price ~~not~~movements bein ~~able~~such toindustries, ~~attain~~sectors ~~the~~or ~~high~~investments ~~growth~~than ~~rate~~an index that invests in a wider variety of ~~successful~~industries, ~~smaller~~sectors ~~companies~~or investments.

-● Mid Capitalization 9Companies. -Securities issued by mid capitalization companies may be more volatile in price than those of larger companies, involve substantial risks and should be considered speculative. Such risks may include greater sensitivity to economic conditions, less certain growth prospects, lack of depth of management and funds for growth and development, and limited or less developed product lines and markets. In addition, mid capitalization companies may be particularly affected by interest rate increases, as they may find it more difficult to borrow money to continue or expand operations, or may have difficulty in repaying any loans.

● Large Capitalization Companies. Large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors based on market and economic conditions. Large capitalization companies may underperform relative to small and mid capitalization companies because they may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

UBS Climate Aware Equity Index

This Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large- and mid-capitalization US companies. The companies included in this Index are selected based on criteria related to climate change and other environmental, social, and governance (ESG) factors. This Index is subject to the following investment risks in addition to market risk, equity risk and issuer risk:

·● ESG Criteria ~~Equity~~ Risk. ~~Equity~~The ~~securities~~Index's ~~are~~selection ~~subject~~and toweighting ~~market~~methodology ~~fluctuations~~includes ~~that~~ESG ~~cause~~criteria. As a result, the ~~values~~Index ofwill ~~equity~~have ~~securities~~greater exposure to ~~fluctuate,~~companies ~~sometimes~~deemed ~~rapidly~~to ~~and~~have ~~unpredictably.~~higher ~~The~~ESG ~~values~~ratings ofthan ~~equity~~companies ~~securities~~deemed to have lower ESG ratings, and companies can be ~~influenced~~excluded byfrom athe Index ~~number~~based ofon ~~factors,~~the ~~such~~Index's asESG ~~changes~~criteria. inCompanies ~~(or~~with ~~perceived~~lower ~~changes~~ESG ~~in)~~ratings ~~general~~may ~~capital~~perform ~~markets~~better than companies with higher ESG ratings over the short or long term. In addition, ~~specific~~investors' ~~market~~views ~~segments~~about ESG matters may differ from the ESG criteria used by the Index. As such, the orIndex's ~~specific~~methodology ~~issuers~~may not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

·● Selection Model ~~ESG Criteria~~ Risk. ~~The~~There Index’s selection and weighting methodology includes ESG criteria. As a result, the Index will have greater exposure to companies deemed to have higher ESG ratings than companies deemed to have lower ESG ratings, and companies can be ~~excluded~~no ~~from~~assurance ~~the~~that ~~Index based on~~ the Index’'s ~~ESG~~selection ~~criteria.~~models ~~Companies~~will ~~with~~enhance ~~lower ESG ratings may perform better than companies with higher ESG ratings over the short or long term~~performance. InThe ~~addition,~~Index's ~~investors’~~stock ~~views~~selection ~~about ESG matters~~ models may ~~differ~~detract from ~~the ESG criteria used by the Index~~performance. ~~As such, the Index’s methodology may not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.~~

·● Large-Cap Risk. ~~Selection~~In ~~Model~~general, ~~Risk.~~large-capitalization ~~There~~companies ~~can~~may be nounable ~~assurance~~to ~~that~~respond ~~the~~quickly ~~Index’s~~to ~~selection~~new ~~models~~competitive ~~will~~challenges, ~~enhance~~and ~~performance.~~may ~~The~~not ~~Index’s~~be ~~stock~~able to ~~selection~~attain ~~models~~the ~~may~~high ~~detract~~growth ~~from~~rate ~~performance~~of successful smaller companies.

~~· Large~~● Mid-Cap Risk. InCompared ~~general,~~to large-capitalization companies, mid-capitalization companies may be ~~unable~~less tostable ~~respond~~and ~~quickly~~more susceptible to ~~new~~adverse developments. ~~competitive~~In ~~challenges~~addition, ~~and~~the ~~may~~securities ~~not~~of bemid-capitalization ~~able~~companies tomay ~~attain~~be ~~the~~more ~~high~~volatile ~~growth~~and ~~rate~~less ofliquid ~~successful~~than ~~smaller~~those of large-capitalization companies.

·● New/Exclusive Index ~~Mid-Cap~~ Risk. ~~Compared~~This Index is exclusively licensed to ~~large~~Forethought Life Insurance Company for use with the Contract and other index-~~capitalization~~linked insurance ~~companies~~policies issued by us. If the exclusive licensing agreement is not renewed, ~~mid-capitalization~~this ~~companies~~Index may become available through other investment vehicles or may be ~~less~~discontinued. ~~stable~~The ~~and~~Index's ~~more~~performance ~~susceptible~~history only dates back to ~~adverse~~October 7, ~~developments.~~2021, Inand, ~~addition~~therefore, the ~~securities~~Index ofhas only ~~mid-capitalization~~limited ~~companies~~historical performance. There may be ~~more~~less ~~volatile~~public ~~and~~information ~~less~~about ~~liquid~~this ~~than~~Index ~~those~~compared ofto ~~large~~other market indexes like the S&P 500® Price Return Index or the Nasdaq-~~capitalization~~100® ~~companies~~Price Return Index. Inquiries regarding this Index, including requests for daily Index Values and performance history, should be directed to the Annuity Service Center.

● ESG Methodology Risk. While the UBS Climate Aware Equity Index's ~~Cap~~methodology ~~Risk~~is designed to track the performance of companies with certain climate change related and ESG characteristics, amounts you invest in an Indexed Strategy linked to the UBS Climate Aware Equity Index are NOT invested in the Index or companies comprising the Index. The assets in the Company's General Account and the Separate Account, which the Company invests to support its payment obligations under the Contract, are NOT invested based on climate change or ESG characteristics.

IfINDEX ~~you~~CAP choose to allocate amounts to an Indexed Strategy with an Index Cap, the highest possible Index Credit that you may achieve is limited by the Index Cap. The Index Cap therefore limits positive Index Credit, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Strategy Term. The Index Cap does not guarantee a certain amount of Index Credit. The Index Credit for an Indexed Strategy may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index is subject to a maximum in the form of the Index Cap.RISK

~~The~~If you allocate some or all of your Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy with an Index Cap, ~~benefits~~your Usearnings ~~because~~may itbe ~~limits~~limited by the ~~amount~~ ofIndex Cap. The positive Index Credit, ~~that~~if Weany, that may be ~~obligated~~credited to ~~credit~~your Contract for ~~any~~a given Strategy Term. Wewill ~~set~~be subject to the Index ~~Caps~~Cap. atThe ~~Our~~Index ~~discretion,~~Cap ~~including~~ does not guarantee a ~~lower~~certain amount of Index ~~Cap~~Credit. The Index Credit for ~~the~~an ~~same~~Indexed Strategy ~~Investment~~may inbe less than the ~~future~~positive return of the Index. ~~You~~This ~~risk~~is because any positive return of the ~~possibility,~~Index is subject to a maximum in the ~~Minimum~~form ~~Guaranteed~~of the Index Cap. The B-share and I-share Index Caps may vary and the only guarantee is that they both ~~set~~will ~~forth~~satisfy inguaranteed ~~your~~minimums. ~~Contract,~~It is important to note that ~~the~~an Index ~~Caps~~Cap ~~declared~~applies for athe ~~new~~entire Strategy Term, ~~may~~even ~~limit~~when ~~your~~the ~~Indexed~~term is longer than one year. For example, if you invest in a six year Strategy ~~returns~~Term with an Index Cap, regardless of how the Index performs over the course of that six year period, the Index Cap will not be adjusted.

~~Participation~~We benefit from the Index Cap because it limits the amount of positive ~~RaTE~~Index Credit that We must credit for any Strategy Term. We set the Index Caps at Our discretion, ~~TIER~~and ~~PARTICIPATION~~We ~~RATE~~may ~~AND~~lower ~~TiER~~the ~~LEVEL~~Index ~~Risk~~Cap for the same Indexed Strategy in the future. You risk the possibility, subject to the minimum guaranteed Index Cap set forth in your Contract, that the Index Caps declared for a new Strategy Term may limit your Indexed Strategy returns.

The Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rates or Tier Level may limit your participation in positive Index Return. We declare a new Participation Rate, new Tier Participation Rates or new Tier Level for each new Strategy Term at our discretion. The Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rates or Tier Level for a new Strategy Term may be higher, lower or the same as the previous Strategy Term. A lower Participation Rate or Tier Participation Rates, or higher Tier Level will reduce the amount of positive Index Return that is reflected in the Index Credit. You risk the possibility, subject to the Minimum Guaranteed Participation Rates and the Maximum Guaranteed Tier Level shown in your Contract and the “Indexed Strategies” section of this prospectus, that the Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rates or Tier Level declared for a new Strategy Term may limit your Indexed Strategy returns, and that the Tier One and Tier Two Participation Rates may be equal. 17

~~Buffer~~PARTICIPATION ~~PercentagE~~RATE, ~~FLOOR~~ ~~PERCENTAGE,~~TIER ORPARTICIPATION ~~Aggregate~~RATE ~~Floor~~AND ~~Percentage~~TIER ~~Risk~~LEVEL RISK

If you allocate ~~money~~all or some of your Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy, ~~negative~~with ~~Index~~a ~~performance~~Participation ~~may~~Rate ~~cause~~or ~~the~~a ~~Index~~Tier ~~Credit~~Participation toRate, bethe ~~negative~~Participation ~~even~~Rate, ~~after~~or ~~the~~Tier ~~application~~Participation ofRates ~~the~~and ~~Buffer~~Tier ~~Percentage~~Level, ~~Floor~~as ~~Percentage~~applicable, may limit your participation in positive Index Return. We declare a new Participation Rate or ~~the~~new ~~Aggregate~~Tier ~~Floor~~Participation ~~Percentage~~Rates and new Tier Level , as applicable., ~~This~~for ~~would~~each ~~reduce~~new ~~your~~ Strategy ~~Contract~~Term ~~Value~~at Our discretion. ~~Any~~The ~~portion~~Participation ofRate, ~~your~~Tier ~~Contract~~Participation ~~Value~~Rates ~~allocated to~~or anTier ~~Indexed~~Level for a new Strategy ~~will~~Term ~~benefit~~may ~~from~~be ~~the~~higher, ~~protection~~lower ~~afforded~~or ~~under~~the ~~either~~same as the ~~Buffer~~previous ~~Percentage,~~Strategy ~~Floor~~Term. ~~Percentage~~A lower Participation Rate or ~~Aggregate~~Tier ~~Floor~~Participation ~~Percentage~~Rates, ~~only~~or ~~for~~higher Tier Level, will reduce the amount of positive Index Return that ~~Strategy~~is ~~Term~~reflected in the Index Credit. You ~~assume~~risk the ~~risk~~possibility, subject ~~that~~to ~~you~~the ~~will~~minimum ~~incur~~guaranteed aParticipation ~~loss~~Rates and ~~that~~the maximum guaranteed Tier Level shown in your Contract and the ~~amount~~"Indexed Strategies" section of this prospectus, that the ~~loss~~Participation ~~will~~Rate beor ~~significant~~Tier Participation Rates and Tier Level, ~~except~~ as applicable, declared for ana ~~Indexed~~new Strategy ~~with~~Term amay 0%limit ~~Floor~~your ~~Percentage~~Indexed ~~where~~Strategy ~~there~~returns, isand nothat ~~investment~~the ~~risk~~Tier ofOne ~~loss~~and toTier ~~you.~~Two ~~You~~Participation ~~also~~Rates ~~risk~~may ~~the~~be ~~possibility~~equal. ~~that~~The ~~sustained~~B-share ~~negative~~and ~~Index~~I-share ~~Returns~~Tier Participation Rates and Tier Level may ~~result~~vary inand ~~zero~~the oronly ~~negative~~guarantee ~~Index~~is ~~Credit~~that ~~being~~they ~~credited~~both will satisfy guaranteed minimums. It is important to ~~your~~note ~~Strategy~~that ~~Contract~~the ~~Value~~Participation ~~over multiple~~Rate, ~~Strategy~~Tier ~~Terms.~~Participation IfRate anand ~~Indexed~~Tier Level applies for the entire Strategy Term, even when the term is ~~credited~~longer ~~with~~than ~~negative~~one ~~Index~~year. ~~Credit~~For ~~for~~example, ~~multiple~~if you invest in a six year Strategy ~~Terms,~~Term ~~the~~with ~~loss~~a ~~may~~Participation ~~exceed~~Rate or ~~the~~a ~~stated~~Tier ~~limit~~Participation Rate and Tier Level, regardless of how the ~~Buffer~~Index ~~Percentage~~performs over the course of that six year period, ~~Floor~~the ~~Percentage~~Participation Rate, orTier ~~Aggregate~~Participation ~~Floor~~Rate ~~Percentage~~and ~~for~~Tier aLevel ~~single~~will ~~Strategy~~not ~~Term~~be adjusted.

~~For~~BUFFER ~~the Aggregate Floor for the Indexed Strategy~~PERCENTAGE, ~~there~~ ~~are~~FLOOR ~~some additional risks to consider. At least [ten days] prior to the start of each Strategy Term~~PERCENTAGE, ~~We will~~AND ~~make available the applicable Index~~AGGREGATE ~~Cap~~FLOOR ~~which varies by Aggregate Floor Percentage, however, the Aggregate Floor Percentage for the next Strategy Term will not be determined~~PERCENTAGE until the end of the current Strategy Term. The next Strategy Term’s final Aggregate Floor Percentage and associated Index Cap will not be known during the Reallocation Period. The Indexed Strategy will have a reset feature that provides the option to reset the level of Aggregate Floor Percentage to the initial Aggregate Floor Percentage during each Strategy Term. This feature must be elected and the window to elect the reset feature is the same as the Reallocation Period. The default option for the Indexed Strategy will provide for a recalculation of the Aggregate Floor Percentage each year. Exercising the reset feature does not guarantee better or worse performance than not exercising the reset feature. Negative market performance may result in lower renewal caps which would limit your upside potential in later years.RISK

If you allocate all or some of your Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy, ~~Base~~negative ~~Risk~~Index performance may cause the Index Credit to be negative even after the application of the Buffer Percentage, Floor Percentage or the Aggregate Floor Percentage, as applicable. This would reduce your Strategy Contract Value. Any portion of your Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Strategy will benefit from the protection afforded under either the Buffer Percentage, Floor Percentage or Aggregate Floor Percentage only for that Strategy Term. You assume the risk that you may incur a loss and that the amount of the loss may be significant, except for an Indexed Strategy with a 0% Floor Percentage where there is no investment risk of loss to you. You also risk the possibility that sustained negative Index Returns may result in zero or negative Index Credit being credited to your Strategy Contract Value over multiple Strategy Terms. If an Indexed Strategy is credited with negative Index Credit for multiple Strategy Terms, your total loss may exceed the stated limit of the Buffer Percentage, Floor Percentage or Aggregate Floor Percentage for a single Strategy Term. It is important to note that a Buffer applies for the entire Strategy Term, even when the term is longer than one year. For example, if you invest in a six year Strategy Term with a Buffer, regardless of how the Index performs over the course of that six year period, the Buffer will not be adjusted.

If you ~~withdraw~~allocate ~~Contract~~all ~~Value~~or ~~allocated~~some toof ~~an Indexed~~your ~~Strategy~~Contract ~~prior~~Value to ~~the~~an ~~end~~Indexed ofStrategy with aan ~~Strategy~~Aggregate ~~Term~~Floor, ~~the~~you ~~withdrawal~~ will ~~cause~~be asubject ~~reduction~~ to ~~your~~certain ~~Indexed~~additional ~~Strategy Base~~risks. ~~When~~At ~~you~~least ~~take such~~ten adays ~~withdrawal,~~prior ~~your~~to ~~Indexed~~the ~~Strategy~~start ~~Base~~of ~~will~~each beStrategy ~~immediately~~Term, We ~~reduced~~will inset aand ~~proportion~~make ~~equal~~available to the ~~reduction~~range inof ~~your~~applicable ~~Strategy~~Index ~~Contract Value~~Caps. AThe ~~proportional~~range ~~reduction~~of ~~could~~Index beCaps ~~larger~~vary ~~than~~based on the ~~dollar~~new ~~amount~~Aggregate ofFloor ~~your withdrawal~~Percentage. However, ~~Reductions~~the tonew ~~your~~Aggregate ~~Indexed~~Floor ~~Strategy~~Percentage ~~Base~~ will ~~negatively~~ ~~impact~~not ~~your~~be ~~Strategy~~calculated ~~Contract~~until ~~Value for~~ the ~~remainder~~end of the current Strategy Term. ~~Once~~because ~~your~~it ~~Indexed~~is ~~Strategy~~based ~~Base~~on the isrecalculated ~~reduced~~Aggregate ~~due to~~Floor. aThe ~~withdrawal,~~Aggregate ~~there~~Floor iscannot nobe ~~way~~recalculated ~~under~~until the ~~Contract~~Index toCredit ~~increase~~is ~~your~~calculated ~~Indexed~~for ~~Strategy~~the ~~Base~~preceding ~~during~~Strategy Term. ~~the~~This ~~remainder~~means ofthat ~~the~~your ~~Strategy~~precise ~~Term. You~~Index ~~cannot~~Cap ~~reallocate~~(within ~~Contract~~the ~~Value~~range), ~~into~~will anot ~~Strategy~~be ~~Term~~known ~~after~~during the ~~Starting~~Reallocation ~~Index Date~~Period.

-The 10Aggregate Floor Percentage can be as low as -20%.

orWhile ~~make~~your ~~any~~Aggregate ~~additional~~Floor ~~Premium~~can ~~Payments.~~increase ~~See~~due ~~“Impact of~~to ~~Withdrawals~~positive Index performance from ~~Indexed~~one ~~Strategies”~~consecutive Strategy Term to the next, such increases are limited to the greater of your Aggregate Floor for ~~additional~~the ~~information~~prior ~~about~~Strategy Term ~~how~~or ~~withdrawals~~80% ~~affect~~of your Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy Contract ~~Values~~Value as of the end of the prior Strategy Term.

~~Performance~~In ~~Lock~~addition, the Indexed Strategy will have a reset feature that provides ~~Risk~~the option to reset the level of Aggregate Floor Percentage to the initial Aggregate Floor Percentage during each subsequent, consecutive Strategy Term. This feature must also be elected during the Reallocation Period. Alternatively, the recalculated Aggregate Floor Percentage will apply. Exercising the reset feature does not guarantee better or worse performance than not exercising the reset feature. Negative Index performance may result in lower renewal Index Caps which would limit your upside potential in later years. While the reset feature could provide an opportunity to decrease downside exposure, it could also limit upside potential for the next Strategy Term. On the other hand, the reset feature could provide an opportunity to increase downside exposure, which would increase upside potential for the next Strategy Term.

IfIt ~~you~~is ~~allocate~~important ~~Contract Value~~ to annote ~~Indexed~~that ~~Strategy for~~because athe ~~Strategy~~Index ~~Term,~~Credit ~~you~~is ~~may~~not ~~exercise~~known until the ~~Performance~~end ~~Lock~~of ~~feature~~the atStrategy ~~any~~Term, ~~time~~your byAggregate ~~notifying~~Floor Usfor inthe anext ~~manner~~Strategy ~~acceptable~~Term towill ~~us,~~not ~~prior~~be ~~to 4pm~~known onat the ~~fourth~~time toyou ~~last~~must ~~Valuation~~elect ~~Day of~~ the reset. ~~Strategy~~Your ~~Term.~~new IfAggregate ~~you~~Floor, ~~exercise~~based on the ~~Performance~~reset, ~~Lock~~may ~~feature,~~be ~~your~~higher ~~Strategy~~or ~~Contract~~lower ~~Value (which~~than ~~otherwise~~you ~~fluctuates~~expected. ~~daily)~~This ~~will~~means ~~not~~that ~~reduce~~you ~~for~~could ~~the~~reset ~~remainder~~your ofAggregate Floor ~~the~~Percentage ~~Strategy~~and ~~Term,~~end ~~unless~~up ~~there~~locking isin a ~~withdrawal~~lower ~~and/or~~Aggregate ~~Rider~~Floor ~~Charges~~ (and~~/or~~ ~~advisory~~the ~~fees~~potential ~~are~~for ~~assessed.~~greater ~~You~~losses) ~~can~~than ~~exercise~~if ~~the~~you ~~Performance~~had ~~Lock~~not ~~feature~~reset. ~~once~~If ~~per~~you make ~~Indexed~~a ~~Strategy~~reset request during ~~each~~the ~~Strategy~~Reallocation ~~Term. You~~Period, ~~should~~you ~~consider~~may ~~the~~elect ~~following~~to ~~risks~~cancel ~~related~~such request prior to the ~~Performance~~end ~~Lock~~of ~~feature:~~the Reallocation Period.

•RISKS ~~You~~RELATED ~~will~~TO noREDUCTION ~~longer~~OF ~~participate~~INDEXED inSTRATEGY ~~the~~BASE ~~Index’s~~DUE ~~performance,~~TO ~~whether positive or negative, for the remainder of the Strategy Term.~~WITHDRAWALS

•If ~~You~~you withdraw Contract Value (including withdrawals to pay advisory fees, systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions under the Contract) allocated to an Indexed Strategy prior to the end of a Strategy Term, the withdrawal will ~~not~~cause a reduction to your Indexed Strategy Base. When such a withdrawal is made, your Indexed Strategy Base will be ~~credited~~immediately ~~with~~reduced ~~any~~in ~~Index~~a ~~Credit~~proportion ~~for~~equal ~~that~~to the reduction in your Strategy Contract Value. A proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. Reductions to your Indexed Strategy Base will reduce any gains at the end of the Strategy Term. Once your Indexed Strategy Base is

~~• Exercising the Performance Lock feature for an Indexed Strategy is irrevocable for the Strategy Term.~~18

•reduced Wedue ~~use~~to ~~the~~a ~~Strategy~~withdrawal, ~~Interim~~there ~~Value~~is ~~calculated~~no atway under the ~~end~~Contract ofto increase ~~the~~your ~~second~~Indexed ~~Valuation~~Strategy ~~Day~~Base ~~after~~during Wethe ~~receive~~remainder ~~your~~of ~~request~~the Strategy Term. This ~~means~~is because you ~~will~~cannot ~~not~~reallocate beContract ~~able~~Value tointo a ~~determine~~Strategy inTerm ~~advance~~after ~~your~~the ~~“locked~~Starting ~~in”~~Index ~~Strategy~~Date ~~Contract~~or ~~Value,~~make ~~and~~any itadditional ~~may~~Premium bePayments. ~~higher~~See or"Impact ~~lower~~of ~~than~~Withdrawals itfrom ~~was~~Indexed atStrategies" for ~~the~~additional ~~point~~information inabout ~~time~~how ~~you~~withdrawals ~~requested~~affect ~~the~~your ~~Performance~~Strategy ~~Lock~~Contract Values.

•PERFORMANCE IfLOCK you exercise the Performance Lock feature at a time when your Strategy Interim Value has declined, you will lock in any loss. It is possible that you would have realized less of a loss or no loss if you exercised the Performance Lock feature at a later time or not at all.RISK

•If Weyou ~~will~~allocate ~~not~~Contract ~~provide~~Value ~~advice~~to oran ~~notify~~Indexed ~~you~~Strategy ~~regarding~~for ~~whether~~a Strategy Term, you ~~should~~may exercise the Performance Lock feature orat ~~the~~any ~~optimal~~ time ~~for~~by ~~doing~~notifying ~~so.~~Us Wein ~~will~~a ~~not~~manner ~~warn~~acceptable ~~you~~to ifus, prior to 4pm on the fourth to last Valuation Day of the Strategy Term. If you exercise the Performance Lock feature, atyour aStrategy ~~sub-optimal~~Contract ~~time.~~Value We(which ~~are~~otherwise fluctuates daily) will not ~~responsible~~be reduced based on the Strategy Interim Value for ~~any~~the ~~losses~~remainder ~~related~~of tothe ~~your~~Strategy ~~decision~~Term, ~~whether~~unless there is a withdrawal and/or ~~not~~Rider toCharges and/or advisory fees are assessed. You can exercise the Performance Lock feature once per Indexed Strategy during each Strategy Term. You should consider the following risks related to the Performance Lock feature:

•● You will ~~There~~no ~~may~~longer ~~not~~participate bein ~~an optimal time to exercise~~ the ~~Performance~~Index's ~~Lock~~performance, ~~feature~~whether ~~during~~positive aor ~~Strategy~~negative, ~~Term. It may be better~~ for ~~you~~the ifremainder ~~you~~of ~~do not exercise~~ the ~~Performance Lock feature during a~~ Strategy Term. ~~It is impossible to know with certainty whether or not the Performance Lock feature should be exercised.~~

~~See~~● You will ~~the~~not ~~section~~be ~~titled~~credited ~~“Performance~~with ~~Lock”~~ any Index Credit for ~~additional~~that ~~information~~Indexed ~~regarding~~Strategy at the ~~Performance~~end ~~Lock~~of ~~feature~~the Strategy Term.

● Exercising the Performance Lock feature for an Indexed Strategy ~~Interim Value~~is ~~Risk~~irrevocable for the Strategy Term.

~~On each Valuation Day of the Strategy Term, other~~● We ~~than~~use the ~~first day, We determine the~~ Strategy ~~Contract~~Interim Value ~~for~~calculated ~~each~~at ~~Indexed~~the ~~Strategy~~end byof ~~calculating~~the ~~its~~second ~~Strategy~~Valuation ~~Interim~~Day ~~Value.~~after InWe ~~order to~~receive ~~calculate~~ your ~~Strategy~~request. ~~Interim~~This ~~Value,~~means Weyou ~~apply~~will ~~a formula which is~~ not be ~~directly~~able ~~tied~~ to ~~the~~determine ~~actual~~in ~~performance~~advance ofyour ~~the~~"locked ~~applicable~~in" ~~Index. Instead,~~Strategy WeContract ~~calculate~~Value, and it bymay ~~determining~~be ~~the~~higher ~~market value of options that We may~~ or ~~may~~lower ~~not~~than ~~actually~~it ~~hold.~~was ~~This~~at ~~means that even if~~ the ~~term-to-date~~point ~~Index~~in ~~Return~~time ~~has~~you ~~increased,~~requested ~~it is possible that~~ the ~~Strategy~~Performance ~~Interim Value may not increase~~Lock.

~~The~~● If you ~~market~~exercise ~~value of options is compared to~~ the ~~potential~~ ~~Index~~Performance ~~Credit~~Lock ~~based~~feature ~~upon~~at ~~the~~a ~~portion of~~ time ~~the~~when ~~customer~~your ~~has been invested in the Indexed~~ Strategy ~~(pro-rata calculation). The pro-rata calculation limits the Strategy~~ Interim Value inhas ~~proportion~~declined, toyou ~~the~~will ~~number~~lock ~~of days elapsed~~ in ~~the~~any ~~Strategy~~loss. ~~Term,~~It ~~for example if the Strategy Interim Value for a Contract Owner who~~ is ~~halfway through the Strategy Term will be limited to fifty percent of the upside~~possible ~~Indexed~~that ~~Strategy~~you ~~Parameter.~~would ~~The~~have ~~Strategy~~realized ~~Interim~~less ~~Value utilizes the lesser~~ of ~~this~~a ~~market~~loss ~~value~~or ~~calculation~~no ~~and~~loss ~~the~~if ~~pro-rata~~you ~~calculation. You~~exercised ~~should consider~~ the ~~risk~~Performance ~~that~~Lock ~~the~~feature ~~market~~at ~~value~~a oflater ~~the~~time ~~options~~or isnot ~~greater~~at ~~than the pro-rata calculation and therefore your Strategy Interim Value is equal to the pro-rata calculation~~all.

~~Except~~● We will ~~for~~not ~~the~~provide ~~first~~advice ~~Valuation~~or ~~Day~~notify ofyou aregarding ~~Strategy Term,~~whether ~~your~~you ~~Strategy~~should ~~Interim~~exercise ~~Value is~~ the ~~amount~~Performance ~~available~~Lock ~~for~~feature ~~withdrawals,~~or ~~surrenders,~~the ~~annuitization~~optimal ~~and~~time ~~Death~~for ~~Benefits~~doing so. ~~Withdrawals~~We ~~taken during the Strategy Term~~ will ~~reduce~~not ~~the~~warn ~~Indexed~~you ~~Strategy~~if ~~Base~~you inexercise the ~~same~~Performance ~~proportion~~Lock asfeature ~~the~~at ~~withdrawal~~a tosub-optimal ~~the Strategy Contract Value~~time. ~~The~~ ~~Strategy~~We ~~Interim~~are ~~Value~~not ~~may~~responsible ~~be more or less if you held the Indexed Strategy~~ for ~~the~~any ~~Strategy~~losses ~~Term. This includes Contract Value applied~~related to ~~pay~~your adecision ~~Death~~whether ~~Benefit~~ or not to anexercise ~~annuity payout option. You should consider~~ the ~~risk~~Performance ~~that~~Lock ~~it could be less than your original investment even when the applicable Index is performing positively~~feature.

~~You~~● There may ~~will~~ not ~~know~~be ~~your~~an ~~Strategy~~optimal ~~Interim~~time ~~Value when you notify Us~~ to ~~transact~~exercise on the ~~Contract.~~Performance ~~Also,~~Lock asfeature ~~the~~during a Strategy ~~Interim~~Term. ~~Value~~It may ~~not~~ be ~~available~~better onfor ~~any~~you ~~given~~if ~~Valuation~~you ~~Day,~~do ~~see~~not exercise ~~Delay~~the inPerformance ~~Contract~~Lock ~~Administration~~feature ~~section.~~during ~~For~~a ~~more~~Strategy ~~information~~Term. ~~and~~It is impossible to ~~see~~know ~~how~~with Wecertainty ~~calculate~~whether ~~the~~or ~~Strategy~~not ~~Interim~~the ~~Value,~~Performance ~~see~~Lock ~~Appendix~~feature should Bbe exercised.

~~Risk~~See ~~That~~the Wesection ~~May ADD,~~titled ~~remove~~"Performance ORLock" ~~REPLACE~~for anadditional information ~~INDEX~~regarding ORthe ~~indexed~~Performance ~~strategy~~Lock feature.

~~There~~RISK isTHAT noWE guarantee that any particular Indexed Strategy or Index will be available during the entire time that you own your Contract. We will not replace any Index or Indexed Strategy until We obtain any regulatory approvals needed. We may replace the Index if it is discontinuedMAY ADD, orREMOVE ifOR ~~there~~REPLACE isAN aINDEX ~~substantial~~OR ~~change in~~INDEXED the calculation of the Index, or if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. If We replace an Index, the performance of the new Index may differ from the original Index. This may negatively affect the Index Credit that you earn during that Strategy Term or the Strategy Interim Value that you can lock-in under the Performance Lock feature.STRATEGY

We may add, remove or replace an Index ator ~~any~~Indexed ~~time~~Strategy, ~~during~~and ~~a Strategy~~any ~~Term.~~particular ~~You~~Indexed ~~will~~Strategy ~~have~~or noIndex ~~right~~may tonot ~~reject~~available during the ~~replacement~~entire ~~Index,~~time ~~and~~that you own your Contract. We will not bereplace ~~permitted~~any toIndex or ~~reallocate~~Indexed ~~your~~ Strategy ~~Contract Value~~ until ~~the~~We ~~end~~obtain ofany aregulatory ~~Strategy~~approvals ~~Term~~needed. ~~The~~We ~~new~~may ~~Index~~replace ~~and~~ the ~~replaced~~ Index ~~may~~if ~~not~~it beis ~~similar~~discontinued, ~~with respect to their component securities~~ or ~~other~~ ~~instruments,~~if ~~although~~there Weis ~~will attempt to select~~ a substantial ~~new~~change ~~Index~~in ~~that~~the iscalculation ~~similar~~of to the ~~old~~ Index., Ifor ~~you~~if dohedging ~~not~~instruments ~~want~~become difficult to ~~remain~~acquire inor ~~an Indexed~~the ~~Strategy~~cost orof ~~exercise~~hedging ~~Performance~~becomes excessive. ~~Lock~~If ~~with~~We areplace ~~new~~an Index, ~~your~~the ~~only~~performance ~~option~~of ~~will~~the benew toIndex ~~surrender your Contract. Surrendering your Contract~~ may ~~cause~~differ ~~you~~from tothe ~~incur~~original aIndex. ~~Withdrawal~~This ~~Charge, a negative Market Value Adjustment, and~~ may ~~have~~negatively ~~negative~~affect ~~tax~~the Index ~~consequences.~~Credit Atthat ~~the end~~you ofearn ~~the~~during that Strategy Term, ~~you~~or ~~may~~the ~~reallocate your~~ Strategy ~~Contract~~Interim Value tothat ~~another~~you ~~available~~can ~~Indexed~~lock-in ~~Strategy~~under ~~or to~~ the ~~One-Year~~Performance ~~Fixed Strategy~~Lock ~~without charge~~feature.

We ~~reserve the~~may ~~right~~replace ~~discontinue~~an ~~offering~~Index at any ~~Indexed~~time during a Strategy ~~for~~Term ~~newly~~without your ~~issued~~approval, and you will not be permitted to reallocate your Strategy Contract Value until the end of a Strategy Term. The new Index and the replaced Index may not be similar with respect to their component securities or ~~outstanding~~other ~~Contracts~~instruments, atalthough ~~any~~We ~~time~~will attempt to select a new Index that is similar to the old Index. If We ~~discontinue~~replace ~~offering~~ an ~~Indexed~~Index during a Strategy Term, ~~you~~We ~~must~~will ~~reallocate~~calculate ~~your~~the ~~Strategy~~Index ~~Contract~~Return using ~~Value~~the toold aIndex ~~currently~~up ~~available~~until ~~Indexed~~the ~~Strategy~~replacement ordate. After the ~~One-Year~~replacement ~~Fixed~~date, We will calculate the Index Return using the new Index, ~~Strategy~~using atthe value for new Index on the ~~start~~replacement date and the value of the ~~next~~new Index at the end of the Strategy Term. See the Index Replacement Example under "The Indices – Index Replacement" section of the prospectus. If you do not ~~provide~~want ~~instructions~~to remain in ~~Good~~an ~~Order~~Indexed Strategy ~~for~~or ~~reallocating~~exercise the ~~Strategy~~Performance Lock at the time or after We replace the Index, your only option will be to surrender your Contract. ~~Value~~Full surrenders, Weif made or taken during a Strategy Term, are subject to an adjustment based on the Strategy Interim Value and will ~~reallocate~~be subject to Withdrawal Charges and MVAs if made within the Withdrawal Charge Period and may have negative tax consequences. At the end of the Strategy Term, you may reallocate your Strategy Contract Value to another available Indexed Strategy or to the One-Year Fixed Strategy without charge.

If We ~~add~~reserve the right to discontinue offering any Indexed Strategy for newly issued or ~~remove~~outstanding Contracts at the end of a Strategy Term. If We discontinue offering an Indexed Strategy, ~~the~~you ~~changes~~must reallocate ~~will~~your ~~not~~Strategy beContract ~~effective~~Value ~~for~~to ~~your~~a ~~Contract~~currently ~~until~~available Indexed Strategy or the One-Year Fixed Strategy at the start of the next Strategy Term. ~~You~~If ~~should~~you ~~evaluate~~do ~~whether~~not ~~Our~~provide ~~ability~~instructions toin ~~make~~Good Order for reallocating the ~~changes~~ ~~described~~Strategy ~~above~~Contract Value, ~~and~~We ~~the~~will ~~scope~~reallocate ofthe ~~Our~~Strategy Contract ~~ability~~Value to ~~react~~the toOne-Year ~~such~~Fixed ~~changes~~Strategy. This could significantly reduce returns, ~~are~~as ~~appropriate~~the ~~based~~One-Year onFixed ~~your~~Strategy ~~investment~~could ~~goals~~pay as little as the guaranteed minimum interest rate.

~~- 11 -~~19

If We add or remove an Indexed Strategy, the changes will not be effective for your Contract until the start of the next Strategy Term. Before purchasing a Contract, you should evaluate whether Our ability to make the changes described above, and the scope of Our ability to react to such changes, are appropriate based on your investment goals.

RISK THAT WE MAY CHANGE THE INDEX CAP, PARTICIPATION RATE, TIER PARTICIPATION RATES OR TIER LEVEL

Changes to the Index Caps, Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rates or Tier Level, if any, occur at the beginning of the next Strategy Term. We will inform you of the Index Cap, Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rates or Tier Level for the next Strategy Term at least ten days prior to the beginning of each Strategy Term. You do not have the right to reject the Index Cap, Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rates or Tier Level for the next Strategy Term. If you do not like the new Index Cap, Participation Rate, Tier Participation Rates or Tier Level for a particular Indexed Strategy, you may reallocate your Strategy Contract Value to another available Indexed Strategy or to the One-Year Fixed Strategy without charge during the Reallocation Period. If you do not want to invest in any investment option under the Contract, your only option will be to surrender your Contract. Surrendering your Contract may cause you to incur a Withdrawal Charge, a negative ~~Market Value Adjustment~~MVA, and may have negative tax consequences.

~~Our~~OUR ~~Financial Strength~~FINANCIAL ~~and~~STRENGTH ~~Claims~~AND CLAIMS-~~Paying~~PAYING ~~Ability~~ABILITY

Our obligations under the Contract are supported by Our General Account, which ~~assets~~includes ~~support~~ the ~~guarantees under~~assets in the ~~Contract~~Separate ~~and~~Account, ~~are~~which is subject to the claims of ~~our~~Our creditors. As such, your Contract Value and the guarantees under the Contract, including any Index Credits, Death Benefit, and Annuity Payments, are subject to Our financial strength and claims-paying ability. There is a risk that We may default on those guarantees. You may obtain information on Our financial condition by reviewing Our financial statements included in this prospectus. Additionally, information concerning Our business and operations is set forth under the section titled “"Management’'s Discussion and Analysis.”"

~~Cybersecurity and~~CYBERSECURITY ~~Business~~AND ~~Continuity~~BUSINESS ~~Risk~~ CONTINUITY RISK

Our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of Our computer systems and those of Our business partners,. soWe ~~Our~~are ~~business is~~ vulnerable to systems failures and cyber-attacks~~. Systems~~, ~~failures~~which ~~and cyber-attacks~~ may adversely affect us, your Contract, and your Contract Value. In addition to cybersecurity risks, We are exposed to the risk that natural and man-made disasters, pandemics and catastrophes may significantly disrupt Our business operations and Our ability to administer the Contract. There can be no assurance that We or Our service providers will be able to successfully avoid negative impacts associated with systems failures, cyber-attacks, or natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes. See additional company-related risks later in this prospectus under “ "Risks Related to Our Business and Industry.”"

THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

~~This prospectus describes the Contract.~~ The Contract is an agreement between the Company and you, the Owner~~. The Contract is~~ , designed tofor ~~help you invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet~~ long-term financial goals, such as ~~retirement~~ funding your retirement. Under the Contract, Weyou ~~promise~~can toaccumulate ~~pay~~assets anby ~~income~~investing in the Indexed Strategies or the ~~form~~One-Year Fixed Strategy, and you can later convert your accumulated Contract Value into a stream of ~~Annuity~~income payments ~~Payments~~from Us, beginning on a date that you select. A Death Benefit may also become payable upon your death. All payments under the Contract are subject to the terms and conditions described in this prospectus.

During the Accumulation Period, you may access your money under the Contract by taking withdrawals of your Contract Value. Withdrawals may be subject to a Withdrawal Charge, ~~a Market Value Adjustment~~MVA, negative adjustments to your Indexed Strategy Base, Strategy Interim Value and negative tax consequences. During the Annuity Period, We pay guaranteed income in the form of Annuity Payments. The Contract also has a standard and optional Death Benefit that may become payable during the Accumulation Period. The Death Benefits are not payable during the Annuity Period.

The Contract is available as a non-qualified contract, which will provide you with certain tax deferral features under the Code. The Contract is also available as a qualified contract as an IRA ~~and~~or Roth IRAs. If you purchase the Contract as a qualified contract, the Contract will not provide you tax ~~deferral~~ benefits in addition to those already provided by your IRA or Roth ~~IRAs~~IRA.

~~State~~STATE ~~Variations~~VARIATIONS

This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations under the Contract. Certain provisions of the Contract may be different from the general description in this prospectus due to variations required by state law. Please see Appendix A for a listing of state variations that apply to the Contract. Any state variations will be included in your Contract.

~~Owner~~OWNER

The Owner may exercise all ownership rights under the Contract. A single Owner may be a non-natural person, such as a trust. The Contract Owner must not be older than age 85 (the “"maximum Issue Age”") on the date the Contract application is received in Good Order at Our Annuity Service Center. A non-qualified Contract may be owned by joint Owners. Each joint Owner has equal ownership rights and must exercise those rights jointly. Only two Owners are allowed per Contract. An IfOwner ~~the~~who ~~Contract~~ is ~~owned~~a bynon-natural ~~joint~~person ~~Owners~~(e.g., a corporation or trust) may not name a joint Owner. In the ~~signatures~~case of ~~both~~joint Owners, ~~are~~each ~~needed~~Owner alone tomay exercise all rights, ~~under~~options ~~the Contract.~~and Anprivileges ~~Owner~~except ~~who~~with isrespect to a ~~non-natural~~surrender, ~~person~~a ~~(e.g.~~withdrawal, a ~~corporation~~selection orof ~~trust)~~an ~~may~~annuity ~~not~~option, a ~~name~~change of Beneficiary, a ~~joint~~change ~~Owner~~of ownership and assignment.

~~ASSIGNMENTS AND Changes to Ownership~~20

ToASSIGNMENTS ~~the~~AND ~~extent~~CHANGES ~~allowed~~TO by state law, We reserve the right to refuse Our consent to any assignment at any time on a nondiscriminatory basis if the assignment would violate or result in noncompliance with any applicable state or federal law or regulation, including a transfer of ownership, which is an absolute assignment. You may request to assign or transfer your rights under the Contract by sending us a signed and dated request. We will not be bound by an assignment until We acknowledge it. If you assign your benefits, the Death Benefit amount may be adjusted. See the section titled “Death Benefit.”OWNERSHIP

You may request to assign or transfer your rights under the Contract by sending Us a signed and dated request. We will not be bound by an assignment until We acknowledge it. To the extent allowed by state law, We reserve the right to refuse Our consent to any assignment at any time on a nondiscriminatory basis if the assignment would violate or result in noncompliance with any applicable state or federal law or regulation, including a transfer of ownership, which is an absolute assignment. If you assign your benefits, the Death Benefit amount may be adjusted. See the section titled "Death Benefit."

Unless you specify otherwise, an assignment or transfer is effective as of the date you signed the notice of change. However, We are not responsible for any legitimate actions (including payments) that We take under the Contract prior to receiving the notice. We are not responsible for the validity of any assignment or transfer. To the extent allowed by law, payments under the Contract are not subject to legal process for the claims of creditors.

An IRA, Roth IRA, or any other ~~qualified~~Contract ~~contract~~ may not be assigned except as permitted by the Code.

Use care when naming joint Owners, assigning your Contract ~~and~~or making any changes to the ownership of your Contract. ~~Consult~~Assigning your Contract and changing ownership may have tax implications. Consult your financial professional or tax advisor if you have questions.

~~- 12 -~~ANNUITANT

You name the initial Annuitant and any joint Annuitant on your Contract application. Any Annuitant must be a natural person, and joint Annuitants are not permitted on a qualified Contract or a Contract owned by a non-natural person. For IRAs, the Owner and Annuitant must be the same individual unless a custodian has been named. At any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you may change the Annuitant by sending Us a request that is in Good Order. If the Contract is not owned by a non-natural person (e.g., a trust), the Annuitant may not be changed and the Annuitant must not be older than age 85 (the Owner's maximum Issue Age for this Contract). Unless you specify otherwise, a change in Annuitant is effective as of the date you signed the notice of change. However, We are not responsible for any legitimate actions that We take under the Contract (including payments) prior to receiving the notice.

You initially name the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant on your Contract application. Any Annuitant must be a natural person. Joint Annuitants are not permitted on a qualified Contract or a Contract owned by a non-natural person. For qualified Contracts, the Owner and Annuitant must be the same individual unless a custodian has been named. You may change the Annuitant at any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date by sending Us an in Good Order request. However, if the Contract is owned by a non-natural person (e.g., a trust), the Annuitant may not be changed and is subject to the Owner’s maximum Issue Age for this Contract. Unless you specify otherwise, a change in Annuitant is effective as of the date you signed the notice of change. However, We are not responsible for any legitimate actions that We take under the Contract (including payments) prior to receiving the notice.BENEFICIARY

The Beneficiary is the person(s) or entity (or entities) entitled to receive any Death Benefit paid under the Contract, as described in the section titled "Death Benefit." You name the initial Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) on your Contract application and you may change a Beneficiary at any time by sending Us a request in Good Order. If your Beneficiary designation was established as being irrevocable, the Beneficiary must consent in writing to any change. A new Beneficiary designation revokes any prior designation and is effective when signed by you and in Good Order. We are not responsible for the validity of any Beneficiary designation or for any actions We may take under the Contract (including payments) prior to receiving a request to change a Beneficiary.

~~The~~PURCHASING ~~Beneficiary~~THE is the person(s) or entity (or entities) entitled to receive any Death Benefit paid under the Contract, as described in the section titled “Death Benefit.” You initially name the Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) on your Contract application and you may change a Beneficiary at any time by sending Us an in Good Order request. If you have designated a Beneficiary as irrevocable, the Beneficiary must consent in writing to any change. A new Beneficiary designation revokes any prior designation and is effective when signed by you and in Good Order. We are not responsible for the validity of any Beneficiary designation or for any legitimate actions We may take under the Contract (including payments) prior to receiving a request to change a Beneficiary.CONTRACT

~~Purchasing~~You may purchase the Contract by completing an application and submitting a minimum Premium Payment of $25,000. The Contract Owner, or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-natural person, must not be older than age 85 (the "maximum Issue Age") on the date the Contract application is received in Good Order at Our Annuity Service Center. Only one Premium Payment is allowed under the Contract. For IRAs and Roth IRAs, because the minimum Premium Payment We accept exceeds the annual contribution limits for IRAs and Roth IRAs, your initial Premium Payment must include a rollover contribution.

IfWe ~~you~~reserve ~~are~~the ~~younger~~right ~~than~~to ~~age~~refuse ~~86,~~any ~~you~~Premium ~~may~~Payment ~~purchase the~~that ~~Contract~~exceeds by$1 million ~~completing~~($500,000 anfor ~~application~~ages 81 and ~~submitting~~older) aand ~~minimum~~any Premium Payment ~~of $25~~that,~~000.~~ ~~The~~when ~~Contract~~aggregated ~~Owner,~~with orprevious ~~Annuitant~~Premium ifPayments ~~there~~made to other Contracts isissued aby ~~non-natural~~the ~~Owner~~Company, ~~must~~exceeds ~~not~~$1 bemillion ~~older~~($500,000 ~~than~~for ~~age~~ages 8581 ~~(the~~and ~~“maximum~~older) ~~Issue~~Further, ~~Age”)~~We onreserve the ~~date~~right ~~the~~to ~~Contract~~refuse ~~application~~any isPremium ~~received~~Payment inthat ~~Good~~does ~~Order~~not atmeet Our ~~Annuity~~minimum ~~Service Center. Only one~~ Premium Payment requirements, is ~~allowed~~not ~~under~~in ~~the~~Good ~~Contract.~~Order, ~~For~~or ~~IRAs~~is ~~and~~otherwise ~~Roth~~contrary ~~IRAs,~~to ~~because~~law. ~~the minimum Premium Payment~~ We ~~accept~~also ~~exceeds~~reserve the right ~~annual~~to ~~contribution~~refuse ~~limits~~any ~~for~~application. ~~IRAs~~If ~~and~~We ~~Roth~~refuse ~~IRAs,~~ your ~~initial~~application, ~~Premium Payment must include a rollover contribution.~~ We will ~~not~~return ~~accept,~~your ~~without Our prior approval, any~~ Premium Payment into ~~excess of $1 million for ages 0 – 80 ($500,000 for ages 81 and older)~~you.

We reserve the right to refuse any Premium Payment that exceeds $1 million ($500,000 for ages 81 and older) and any Premium Payment that exceeds $1 million ($500,000 for ages 81 and older) when aggregated with previous Premium Payments made to other contracts issued by the Company. Further, We reserve the right to refuse any Premium Payment that does not meet Our minimum Premium Payment requirements, is not in Good Order, or is otherwise contrary to law. We also reserve the right to refuse any application. If We refuse your application, We will return your Premium Payment to you.

Two share classes are available under this prospectus. The B-share class is available through registered broker-dealers that charge sales commissions. The I-share class is available through registered investment advisers (RIAs) that charge an advisory fee. You may elect to have an annual advisory fee up to 1.50% of the Contract Value deducted from the Contract.

~~Allocating~~ALLOCATING ~~Your Premium~~YOUR ~~Payment~~PREMIUM PAYMENT

You ~~tell~~must Usspecify ~~how~~in ~~to apply~~ your ~~Premium~~Contract ~~Payment by~~application ~~specifying~~how inWe ~~the~~should ~~Contract application~~ allocate your ~~desired~~Premium ~~allocation~~Payment (by percentage) among the One-Year Fixed Strategy and the ~~available~~ Indexed Strategies. ~~You~~available ~~may~~at ~~allocate~~the ~~your~~time ~~Premium~~you ~~Payment to~~ purchase the ~~One-Year Fixed Strategy and any available Indexed Strategies~~Contract. Allocations to Indexed Strategies and the One-Year Fixed Strategy are subject to a minimum of $2,500 or 10% of the Premium Payment, whichever is greater.

~~Right~~RIGHT ToTO ~~Examine~~EXAMINE

If for any reason you are not satisfied with your Contract, simply return it within 10 days after you receive it if the Contract is not a replacement, or within 30 days after you receive it if the Contract is a replacement, with a written request for cancellation that indicates your tax-withholding instructions. In some states, you may be allowed more time to cancel your Contract. We may require additional information, including a signature guarantee, before We can cancel your Contract. If you cancel your Contract during this period, We will issue a refund as required by applicable law.

Unless otherwise required by state law, We will process your refund within two Valuation Days from the Valuation Day that We receive your properly completed request to cancel in Good Order and will refund the Contract Value plus any sales or Contract charges deducted from the Premiums or imposed under the Contract during the period you owned the Contract. The Contract Value may be more or less than your Premium Payments depending upon the investment performance of your Contract. If We receive your request in Good Order on a day that is not a Valuation Day or after close of the Valuation Day, We will treat it as if it was received on the following Valuation Day. This means that you bear the risk of any decline in your Contract Value until We receive your notice of cancellation at Our Annuity Service Center. In certain states, however, We are required to return your Premium Payment without deduction for any fees, charges, or market fluctuations (please refer to the State Variations Appendix).21

~~Available~~Unless otherwise required by state law, We will process your refund ~~strategies~~within two Valuation Days from the Valuation Day that We receive your properly completed request to cancel in Good Order and will refund the Contract Value (which may be inclusive of any adjustments for Strategy Interim Value) plus any rider fees deducted from the Premiums or imposed under the Contract during the period you owned the Contract. Any Withdrawal Charge and MVA assessed previously during the Right to Examine Period, due to any withdrawals, will be retained by the Company. We will not assess any Withdrawal Charges and MVA at the time you exercise your right to examine. The Contract Value may be more or less than your Premium Payments depending upon the investment performance of your Contract. If We receive your request in Good Order on a day that is not a Valuation Day or after close of the Valuation Day, We will treat it as if it was received on the following Valuation Day. This means that you bear the risk of any decline in your Contract Value until We receive your notice of cancellation at Our Annuity Service Center. In certain states, however, We are required to return your Premium Payment without deduction for any rider fees, Withdrawal Charges, MVAs or market fluctuations due to the Strategy Interim Value less withdrawals you have taken. Please refer to Appendix A for state variations.

~~Under~~AVAILABLE the Contract, you may allocate your Premium Payment among the One-Year Fixed Strategy and Indexed Strategies available for the initial Strategy Term. You may only reallocate your Contract Value for subsequent Strategy Terms by providing reallocation instructions during the Reallocation Period. The requested reallocation(s) will be processed at the end of the Strategy Term. (See “Reallocation Period”).STRATEGIES

Under the Contract, you may allocate your Premium Payment among the One-Year Fixed Strategy and Indexed Strategies available for the initial Strategy Term. You may only reallocate your Contract Value for subsequent Strategy Terms by providing reallocation instructions during the Reallocation Period. The requested reallocation(s) will be processed at the end of the Strategy Term. (See "Reallocation Period").

Currently, the Contract offers a One-Year Fixed Strategy and several Indexed Strategies. The One-Year Fixed Strategy credits compound interest at a guaranteed rate. The Index Credit for each Indexed Strategy is linked to the performance of the Index, subject to the type of Indexed Strategy as described below. The Index Credit for any Indexed Strategy may be positive, negative, or equal to zero.

~~Strategy~~STRATEGY ~~Term~~TERM

Each Strategy Term is one year or six years and may vary based on the Indexed Strategy, if applicable. The initial Strategy Term begins on your Issue Date. Each subsequent Strategy Term begins at the end of the prior Strategy Term. If the Starting Index Date or the Ending Index Date of a Strategy Term is not a Valuation Day, the Starting Index Date or Ending Index Date will be the prior Valuation Day.

~~One~~ONE-~~Year~~YEAR ~~Fixed Strategy~~FIXED STRATEGY

The One-Year Fixed Strategy credits compound interest based on rates that are set and guaranteed by the Company. Any portion of your Contract Value allocated to the One-Year Fixed Strategy for a Strategy Term will be credited with the interest rate established for that Strategy Term. This rate will apply for the entire Strategy Term. The interest rate for the One-Year Fixed Strategy for your initial Strategy Term will be set forth in your Contract. At the conclusion of the Strategy Term, We will declare the interest rate at least ten days prior to the end of the Strategy Term for the next Strategy Term.

- 13 -

Term will be set forth in your Contract. At the conclusion of the Strategy Term, We will declare the interest rate for the next Strategy Term.

The effective annual interest rate for any Strategy Term will never be lower than the guaranteed minimum interest rate set forth in your Contract. This rate will not be less than .50% during the Withdrawal Charge Period (WCP) and no less than .10% after the Withdrawal Charge Period and is guaranteed to be a rate not less than the minimum interest rate allowed by state law. The effective annual interest rate represents the rate of daily compounded interest over a 12-month period. You risk the possibility that We will declare an interest rate for the One-Year Fixed Strategy at the guaranteed minimum interest rate.

~~Indexed~~INDEXED ~~Strategies~~STRATEGIES

Each Indexed Strategy includes the following elements to calculate the Index Credit:

• ● An Index;

• ● A “ "Point-to-Point”" crediting method;

• ● An Index Cap, Participation Rate, or Tier Participation Rates and Tier Level, as applicable and

• ● Either an Aggregate Floor Percentage, Floor Percentage or Buffer Percentage.

The below Indexed Strategies may be available under the Contract. The six year Indexed Strategies are only available on the Issue Date. The below table shows multiple Index, Buffer, and Floor elements for a given Crediting Method, when only one Index and one Buffer or Floor will apply to a given Indexed Strategy.22

Strategy Term	Crediting Method	Index	Buffer	Floor	Minimum Cap		Minimum Guaranteed Participation Rate		Maximum Guaranteed Tier Level
					During WCP	Post- WCP	During WCP	Post- WCP	During WCP	Post- WCP
1-Year	Cap with Buffer	S&P 500, Nasdaq 100, Fidelity Dividend Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	10%	N/A	1.00%	0.50%	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
1-Year	Cap with Buffer	S&P 500, Nasdaq 100,	20%	N/A	1.00%	0.50%	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
1-Year	Cap with Aggregate Floor	S&P 500	N/A	-20% - 0%	1.00%	0.50%	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
1-Year	Cap with Floor	S&P 500	N/A	0%	1.00%	0.50%	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
1-Year	Participation Rate with Buffer	S&P 500, Nasdaq 100, Fidelity Dividend Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	10%	N/A	N/A	N/A	10%	10%	N/A	N/A
6-Year	Cap with Buffer	S&P 500, Fidelity Dividend Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	20%	N/A	1.00%	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
6-Year	Participation Rate with Buffer	S&P 500, Fidelity Dividend Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity	20%	N/A	N/A	N/A	10%	N/A	N/A	N/A
6-Year	Tiered Participation Rate with Buffer	S&P 500	5%, 10%	N/A	N/A	N/A	10%	N/A	30%	N/A

The below Indexed Strategies are available under the Contract (subject to state or firm variations). The six year Indexed Strategies are only available on the Issue Date.

- 14 -

Strategy
Term

Crediting
Method

Index

Buffer

Floor

Maximum
Potential
Market
Loss⁽¹⁾

Minimum Cap

Minimum
Guaranteed
Participation
Rate

Maximum
Guaranteed
Tier Level

During
WCP

Post-
WCP

During
WCP

Post-
WCP

During
WCP

Post-
WCP

1-Year

Index Cap with Buffer

S&P 500, Nasdaq 100, Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity

10%

N/A

All Contract Value in excess of the Buffer

1.00%

0.50%

N/A

1-Year

Index Cap with Buffer

S&P 500, Nasdaq 100,

20%

N/A

All Contract Value in excess of the Buffer

1.00%

0.50%

N/A

1-Year

Index Cap with Aggregate Floor

S&P 500

N/A

-20% - 0%

All Contract Value up to the Floor

1.00%

0.50%

N/A

1-Year

Index Cap with Floor

S&P 500

N/A

All Contract Value up to the Floor

1.00%

0.50%

N/A

1-Year

Participation Rate with Buffer

S&P 500, Nasdaq 100, Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity

10%

N/A

All Contract Value in excess of the Buffer

N/A

10%

N/A

6-Year

Index Cap with Buffer

S&P 500, Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity

20%

N/A

All Contract Value in excess of the Buffer

1.00%

N/A

6-Year

Participation Rate with Buffer

S&P 500, Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength, Franklin US Equity, UBS Climate Aware Equity

20%

N/A

All Contract Value in excess of the Buffer

N/A

10%

N/A

6-Year

Tier Participation Rate with Buffer

S&P 500

5%, 10%

N/A

All Contract Value in excess of the Buffer

N/A

10%

N/A

30%

N/A

We(1) When ~~reserve~~invested in the ~~right~~Buffer ~~to add~~strategies, ~~remove~~it oris ~~replace~~possible ~~any Indexed Strategy in the future, subject~~ to ~~necessary~~lose ~~regulatory~~your ~~approvals.~~entire ~~The~~principal ~~One-Year~~investment ~~Fixed Strategy~~ and ~~the~~any ~~S&P~~earnings ~~500~~over ~~One-Year Point to Point with Cap and 0% Floor will be available for~~ the life of your Contract. ~~Any changes to the Index Caps~~However, ~~Participation~~when ~~Rates, Tier~~invested ~~Participation~~in ~~Rates~~Floor ~~or Tier Level occur at~~ strategies the ~~start~~maximum ofamount ~~the~~you ~~next~~can ~~Strategy~~lose ~~Term.~~is Iflimited Weto ~~add or remove an Indexed Strategy,~~ the ~~changes will not be effective for your~~ Contract ~~until~~Value ~~the~~up ~~start~~to of the ~~next Strategy Term~~Floor.

If We ~~discontinue offering~~reserve anthe right to add, remove or replace any Indexed Strategy in the future, ~~you~~subject ~~must~~to ~~reallocate~~necessary ~~your~~regulatory approvals and amendment of the prospectus. The One-Year Fixed Strategy ~~Contract~~and ~~Value~~the S&P 500 one year point-to-point awith ~~currently~~Cap and 0% Floor will be available for the life of your Contract. The 0% Floor Indexed Strategy permits a positive Index Credit and provides full protection against any negative Index Returns. Any changes to the Index Caps, Participation Rates, Tier Participation Rates or Tier Level occur at the start of the next Strategy Term. If ~~you~~We doadd ~~not~~or ~~provide~~remove ~~instructions~~an inIndexed ~~Good~~Strategy, the ~~Order~~changes ~~for~~will ~~reallocating~~not ~~the~~be ~~Strategy~~effective ~~Contract~~for ~~Value,~~your WeContract ~~will~~until ~~reallocate~~ the ~~Strategy~~start ~~Contract~~of ~~Value to~~ the ~~One-Year~~next ~~Fixed~~ Strategy Term.

~~The Indices~~23

~~The~~If We discontinue offering an Indexed Strategy, you must reallocate your Strategy Contract Value to a currently ~~offers~~available Indexed ~~Strategies~~Strategy at the start of the next Strategy Term. If you do not provide ~~that~~instructions ~~are~~in ~~linked~~Good Order for reallocating the Strategy Contract Value, We will reallocate the Strategy Contract Value to the ~~following~~One-Year Fixed ~~Indices:~~Strategy. This could significantly reduce returns, as the One-Year Fixed Strategy could pay as little as the guaranteed minimum interest rate.

~~The~~THE S&P 500® Price Return Index was established by Standard & Poor’s. The S&P 500® Price Return Index includes 500 leading companies in leading industries of the U.S. economy, capturing 75% coverage of U.S. equities. The S&P 500® Price Return Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies included in the index.INDICES

~~The~~[To ~~Nasdaq-100®~~be ~~Price Return~~updated ~~Index~~by Amendment]

The ~~Nasdaq-100®~~Contract ~~Price Return~~currently ~~Index~~offers ~~includes~~Indexed ~~100~~Strategies ofthat ~~the~~are ~~largest~~linked ~~domestic~~to the ~~and~~below ~~international non-financial companies listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market~~Indices. ~~The~~All ~~Index includes~~indices ~~equities~~are ofprice-return ~~companies~~indices ~~across~~that ~~major~~do ~~industry groups including computer hardware and software, telecommunications, and retail/wholesale trade and biotechnology. It does~~ not ~~contain~~reflect ~~securities~~dividends ofpaid ~~financial companies including investment companies. As of [ ], 2021, the Index was comprised of [ ] companies~~ with ~~market~~respect ~~capitalizations ranging from $[ ] [ ]illion~~ to ~~$[ ]~~underlying ~~[ ]illion~~securities.

~~The~~S&P ~~Index’s~~500 ~~performance~~Price ~~does~~Return ~~not reflect any dividends or distributions paid by the component companies.~~Index

[The ~~index~~S&P ~~provider~~500® ~~for~~Price ~~this~~Return Index iswas established ~~[Nasdaq,~~by ~~Inc~~Standard & Poor's. ~~and~~The ~~its~~S&P ~~affiliates]~~500® Price Return Index includes 500 leading companies in leading industries of the U.S. ~~[Nasdaq~~economy, ~~Inc~~capturing 75% coverage of U.S. ~~and~~equities. ~~its~~The ~~affiliates]~~S&P ~~are~~500® Price Return Index does not ~~affiliated~~include ~~with~~dividends declared by any of the ~~Company~~companies included in the index.]

~~Fidelity~~The ~~Dividend~~selection ~~Strength~~and weighting of securities for the Index is fully rules-based, and the index administrator cannot make any discretionary decisions.

~~The~~Nasdaq-100® ~~Fidelity~~Price ~~Dividend~~Return ~~Strength~~ Index is designed to provide investment exposure to large U.S. companies based on stock selection models designed by Fidelity. As of [ ], 2021, the Index was comprised of [ ] stocks of companies with market capitalizations ranging from $[ ] [ ]illion to $[ ] [ ]illion.

The Nasdaq-100^® Price Return Index includes 100 of the largest domestic and international non-financial companies listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market. The Index includes equities of companies across major industry groups including computer hardware and software, telecommunications, and retail/wholesale trade and biotechnology. It does not contain securities of financial companies including investment companies. As of December 31, 2022, the Index was comprised of 100 companies with market capitalizations ranging from $11.86 billion to $2.07 trillion.

The selection and weighting of securities for the Index is fully rules-based, and the index administrator cannot make any discretionary decisions.

The Index's performance does not reflect any dividends or distributions paid by the component companies.

The index provider for this Index is Nasdaq, Inc. and its affiliates. Nasdaq Inc. and its affiliates are not affiliated with the Company.

Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength Index

The Fidelity U.S. Corporate Strength Index is designed to provide investment exposure to large and medium sized U.S. companies based on stock selection models designed by Fidelity. As of December 31, 2022, the Index was comprised of 110 stocks of companies with market capitalizations ranging from $2 billion to $2,038 billion.

The selection and weighting of securities for the Index is fully rules-based, and the index administrator cannot make any discretionary decisions.

The components of the Index are selected from the top 1000 U.S. stocks based on market capitalization. From that universe, the Index selects stocks within each industry sector that have favorable scores with respect to two selection models focusing on fundamental strength and dividends.

· ● The fundamental strength model seeks to identify companies with strong financial characteristics, analyzing factors related to earnings, sales growth, return on invested capital, cash flows, debt, and ~~debt~~short interest.

· ● The dividends model seeks to identify companies with high and consistent dividends, analyzing factors related to dividend yield, dividend payout ratio, and dividend growth.

The Index is reconstructed and rebalanced on a semi-annual basis in accordance with the Index’'s rules-based methodology. The selected stocks are weighted based on market-capitalization, subject to ~~the~~ the Index’'s rules-based constraints. [The Index’'s performance does not reflect any dividends or distributions paid by the component companies.]

[The Index is administered by Fidelity Product Services LLC. Fidelity Product Services LLC is not affiliated with the Company.]

The Index is exclusively licensed to Forethought Life Insurance Company for use with the Contract and other index-linked insurance policies issued by us. The Index is new; it does not have a performance history that pre-dates the offering of the Contract. Inquiries regarding this Index should be directed to the Annuity Service Center.

Franklin U.S. Equity Index

The Franklin U.S. Equity Index ~~(also marketed as the LibertyQ US Large Cap Equity Index)~~ is designed to provide investment exposure to large U.S. companies based on an investment methodology designed by Franklin Templeton. As of ~~[ ]~~December 31, ~~2021~~2022, the Index was comprised of ~~[ ]~~252 stocks of companies with market capitalizations ranging from $~~[ ]~~2.17 ~~[ ]illion~~billion to $~~[ ]~~2.06 ~~[ ]illion~~trillion.

The selection and weighting of securities for the Index is fully rules-based, and the index administrator cannot make any discretionary decisions.

The components of the Index are selected from the Russell 1000^®Index. The Russell 1000^® Index is designed to measure the performance of large capitalization stocks in the U.S. It includes approximately 1,000 of the largest issuers included in the Russell 3000^® Index, which is designed to measure the performance of the entire U.S. stock market.

The Index is designed to achieve a lower level of risk and higher risk-adjusted performance than the Russell 1000^® Index over the long term by applying a multi-factor selection process, which is designed to select stocks from the Russell 1000^® Index that have favorable scores with respect four investment style factors – quality, value, momentum, and low volatility.

· ● The “ "quality”" factor incorporates measurements such as return on equity, earnings variability, cash return on assets, and leverage.

· ● The “ "value”" factor incorporates measurements such as price to earnings, price to forward earnings, price to book value, and dividend yield.

· ● The “ "momentum”" factor incorporates measurements such as 6-month risk adjusted price momentum and 12-month risk-adjusted price momentum. Momentum investing generally seeks to capitalize on positive trends in the returns of financial instruments.

· ● The “ "low volatility”" factor incorporates measurements such as historical beta (i.e., a measure of the volatility of a security relative to the total market).

The Index is reconstructed and rebalanced on a semi-annual basis in accordance with the Index’'s rules-based methodology. The component securities of the Russell 1000® Index with the top 25% investment style factor scores will be selected for inclusion in the Index. The selected securities are weighted based on their market capitalization and investment style factor scores, subject to the Index’'s rules-based constraints. No company shall be weighted to comprise more than 1% of the Index. The Index is also constrained in its construction to limit turnover of component securities at each semi-annual reconstruction. Securities that are affiliated with Franklin Templeton by either a direct or indirect aggregate shareholding of greater than 20% are excluded from the Index.

[The Index’'s performance does not reflect any dividends or distributions paid by the component companies.]

The Index is calculated and maintained by FTSE Russell which aims to reflect the performance of a Franklin Templeton strategy. Neither FTSE Russell nor Franklin Templeton is affiliated with the Company.

UBS Climate Aware Equity Index

The UBS Climate Aware Equity Index is designed to provide investment exposure to the long-term transition to a low carbon and climate resilient economy. The Index is weighted and includes equity securities of large and medium sized US companies. As of ~~June 11th~~December 30, ~~2021~~2022, the Index was comprised of ~~266~~285 companies with market capitalizations ranging from $~~863~~2 ~~million~~billion to $2.1 trillion.

The companies included in the Index are selected and weighted based on criteria related to climate change, including carbon emissions, coal energy, fossil fuel reserves, renewable energy, emissions trajectories, and severe weather events. The Index also excludes companies involved or alleged to be involved in activities that breach other environmental, social, and governance (ESG) criteria. The Index’'s performance does not reflect any dividends or distributions paid by the component companies.

The Index is reconstructed and rebalanced on a semi-annual 15basis. The securities included in the Index are selected from the Solactive GBS United States Large & Mid Cap Index (the "Parent Index"). The Parent Index is designed to track the performance of the large and mid-cap segment covering approximately the largest 85% of the free-float market capitalization of U.S. companies.

The Index is reconstructed and rebalanced on a semi-annual basis. The securities included in the Index are selected from the Solactive GBS United States Large & Mid Cap Index (the “Parent Index”). The Parent Index is designed to track the performance of the large and mid-cap segment covering approximately the largest 85% of the free-float market capitalization of U.S. companies.

The selection and weighting of securities for the Index is fully rules-based, and the index administrator cannot make any discretionary decisions. Stocks are selected from the Parent Index and weighted in accordance with the following four step process:

· ● First, climate scores are assigned to each company in the Parent Index based on numerous factors related to climate change. Companies’' scores will be negatively impacted by greater reliance on carbon emissions, coal energy, and fossil fuel reserves. A company’'s scores may also be negatively impacted if it is at higher risk of severe weather events related to climate change. Companies’' scores will be positively impacted by greater investments in renewable energy and likelihood of achieving emissions targets.

· Second, the companies’ climate scores are compared, and the laggards within each industry category are excluded from further consideration. For companies that are currently components of the Index, the threshold for exclusion is 20th percentile. For companies that are not currently components of the Index, the threshold for exclusion is 40th percentile. For any industry category with fewer than five companies in the Parent Index, the threshold for exclusion is the respective sector average.25

·● Second, the ~~Third~~companies' climate scores are compared, ~~any~~and ~~remaining~~the ~~company~~laggards ~~will~~within beeach industry category are excluded iffrom itfurther ~~breaches~~consideration. ~~certain~~For companies ~~ESG~~that ~~criteria~~are currently components of the Index, ~~including~~the threshold for exclusion is 20th percentile. For companies that are not currently components of the ~~following:~~Index, the threshold for exclusion is 40th percentile. For any industry category with fewer than five companies in the Parent Index, the threshold for exclusion is the respective sector average.

● Third, any remaining company will be excluded if it breaches certain ESG criteria, including the following:

o The company has more than 10% revenue from coal mining, coal power generation, and/or oil sands extraction;

o The company has a verified failure to respect certain established norms, or has been involved in controversies, related to the environment, human rights, corruption, or labour rights.

o The company has verified or alleged ongoing involvement in controversial weapons research (e.g., chemical, biological, and nuclear weapons).

o The company generates revenue from tobacco cultivation and production.

o The company has a significant negative impact on sustainable development goals for the environment related to responsible consumption and production, climate action, life below water, or life on land.

· ● Fourth, the remaining companies are included in the Index and assigned a weighting in accordance with its rules-based methodology taking into account climate and ESG scores relative to the Parent Index, weight deviations from the Parent Index, weight caps, and weight floors.

[The Index is administered by Solactive AG and was designed by Solactive AG in conjunction with UBS. Solactive AG’'s application of rules related to climate change and other ESG criteria are based on data provided by Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. Neither Solactive AG, UBS, nor Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. is affiliated with the Company.]

WeThe ~~may replace the~~ Index ~~if it~~ is ~~discontinued,~~exclusively orlicensed ifto ~~there~~Forethought isLife aInsurance ~~substantial~~Company for ~~change~~use inwith the ~~calculation~~Contract ofand ~~the~~other ~~Index,~~index-linked orinsurance ifpolicies ~~hedging~~issued ~~instruments~~by ~~become difficult~~us. toThe ~~acquire~~Index's orperformance ~~the~~history ~~cost~~only ofdates ~~hedging~~back ~~becomes~~to October 7, ~~excessive.~~2021, Weand, ~~may~~therefore, ~~do so at~~ the ~~end~~Index ofhas aonly ~~Strategy~~limited ~~Term~~historical ~~or during a Strategy Term~~performance. WeInquiries ~~will~~regarding ~~notify~~this ~~you at least 30 days before We replace an~~ Index, orshould ifbe ~~not~~directed to ~~possible,~~the asAnnuity ~~soon~~Service ~~as reasonably practical~~Center.

While the UBS Climate Aware Equity Index's methodology is designed to track the performance of companies with certain climate change related and ESG characteristics, amounts you invest in an Indexed Strategy linked to the UBS Climate Aware Equity Index are NOT invested in the Index or companies comprising the Index. The assets in the Company's General Account and the Separate Account, which the Company invests to support its payment obligations under the Contract, are NOT invested based on climate change or ESG characteristics.

Index Replacement. We may replace the Index if it is discontinued, or if there is a substantial change in the calculation of the Index, or if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of a Strategy Term or during a Strategy Term. We will notify you at least 30 days before We replace an Index, or if not possible, as soon as reasonably practical.

If We replace an Index, We will attempt to select a new Index that is similar to the old Index. In making this evaluation, We will look at factors such as asset class, Index composition, strategy or methodology inherent to the Index and Index liquidity. If We replace an Index during a Strategy Term, We will calculate the Index Return using the old Index up until the replacement date. After the replacement date, We will calculate the Index Return using the new Index, using the value for new Index on the replacement date and the value of the index at the end of the Strategy Term.

Index Replacement Example. This example is intended to show how We would calculate the Index Return during a Strategy Term in which an Index was replaced.

Index Return from the Starting Index Date until the replacement date for old Index

Index Return from the Starting Index Date until the replacement date for old Index
Old Index Value on the Starting Index Date	100
Old Index Value on replacement date	103
Index Return for old Index on replacement date	(103 / 100) – 1 = 3%

Old Index Value on the Starting Index Date	100
Old Index Value on replacement date	103
Index Return for old Index on replacement date	(103 / 100) - 1 = 3%

This 3% Index Return on the replacement date is then used to calculate the Index Return.

~~This 3% Index Return on the replacement date is then used to calculate the Index Return~~26

Index Return from the replacement date until the Ending Index Date for new Index

Index Return from the replacement date until the Ending Index Date for new Index
New Index Value on the replacement date	100
New Index Value on the Ending Index Date	105
Index Return for new Index on replacement date	(105 / 100) – 1 = 5%

New Index Value on the replacement date	100
New Index Value on the Ending Index Date	105
Index Return for old Index on replacement date	(105 / 100) - 1 = 5%

The Index Return calculation for that Strategy Term is then based on the change of both the old and new Index. The Index Return in this Strategy Term would be 8.15% [(1 + 3%) * (1 + 5%)].

-Additional 16information -about the Index, including disclaimers, may be found in Appendix I. The investment risks associated with the Indices are discussed under the section titled "Index Risk."

~~The~~STRATEGY ~~Index~~CONTRACT ~~Return calculation for that Strategy Term is then based on the change of both the old and new Index. The Index Return in this Strategy term would be 8.15% [(1 + 3%) * (1 + 5%)].~~VALUE

~~Additional~~The ~~information~~Strategy ~~about~~Contract Value is the ~~Index,~~amount ~~including~~of your investment in an ~~disclaimers,~~Indexed ~~may~~Strategy beto ~~found~~which inyou ~~Appendix~~allocate IContract Value and will reflect the portion of your Contract Value attributable to that Indexed Strategy at any given time. ~~The~~If ~~investment~~you ~~risks~~allocate ~~associated~~Contract ~~with~~Value ~~the~~to ~~Indices~~more ~~are~~than ~~discussed~~one ~~under~~Indexed ~~the~~Strategy ~~section~~for ~~titled~~a ~~“Index~~Strategy Term, you will have a separate ~~Risk~~Strategy Contract Values for each Indexed Strategy in which you invested.”

Strategy Contract Value

When you allocate Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy for a Strategy Term, your investment in the Indexed Strategy is represented by the Strategy Contract Value. The Strategy Contract Value reflects the portion of your Contract Value attributable to that Indexed Strategy at any given time. If you allocate Contract Value to multiple Indexed Strategies for a Strategy Term, you will have a separate Strategy Contract Values for each Indexed Strategy in which you invested.

If you do not exercise the Performance Lock feature during Strategy Term, your Strategy Contract Value for an Indexed Strategy will be calculated at the close of each Valuation Day of the Strategy Term as follows:

• ● On the ~~Starting~~first ~~Index~~day ~~Date~~of the Strategy Term, the Strategy Contract Value will equal the Indexed Strategy Base for that Indexed Strategy.

• ● On each Valuation Day ~~following~~thereafter and prior to the ~~Starting~~last ~~Index~~Valuation ~~Date,~~Day the Strategy Contract Value on a given Valuation Day will equal the Strategy Interim Value, which We calculate at the close of each such Valuation Day. ~~See Appendix B for a description of how Strategy Interim Values are calculated.~~

•● The Strategy AtInterim ~~the~~Value ~~end~~is ofused ~~the~~to ~~Strategy~~calculate ~~Term~~amounts available for surrender, ~~the~~partial ~~Strategy~~withdrawal ~~Contract~~(including ~~Value~~withdrawals ~~will~~to ~~equal~~pay ~~your~~advisory fees, ~~Indexed~~systematic ~~Strategy~~withdrawals ~~Base~~and ~~adjusted~~RMDs), byannuitization and any ~~Index~~payment ~~Credit,~~of ~~which~~a ~~may~~Death beBenefit ~~positive,~~that ~~negative,~~is ortaken ~~equal~~from toan ~~zero.~~Indexed ~~The~~ Strategy, ~~Contract~~as ~~Value~~well as atfor the ~~end~~Performance ofLock feature. We also use the Strategy ~~Term~~Interim ~~may~~Value ~~also~~to bedetermine ~~expressed~~how ~~through~~much the ~~following formula:~~ Indexed Strategy Base xis (1reduced following +a ~~Index~~partial ~~Credit)~~withdrawal.

~~Strategy~~While ~~Contract~~Index ~~Value~~performance ~~Example.~~is ~~Assume you~~one ~~allocate~~factor ~~$25,000~~that toimpacts anyour ~~Indexed~~ Strategy atInterim Value, the ~~beginning of a~~ Strategy ~~Term~~Interim ~~with~~Value ais 5%not ~~Index~~tied ~~Cap.~~directly Onto the ~~first~~performance ~~Valuation Day~~ of the ~~Strategy~~ ~~Term, your Indexed Strategy Base is $25,000~~Index. ~~Over~~Your ~~the course of the~~ Strategy ~~Term,~~Interim ~~assuming~~Value ~~you~~could dobe ~~not~~less ~~exercise the Performance~~than ~~Lock feature,~~ your ~~Strategy~~investment ~~Contract~~even ~~Value~~when ~~will~~the ~~increase~~Index ~~and~~performance ~~decrease~~is ~~according to changes in your Strategy Interim Value~~positive. ~~For~~The ~~instance, if your~~ Strategy Interim Value atis ~~the~~not ~~close~~subject ofto the ~~tenth~~Buffer ~~Valuation~~Percentage ~~Day~~or ~~equals $25,200, your Strategy Contract Value at that time will~~Floor ~~be $25,200~~Percentage. IfThe ~~your~~ Strategy Interim Value atmay ~~the~~reflect ~~close~~lower ~~of the eleventh Valuation Day equals $24~~gains,~~800,~~ ~~your~~if ~~Strategy~~the ~~Contract~~Index ~~Value~~is ~~at that~~performing ~~time will be $24~~positively,~~800.~~ Atand ~~the~~higher ~~end of the Strategy Term~~losses, if anthe Index ~~Credit of 5%~~ is ~~applied,~~performing ~~your Strategy Contract Value will be $26~~negatively,~~250~~ ~~($25,000~~than xwould (1apply +at ~~0.05)~~the =end ~~$26,250).~~of ~~The Performance Lock feature is described in more detail under~~ the ~~section~~Strategy ~~titled, “Performance Lock~~Term.”

~~Index~~The ~~Credit~~Strategy Interim Value is calculated by Us using a formula. The formula applicable to your Contract depends on the Issue Date.

●

For Contracts issued before May 1, 2024, We calculate Strategy Interim Value using a formula with a derivative valuation and pro-rata upside crediting method component. Under this formula, Strategy Interim Value will be equal to the lesser of: (i) one plus the Market Value of Options, and (ii) one plus the upside crediting method rate, prorated based on the number of days that have elapsed in the Strategy Term. The Market Value of Options reflects Our valuation of a hypothetical portfolio of derivative instruments that replicates the derivate assets that We hold in support of Our payment obligations. It is intended to reflect Our risk that the Index will suffer a loss by the end of the Strategy Term based on the current volatility of the Index, Index performance, the time remaining in the Strategy Term and changes in prevailing interest rates. Additionally, the Strategy Interim Value is limited by your upside crediting method (such as an Index Cap or Participation Rate) applied on a pro rata basis in proportion to the number of days that have elapsed in the Strategy Term. For example, the Strategy Interim Value for a Contract Owner who is halfway through the Strategy Term will be limited to fifty percent of the upside Indexed Strategy Parameter. The Strategy Interim Value will always be limited by this pro rata calculation, even if the Market Value of Options is higher. The application of the prorated upside crediting method rate will always reduce any positive Index Return.

●

For Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, We calculate Strategy Interim Value using a formula with a derivative and fixed income valuation component. Under this formula, Strategy Interim Value will be equal to the sum of: (i) the Derivative Asset Proxy and (ii) the Fixed Income Asset Proxy. The Derivative Asset Proxy is based on the Indexed Strategy Base and the Market Value of Options (as described above). The Fixed Income Asset Proxy reflects Our valuation of a hypothetical portfolio of fixed income instruments that replicates the fixed income assets We hold in support of Our payment obligations. It is based on the Indexed Strategy Base, the Market Value of Options on the Starting Index Date, the number of days elapsed in the Strategy Term, and the Daily Fixed Income Asset Proxy Interest Rate.

● At the end of the Strategy Term, the Strategy Contract Value will equal your Indexed Strategy Base adjusted by any Index Credit, which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero. The Strategy Contract Value at the end of the Strategy Term may also be expressed through the following formula: Indexed Strategy Base x (1 + Index Credit).

Strategy Contract Value Example. Assume you allocate $25,000 to an Indexed Strategy at the beginning of a Strategy Term with a 5% Index Cap. On the first Valuation Day of the Strategy Term, your Indexed Strategy Base is $25,000. Over the course of the Strategy Term, assuming you do not exercise the Performance Lock feature, your Strategy Contract Value will increase and decrease according to changes in your Strategy Interim Value. For instance, if your Strategy Interim Value at the close of the tenth Valuation Day equals $25,200, your Strategy Contract Value at that time will be $25,200. If your Strategy Interim Value at the close of the eleventh Valuation Day equals $24,800, your Strategy Contract Value at that time will be $24,800. At the end of the Strategy Term, if an Index Credit of 5% is applied, your Strategy Contract Value will be $26,250 ($25,000 x (1 + 0.05) = $26,250). The Performance Lock feature is described in more detail under the section titled, "Performance Lock."

INDEX CREDIT

Each Indexed Strategy takes into account the following elements to calculate the Index Credit:

• ● The Index Return;

• ● The length of the Strategy Term;

• ● Either the Index Cap, Participation Rate, or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates; and

• ● Either the Buffer Percentage, Floor Percentage or the Aggregate Floor Percentage.

For each Indexed Strategy to which you allocate Contract Value, at the end of the Strategy Term, We will apply an Index Credit to your Indexed Strategy Base at the end of the Strategy Term (unless the Performance Lock feature was exercised during the Strategy Term). The Index Credit may be positive, negative, or equal to zero.

• ● If the Index Credit is positive, the dollar amount of the increase can be calculated as the Indexed Strategy Base multiplied by the Index Credit.

• ● If the Index Credit is negative, the dollar amount of the decrease can be calculated as the Indexed Strategy Base multiplied by the Index Credit.

• ● If the Index Credit is equal to zero, there will be no increase or decrease.

If you allocate Contract Value to multiple Indexed Strategies for a Strategy Term, separate Index Credits will be applied to all the Indexed Strategies in which you are invested at the end of the Strategy Term. Even if you receive positive Index Credit for one or more Indexed Strategies for a Strategy Term, your overall gain will be reduced by any negative Index Credit you receive for any other Indexed Strategy, and such negative Index Credit may cause you to incur an overall loss during the Strategy Term.

Also provided below are examples of how We calculate the Index Credit for each Indexed Strategy.

Index Return (“"Point -to -Point”"). To calculate the Index Credit, We first calculate the Index Return. The Index Return for an Indexed Strategy is the net percentage ~~change~~ change in the Index Value from the Starting Index Date to the Ending Index Date.

Index Return and Index Credit. Assume ~~that~~ that between the Starting Index Date and the Ending Index Date the net value of the S&P 500 ® increases by 5%. Thus, the Index Return for that Indexed Strategy would be 5%. If instead the net value of the S&P 500 ® decreases by 5%, the Index Return for that Indexed Strategy would be -5%.

After calculating the Index Return, We assess the application of the Indexed Strategy Parameters to determine the Index Credit. We will apply the Index Credit to the Indexed Strategy Base on at the end of the Strategy Term. The Strategy Contract Value will also be increased or decreased by the amount of the credit.

If the Index Return is positive, We assess the application of the Index Cap, Participation Rate, or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates, as applicable.

· ● The Index Cap represents the maximum positive Index Return that may be reflected in the Index Credit for a given Strategy Term. As such, an Index Cap may limit your gain by capping your potential Index Credit.

-● The Participation 17Rate -is a percentage that is multiplied by any positive Index Return to calculate the Index Credit for a given Strategy Term. A Participation Rate may prevent you from fully participating in positive Index Return. However, there is no cap on your potential Index Credit when a Participation Rate is applied.

·● The Tier Level is the level of Index Return that determines the applicability of the Tier Participation Rates. The Tier Participation Rates include a Tier One Participation Rate isand a ~~percentage~~Tier Two Participation Rate. Positive Index Return that is less than or equal to the Tier Level is multiplied by ~~any~~the ~~positive~~Tier One Participation Rate. Positive Index Return tothat ~~calculate~~is in excess of the Tier Level is multiplied by the Tier Two Participation Rate. The Index Credit ~~for~~is aequal ~~given~~to ~~Strategy~~the ~~Term~~sum of these values. ATier Participation ~~Rate~~Rates may prevent you from fully participating in positive Index Return. However, there is no cap on your potential Index Credit when aTier Participation ~~Rate~~Rates isare applied.

·Each ~~The~~Indexed Strategy has its own Index Cap, Participation Rate or Tier Level isand ~~the~~Tier ~~level~~Participation ofRates. We set the Index ~~Return~~Cap, ~~that~~Participation ~~determines~~Rate ~~the~~or ~~applicability~~Tier ofLevel ~~the~~and Tier Participation Rates. ~~The~~for ~~Tier~~each Indexed ~~Participation~~Strategy ~~Rates~~at ~~include~~least ten days prior to the beginning of a ~~Tier~~Strategy ~~One~~Term. An Index Cap, Participation Rate ~~and~~or a Tier ~~Two~~Level and Tier Participation ~~Rate.~~Rates ~~Positive~~for ~~Index~~a ~~Return~~particular ~~that~~Strategy isTerm ~~less~~may ~~than~~be higher or ~~equal~~lower tothan the ~~Tier~~Index ~~Level~~Caps, isParticipation ~~multiplied~~Rates byor ~~the~~ Tier ~~One~~Levels and Tier Participation ~~Rate~~Rates for previous or future Strategy Terms. ~~Positive~~In ~~Index~~no ~~Return~~event ~~that~~will isan inIndex ~~excess~~Cap, ofParticipation Rate or the Tier ~~Level~~Participation Rates isbe ~~multiplied~~lower bythan the ~~Tier~~minimum ~~Two~~guaranteed Index Cap or Participation Rate. ~~The~~stated ~~Index~~in ~~Credit~~your isContract ~~equal~~or tostated earlier in the ~~sum~~table of available ~~these values~~strategies. ~~Tiered~~The Index Caps, Participation Rates ~~may~~and ~~prevent~~Tier ~~you~~Levels ~~from~~and ~~fully~~Tier ~~participating~~Participation Rates for your initial Strategy Term will be set forth in ~~positive~~your Contract. It is important to note that Index ~~Return.~~Strategy ~~However~~Parameters apply for the entire Strategy Term, ~~there~~even when the term is nolonger ~~cap~~than onone ~~your~~year. ~~potential~~For example, if you invest in a six year Strategy Term with a Cap and a Buffer, regardless of how the Index ~~Credit~~performs ~~when~~over ~~Tiered~~the ~~Participation~~course ~~Rates~~of ~~are~~that ~~applied~~six year period, the Cap and the Buffer will not be adjusted.

Each Indexed Strategy has its own Index Cap, Participation Rate or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates. We set the Index Cap, Participation Rate or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates for each Indexed Strategy at least ten days prior to the beginning of a Strategy Term. An Index Cap, Participation Rate or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates for a particular Strategy Term may be higher or lower than the Index Caps, Participation Rates or Tier Levels and Tier Participation Rates for previous or future Strategy Terms. In no event will an Index Cap, Participation Rate or the Tier Participation Rates be lower than the Minimum Guaranteed Index Cap or Participation Rate stated in your Contract. The Index Caps, Participation Rates and Tier Levels and Tier Participation Rates for your initial Strategy Term will be set forth in your Contract.

Index Cap Example 1: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy for a Strategy Term with an Index Cap of 8%. Also assume that at the end of the Strategy Term, the Index Return is 5%. In this case, to calculate the Index Credit, We would compare the Index Return of 5% to the Index Cap of 8%. Because the Index Return (5%) is less than the Index Cap (8%), the Index Credit would reflect the 5%. As a result, We would apply an Index Credit of 5% to your Indexed Strategy Base. In this example, the Index Cap did not limit your potential gain.

Index Cap Example 2: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy for a Strategy Term with an Index Cap of 8%. Also assume that at the end of the Strategy Term, the Index Return is 15%. In this case, to calculate the Index Credit, We would compare the Index Cap of 8% to the Index Return of 15%. Because the Index Return (15%) is higher than the Index Cap (8%), an Index Credit of 8% would be applied to Indexed Strategy Base. In this example, the Index Cap limited your potential gain.

the Index Cap of 8% to the Index Return of 15%. Because the Index Return (15%) is higher than the Index Cap (8%), an Index Credit of 8% would be applied to Indexed Strategy Base. In this example, the Index Cap limited your potential gain.

Participation Rate Example: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy that includes a Participation Rate of 20% and at the end of the Strategy Term, the Index Return is 10%. In this case, to calculate the Index Credit, We would multiply the Index Return of 10% by the 20% Participation Rate, which results in an Index Credit of 2%.

Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates Example 1: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy that includes a Tier One Participation Rate of 100%, a Tier Two Participation Rate of 140%, a Tier Level of 20% and at the end of the six year Strategy Term, the Index Return is 18%. In this case where the Index Return is less than the Tier Level, to calculate the Index Credit, We would multiply the Index Return of 18% by the 100% Tier One Participation Rate, which results in an Index Credit of 18%.

Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates Example 2: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy that includes a Tier One Participation Rate of 100%, a Tier Two Participation Rate of 140%, a Tier Level of 20% and at the end of the six year Strategy Term, the Index Return is 35%. In this case where the Index Return is above than the Tier Level, the Index Credit would be 100% (Tier One Participation Rate) of the first 20% (Tier Level) increase plus 140% (Tier Two Participation Rate) of the remaining 15% (Index Return minus Tier Level) increase, which equals an Index Credit of 41%.

Neither an Index Cap, Participation Rate, nor Tier Level or Tier Participation Rates guarantee a certain amount of Index Credit. The Index Cap, Participation Rate, or Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates may limit the amount of positive Index Credit that We may be obligated to pay for any Strategy Term. We set the Index Caps, Participation Rates, and Tier Levels and Tier Participation Rates at Our discretion, subject to the guaranteed limits set forth in this prospectus. You risk the possibility that We will not set an Index Cap, Participation Rate or Tier Participation Rates higher than the minimum guaranteed rates stated in your Contract. You risk the possibility that We will not set the Tier Level lower than the maximum guaranteed rates stated in your Contract.

If the Index Return is negative, We assess the application of the Floor Percentage, Aggregate Floor Percentage or the Buffer Percentage, whichever applies to the Indexed Strategy. The Floor Percentage, Aggregate Floor Percentage and the Buffer Percentage provide different forms of protection against negative Index Returns.

· ● The Floor Percentage and Aggregate Floor Percentage establishes the lowest negative Index Credit that may be applied for a given Strategy Term.

· ● The Buffer Percentage represents the amount of negative Index Return that will not be reflected in a negative Index Credit for a given Strategy Term.

Floor Percentage Example 1: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy that includes a Floor Percentage of -10% and, at the end of the Strategy Term, the Index Return is -5%. In this case, to calculate the Index Credit, We would compare the Floor Percentage of -10% to the Index Return of -5%. Because the Floor Percentage (-10%) is less than the Index Return (-5%), We would apply an Index Credit equal to -5% to the Indexed Strategy Base. In this example, the Floor Percentage did not provide any downside protection.

Floor Percentage Example 2: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy that includes a Floor Percentage or -10% and, at the end of the Strategy Term, the Index Return is -15%. In this case, to calculate the Index Credit, We would compare the Floor Percentage of -10% to the Index Return of -15%. Because the Floor Percentage ~~(-10%)~~limits isthe ~~higher~~amount ~~than~~of ~~the~~negative Index ~~Return (-15%)~~performance, ~~We would apply~~ an Index Credit equal to -10% would be applied to the Indexed Strategy Base. In this example, the Floor Percentage provided downside protection by limiting your loss.

Floor Percentage provides only limited protection from downside risk. It does not provide absolute protection against negative Index Credit., ~~You~~and you may lose money. Additionally, Rider Charges, Withdrawal Charges, advisory fees, MVAs, and taxes, if applicable, will further reduce your Contract Value and are not subject to the Floor Percentage.

-Aggregate 18Floor -Indexed Strategy

The Aggregate Floor ~~Percentage.~~Indexed ~~The~~Strategy ~~Contract also~~is ~~offers~~ an Indexed Strategy with ~~an Aggregate Floor, which may provide greater protection from negative Index Return over time by~~a ~~recalculating~~one ~~your~~year ~~Aggregate~~Strategy ~~Floor~~Term ~~Percentage such~~ that, ~~the~~if ~~aggregate~~you ~~losses~~elect ~~within~~to ~~the~~remain ~~Indexed~~invested ~~Strategy~~on ~~do not exceed the initial Aggregate Floor Percentage. The Aggregate Floor is~~ a ~~one~~year-over-year ~~Indexed~~basis, ~~Strategy~~provides ~~where~~a ~~the~~downside ~~initial~~protection ~~Floor~~guarantee ~~amount is set to [90%] of the initial allocation~~that ~~and~~spans ~~will~~multiple ~~never~~one ~~decrease~~year ~~below~~consecutive ~~that level due to market performance during the time funds remain in the Indexed~~ Strategy Terms. ~~The~~For ~~Aggregate Floor~~this ~~Percentage~~reason, ~~and~~this ~~the~~strategy ~~corresponding cap~~ may ~~change~~appeal ~~annually according~~ to ~~prior~~a ~~year~~Contract ~~performance,~~Owner aswho ~~caps~~is ~~will~~concerned ~~be determined by a renewal~~about ~~table~~cumulative ~~that~~negative ~~aligns~~Index toperformance ~~the~~over ~~Aggregate Floor level at~~ the ~~beginning~~course of ~~the~~multiple ~~Indexed~~ Strategy ~~Term.~~Terms ~~The~~but ~~Aggregate~~still ~~Floor~~wants ~~Percentage~~upside ~~can vary from [-20%] to [0%] in any given Strategy Term~~exposure. ~~The client also has the option to elect to reset the Aggregate Floor Percentage to [-10%], that may impact their Aggregate Floor going forward.~~

● The annual growth potential is the one year Index Return up to the Index Caps.

The initial Aggregate Floor is equal to 90% of the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy's investment allocation. For as long as you remain invested in the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy, your Aggregate Floor (adjusted for any resets, withdrawals, optional Rider Charges and/or transfers in subsequent consecutive Strategy Term) will never decrease due to negative market performance from one Strategy Term to the next. This means that you will never lose more than 10% of your initial allocation (or any subsequent allocations) to the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy due to negative Index performance.

At the start of each consecutive Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy Term, We recalculate the Aggregate Floor, Aggregate Floor Percentage and Index Caps, as follows and discussed in more detail below:

Aggregate Floor — We recalculate the new Aggregate Floor based on the prior Strategy Term's Index Credit, as well as any withdrawals, optional Rider Charges and/or transfers in or out of the Indexed Strategy. The new Aggregate Floor will equal the greater of the prior Strategy Term's Aggregate Floor or 80% of the Strategy Contract Value (as adjusted for any positive or negative Index Credit).

If the Index Credit is 0%, the Aggregate Floor will not change at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term.

If the Index Credit is negative, the Aggregate Floor will not change at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term.

For example, assume you have a negative Index Credit in Contract Year 1 of 6% (or $6,000), which reduces your Strategy Contract Value to $94,000. Your Aggregate Floor will not change at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term, This is because the new Aggregate Floor equals the greater of the prior Strategy Term's Aggregate Floor ($90,000) or 80% of your Strategy Contract Value (80% of $94,000=$75,200). The Aggregate Floor Percentage for Contract Year 2 is -4.26% ($90,000 Aggregate Floor / $94,000 Strategy Contract Value – 1).

If the Index Credit is positive, the Aggregate Floor will increase or stay the same at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term.

In Contract Year 2, assume the Index performance is again positive, and you have a positive Index Credit of 10% ($10,400), increasing your Contract Strategy Value to $114,400. Your Aggregate Floor will increase at the start of the next consecutive Strategy Term to $91,520. This is because the new Aggregate Floor equals the greater of the prior Strategy Term's Aggregate Floor ($90,000) or 80% of your Strategy Contract Value (80% of $114,400=$91,520). In this example, starting in Contract Year 3 and for each subsequent consecutive Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy Term, your Aggregate Floor will never be less than $91,520 due to negative market performance.

At the start of each subsequent Strategy Term the Aggregate Floor amount may increase such that We will never allow you to lose more than 20% in any given Strategy Term. The Aggregate Floor amount may also increase or decrease upon the election of the reset feature, which is discussed below in this section. Upon any reset of the Aggregate Floor Percentage, the Aggregate Floor will be reset to equal 90% of your Strategy Contract Value.

We will decrease your Aggregate Floor upon withdrawals, the deduction of optional Rider Charges and/or transfers out of the Indexed Strategy on a proportional basis. We will increase your Aggregate Floor upon any transfer into the Indexed Strategy. We discuss such decreases and increases below in this section, as well as provide examples.

As discussed below in this section, you have the option to elect to reset the Aggregate Floor Percentage to -10% for any subsequent consecutive Strategy Term during the Reallocation Period for the next Strategy Term.

You should fully understand the operation of the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy before electing it as an investment or exercising its reset feature.

In the following example, We show how the Aggregate Floor, Aggregate Floor Percentage and the Index Caps work over the course of several Contract Years under varying market conditions. We provide the hypothetical renewal Index Caps table and additional examples in Appendix C.

Contract Year 1

Strategy Contract Value = $100,000

Aggregate Floor = $90,000

Aggregate Floor Percentage = -10%

Index Caps = 10%

● If the Index performance in the 1^st Contract Year is 15%, the Strategy Contract Value grows to $110,000 (up to the Index Caps of 10%), the Aggregate Floor remains at $90,000 (since 80% of $110,000 is $88,000, which is less than the current Aggregate Floor of $90,000) and the Aggregate Floor Percentage would be -18.1% [($90,000 / $110,000) – 1] for the next Contract Year.

Contract Year 2

Strategy Contract Value = $110,000

Aggregate Floor = $90,000

Aggregate Floor Percentage = -18.1%

Index Caps = 16.50%

● If the Index performance in the 2^nd Contract Year is 10%, the Strategy Contract Value grows to $121,000 (as the 10% Index performance is less than the Index Caps of 16.50%), the Aggregate Floor would increase to $96,800 (since 80% of $121,000 is $96,800, which is greater than the current Aggregate Floor of $90,000) and the Aggregate Floor Percentage would be -20% [($96,800 / $121,000) – 1] for the next Contract Year.

Contract Year 3

Strategy Contract Value = $121,000

Aggregate Floor = $96,800

Aggregate Floor Percentage = -20%

Index Caps = 22%

● If the Index performance in the 3^rd Contract Year is -25%, the Strategy Contract Value would decrease to the Aggregate Floor of $96,800 (although the Index performance was -25%, the maximum that could be lost in the Contract Year is -20%), the Aggregate Floor would remain at $96,800 (since 80% of $96,800 = $77,440, which is less than the Aggregate Floor of $96,800) and the Aggregate Floor Percentage would be 0% [($96,800 / $96,800) – 1] for the next Contract Year.

Contract Year 4

Strategy Contract Value = $96,800

Aggregate Floor = $96,800

Aggregate Floor Percentage = 0%

Index Caps = 2.50%

● If the Index performance in the 4^th Contract Year is -5%, the Strategy Contract Value would not decrease any further because the Aggregate Floor is $96,800 (although the Index performance was -5%, the maximum that could be lost in the Contract Year is -0%), the Aggregate Floor would remain at $96,800 (since 80% of $96,800 = $77,440, which is less than the Aggregate Floor of $96,800) and the Aggregate Floor Percentage would be 0% [($96,800 / $96,800) – 1] for the next Contract Year.

We provide additional information about each of these features below in this section.

Your Aggregate Floor will not Decrease due to Negative Market Performance

Your Aggregate Floor is guaranteed never to decrease due to negative market performance. Since your initial Aggregate Floor is equal to 90% of your initial investment allocation to the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy, this means your Aggregate Floor will never decrease below 90% of your initial investment (based on negative Index performance).

How Your Aggregate Floor Can Decrease

Transfers and withdrawals from the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy will decrease the Aggregate Floor on a proportional basis, which may be greater than the dollar amount of the transfer or withdrawal. The deduction of optional benefit charges will also decrease your Aggregate Floor in the same manner as transfer and withdrawals. See the following example:

Example — Transfer from Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy:

End of Contract Year 1:

Aggregate Floor = $90.000

Strategy Contract Value = $105,000

A transfer of $50,000 is requested during the Reallocation Period from the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy into another Indexed Strategy for Contract Year 2.

Beginning of Contract Year 2:

Aggregate Floor = $47,150

Strategy Contract Value = $55,000

● The Aggregate Floor is determined by first calculating the Aggregate Floor prior to the transfer, which is $90,000 (greater of $90,000 and $84,000, which is 80% of the $105,000 Strategy Contract Value)

● Next, the Aggregate Floor is decreased by taking the transfer out of the Strategy ($50,000) and multiplying that amount by the greater of the following:

o 1 plus the maximum Floor Percentage of -20%, or -0.20, which is 80%

o 1 plus the (Aggregate Floor at the end of the prior Strategy Term divided by the Strategy Contract Value at the end of the prior Strategy Term minus one), which is 1 + (-14.3% or -0.143), which is 85.7%

● The Contract Year 2 Aggregate Floor is $47,143, which is the Aggregate Floor calculated prior to the transfer ($90,000) less the amount of the Aggregate Floor attributed to the transfer from the Aggregate Floor Strategy ($42,857, which is 85.7% of $50,000) into the new Strategy.

● Your Aggregate Floor Percentage for Contract Year 2 would be -14.3% [(Aggregate Floor of $47,143/Strategy Contract Value of $55,000) – 1]

Example — Withdrawal from Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy:

End of Contract Year 1:

Aggregate Floor = $90.000

Strategy Contract Value = $105,000

During Contract Year 2, a withdrawal of $50,000 is taken. Assuming no change to the Strategy Contract Value, the Aggregate Floor is reduced proportionally by the factor of one minus the withdrawal divided by the Strategy Contract Value (1-$50,000/$105,000), which is equal to 0.52381. The Aggregate Floor following the withdrawal would be $47,143.

Please see Appendix C for more details and examples on the calculations.

Your Aggregate Floor can also decrease if you select a "reset," as discussed below in this section.

How your Aggregate Floor can Increase

As discussed above, the Aggregate Floor amount may increase due to positive Index performance from one Strategy Term to the next while Strategy Contract Value remains allocated to the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy. At the start of each subsequent Strategy Term, the Aggregate Floor amount may increase such that you will never lose in excess of 20% in any given Strategy Term. This increase may occur following positive Index performance. If applicable, the increase is automatic.

The Aggregate Floor will also increase if you transfer additional Strategy Contract Value into the Indexed Strategy at the start of a new Strategy Term. The initial Aggregate Floor Percentage for transfers will always equal –10%. Upon transfer into the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy, the Strategy Contract Value will be increased by the amount of the transfer and the Aggregate Floor will be increased by 90% of the transfer. Following the transfer, the Aggregate Floor Percentage for the next Strategy Term will be calculated using the increased Aggregate Floor.

If there is a combination of renewal allocations and transfers into the Indexed Strategy, the Aggregate Floor will be a blend of the renewal allocations and transfer allocation. For example, assume your Aggregate Floor is $90,000 and your Strategy Contract Value is $105,000 at the start of the next Strategy Term prior to a $50,000 transfer into the Aggregate Floor Strategy. For the allocation renewing from the prior Strategy Term, the Aggregate Floor carried forward to the next Strategy Term remains $90,000 because 80% of the Strategy Contract Value did not exceed the prior Aggregate Floor. Following the transfer, your Aggregate Floor will increase by $45,000 (90% of $50,000 transfer) to a total of $135,000 Aggregate Floor. Example continued, for the next Strategy Term, your Aggregate Floor Percentage would be -12.9% (Aggregate Floor of $135,000/Strategy Contract Value of $155,000 – 1). Please see Appendix C for more details and examples on the calculations.

Your Aggregate Floor can also increase if you select a "reset," as discussed below in this section.

The Aggregate Floor is set before the beginning of each Strategy Term. It is equal to Max [A,B] + C – D, where:

A is one plus the minimum Floor Percentage (-20%) under the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy x the Strategy Contract Value at the end of the prior Strategy Term;

B is the Aggregate Floor at the end of the prior Strategy Term;

C is Contract Value transferred into the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy since at the end of the prior Strategy Term; multiplied by one plus the initial Aggregate Floor Percentage and

D is Contract Value transferred out of the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy atsince the end of the prior Strategy Term multiplied by [one plus the maximum of the minimum Floor Percentage and the (Aggregate Floor at the end of the prior Strategy Term divided by the Strategy Contract Value at the end of the prior Strategy Term minus one)]

~~The~~ Aggregate Floor Percentage ~~is set at the beginning of each Strategy Term. It is equal to A divided by (B + C + D) minus one, where~~

The initial Aggregate Floor Percentage will always be equal to -10%. As discussed above, at the start of each new one year consecutive subsequent Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy Term, the Aggregate Floor Percentage and the corresponding Index Caps may change based on the prior year's (negative or positive) Index performance. First, we calculate your new Aggregate Floor. Then We calculate the Aggregate

Floor Percentage. The Aggregate Floor Percentage can vary from -20% to 0%. As the Aggregate Floor and the Strategy Contract Value changes, the Aggregate Floor Percentage also changes to reflect the largest percentage that your Strategy Contract Value can decrease, based on the new Aggregate Floor, at the end of the Strategy Term. Your Aggregate Floor Percentage will then determine the Index Caps for that Strategy Term. Index Caps for each Aggregate Floor Percentage upon renewal will be available 10 days prior to the end of the Strategy Term, as discussed in more detail below in this section.

In general, following positive performance in a prior Contract Year, your Aggregate Floor Percentage will decrease for the next Contract Year (this means your potential loss will be larger) and the Index Caps renewal rates will increase (this means your potential gain will be higher). Alternatively, if you have negative performance in the prior Contract Year, your Aggregate Floor Percentage in the subsequent Contract Year will be higher (this means your potential loss will be smaller), and your Index Caps will be lower (this means you will have a lower potential gain.) In all cases, however, the new Aggregate Floor Percentage will never permit losses that would allow the Strategy Contract Value to decrease below the Aggregate Floor.

The Aggregate Floor Percentage is set at the beginning of each Strategy Term, the result will range between 0 and -20%. It is equal to A divided by (B + C – D) minus one, where

A is the Aggregate Floor as calculated above

B is the Strategy Contract Value at the end of the prior Strategy Term

C is Contract Value transferred into the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy since at the end of the prior Strategy Term, and

D is Contract Value transferred out of the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy atsince the end of the prior Strategy Term.

AtAggregate ~~least~~Floor ~~[ten~~Percentage ~~days]~~Example: ~~prior~~Assume that you allocated $100,000 in Contract Value entirely to the ~~start~~Aggregate ofFloor ~~each~~ Indexed Strategy. The Aggregate Floor Percentage is -10% and, at the end of the Strategy Term, ~~We will~~the ~~make available~~ Index Return is -6%. In this case, to calculate the ~~applicable~~ Index ~~Cap~~Credit, ~~which~~We ~~varies~~would bycompare the Aggregate Floor Percentage, ~~however,~~of -10% to the Index Return of -6%. Because the Aggregate Floor Percentage ~~for~~(-10%) is less than the ~~next~~Index ~~Strategy~~Return ~~Term~~(-6%), ~~will~~We ~~not~~would beapply ~~determined~~an ~~until~~Index ~~the~~Credit equal ~~end~~to of-6% to the ~~current~~Indexed Strategy ~~Term. The next~~Base, ~~Strategy~~resulting ~~Term’s~~in ~~final~~$94,000 ~~Aggregate~~in ~~Floor~~ending ~~Percentage~~Contract ~~and~~Value. ~~associated~~In ~~Index~~this ~~Cap~~Strategy ~~will~~Term, ~~not~~the beAggregate ~~known~~Floor Percentage ~~during~~did ~~the~~not ~~Reallocation~~provide ~~Period~~any downside protection.

~~The~~Assume ~~Indexed~~funds ~~Strategy~~remain ~~will~~in ~~have~~the asame ~~reset~~Aggregate ~~feature~~Floor Indexed Strategy. The ~~that~~Aggregate ~~provides~~Floor ~~the~~Percentage ~~option~~for toContract ~~reset~~Year ~~the~~2 ~~level~~is of-4.3%, ~~Aggregate~~which ~~Floor~~is ~~Percentage~~derived toby taking the ~~initial~~ Aggregate Floor ~~Percentage~~divided ~~during~~by ~~each~~the ~~Strategy~~beginning Contract ~~Term.~~Value ~~This~~minus ~~feature~~1 ~~must~~($90,000/$94,000 be– ~~elected~~1). ~~and~~At the ~~window~~end toof ~~elect~~ the ~~reset~~second ~~feature~~Strategy isTerm, the ~~same~~Index asReturn ~~the~~is ~~Reallocation Period~~-6%. ~~The~~In ~~default~~this ~~option for~~case, to calculate the ~~Indexed~~Index ~~Strategy~~Credit, ~~will~~We ~~provide~~would ~~for~~compare ~~a recalculation of~~ the Aggregate Floor Percentage ~~each~~of ~~year~~-4.3% ~~All~~to ~~transfers~~the ~~into~~Index ~~this~~Return ~~Indexed Strategy~~of ~~and~~-6%. ~~resets~~Because of the ~~Indexed~~Aggregate ~~Strategy~~Floor ~~will~~Percentage (-4.3%) ~~have~~is angreater ~~Aggregate~~than ~~Floor~~the ~~Percentage~~Index ~~equal~~Return to(-6%), ~~the~~We ~~initial~~would ~~Aggregate~~apply ~~Floor~~an ~~Percentage.~~Index ~~If there~~Credit ~~were~~equal ~~renewal~~to ~~allocations~~-4.3% ~~into~~to the Indexed Strategy Base, ~~the~~resulting in ~~Aggregate~~$90,000 ~~Floor~~in ~~will~~ending beContract aValue. ~~blend~~In ofthis Strategy Term, the ~~renewal~~Aggregate ~~allocations~~Floor ~~and~~Percentage ~~transfer allocations~~did provide downside protection.

Aggregate Floor Percentage Example 1: Assume that you allocated $100,000 in Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy that includes a Aggregate Floor Percentage of -10% and, at the end of the Strategy Term, the Index Return is -6%. In this case, to calculate the Index Credit, We would compare the Aggregate Floor Percentage of -10% to the Index Return of -6%. Because the Aggregate Floor Percentage (-10%) is less than the Index Return (-6%), We would apply an Index Credit equal to -6% to the Indexed Strategy Base, resulting in $94,000 in ending Contract Value. In this Strategy Term, the Aggregate Floor Percentage did not provide any downside protection.

Year	Beginning Contract Value		Indexed Strategy Base		Aggregate Floor		Aggregate Floor Percentage			Index Return			End Contract Value
1		100,000		100,000		90,000		-10.0	%		-6	%		94,000
2		94,000		94,000		90,000		-4.3	%		-6	%		90,000

Assume funds remain in Indexed Strategy and, at the end of the second Strategy Term, the Index Return is -6%. In this case, to calculate the Index Credit, We would compare the Aggregate Floor Percentage of -4.3% to the Index Return of -6%. Because the Aggregate Floor Percentage (-4.3%) is not less than the Index Return (-6%), We would apply an Index Credit equal to -4.3% to the Indexed Strategy Base, resulting in $90,000 in ending Contract Value. In this Strategy Term, the Aggregate Floor Percentage did provide downside protection.

Year	Beginning Contract Value	Indexed Strategy Base	Aggregate Floor	Aggregate Floor Percentage	Index Return	End Contract Value
1	100,000	100,000	90,000	-10.0%	-6%	94,000
2	95,000	95,000	90,000	-4.3%	-6%	90,000

See Appendix C for examples illustrating the operation of the Aggregate Floor over multiple Strategy Terms.

Aggregate Floor Percentage Resets

You also have the option to elect to reset the Aggregate Floor Percentage during the Reallocation Period to -10%, which will impact your Aggregate Floor going forward and will impact your Index Caps for the next consecutive Strategy Term.

The reset feature provides the option to reset the level of Aggregate Floor Percentage to the initial Aggregate Floor Percentage during each Strategy Term. You must elect this feature during the Reallocation Period. If you do not elect to reset the Aggregate Floor Percentage, we will automatically recalculate the Aggregate Floor Percentage at the start of each new Strategy Term. Please see "Risk Factors" for further discussion of any risks and benefits of exercising the reset feature.

The Aggregate Floor will increase or decrease upon the election of the reset feature. At the time the reset feature is elected, the Aggregate Floor will be reset equal to 90% of your Strategy Contract Value. Resetting the Aggregate Floor Percentage enables a Contract Owner to accept more or less risk at the start of the next Strategy Term. See Examples 1 and 2 below for a reset to decrease downside exposure and a reset to increase downside exposure. If a reset of the Aggregate Floor is elected and the Aggregate Floor Percentage was greater than -10%, then the Aggregate Floor protection of 90% of the initial allocation (and any subsequent allocations up to the reset) would no longer apply following the reset.

Example 1 — Aggregate Floor Reset to decrease downside exposure:

When Strategy Contract Value has increased and the Aggregate Floor Percentage is less than -10%, resetting will increase the Aggregate Floor and lock in a higher floor, which will result in potentially lower Index Caps. This might be appropriate for a Contract Owner who wants to protect gains prospectively.

Aggregate Floor Percentage		-20	%
Strategy Contract Value	$	125,000
Aggregate Floor	$	100,000
Elect to Reset Aggregate Floor Percentage
Aggregate Floor Percentage		-10	%
Strategy Contract Value	$	125,000
Aggregate Floor	$	112,500		90% of $125,000 Strategy Contract Value

This reset of the Aggregate Floor Percentage will limit upside potential for the next Strategy Term (Lower Index Caps for greater downside protection).

Example 2 — Aggregate Floor Reset to increase downside exposure:

When Strategy Contract Value has decreased and the Aggregate Floor Percentage is greater than -10%, resetting will decrease the Aggregate Floor and lock in a lower floor which will result in potentially higher Index Caps. This might be appropriate for a Contract Owner who is willing to take greater downside potential in order to capture more positive performance in the Index through increased Index Caps.

Aggregate Floor Percentage		0	%
Strategy Contract Value	$	90,000
Aggregate Floor	$	90,000
Elect to Reset Aggregate Floor Percentage
Aggregate Floor Percentage		-10	%
Strategy Contract Value	$	90,000
Aggregate Floor	$	81,000		90% of $90,000 Strategy Contract Value

This reset of the Aggregate Floor Percentage will increase upside potential for the next Strategy Term (Higher Index Caps for less downside protection).

It is important to note that because the Index Credit is not known until the end of the Strategy Term, your Aggregate Floor for the next Strategy Term will not be known at the time you must elect the reset. Your new Aggregate Floor, based on the reset, may be higher or lower than you expected. This means that you could reset your Aggregate Floor Percentage and end up locking in a lower Aggregate Floor (and the potential for greater losses) than if you had not reset. If you make a reset request during the Reallocation Period, you may elect to cancel such request prior to the end of the Reallocation Period.

Please see Appendix C for additional reset examples.

Communicating Aggregate Floor Percentage and Index Caps for Consecutive Subsequent Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy Terms

At least ten days prior to the start of each Strategy Term, We will set all applicable Index Caps for the next Strategy Term for the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy. Each Index Caps will correspond to a specified range of Aggregate Floor Percentages, as follows:

Hypothetical Renewal Index Caps for example with given Aggregate Floor Percentages:

Sample Aggregate Floor Percentage	Sample Cap
0% to greater than -3%	2.50	%
-3% to greater than -7%	4.50	%
-7% to greater than -10%	7.50	%
-10% to greater than -13%	10.00	%
-13% to greater than -17%	12.50	%
-17% to greater than -20%	16.50	%
-20%	22.00	%

These are not set Aggregate Floor Percentages or Index Caps. This table is strictly an example of how we will communicate the renewal Aggregate Floor Percentages and Index Caps. These Aggregate Floor Percentages and Caps are not affiliated with any actual Aggregate Indexed Floor Strategy.

It is important to note that your Aggregate Floor Percentage for the next Strategy Term is not determined until the end of your current Strategy Term. This is because it is based on the new Aggregate Floor. The new Aggregate Floor is not calculated until the Index Credit is calculated and applied from the preceding Strategy Term. This means that while each Contract Owner will know the range of new possible Index Caps and Aggregate Floor Percentages prior to the start of the new Strategy Term, the precise applicable Index Caps and Aggregate Floor Percentage based will not be known until the start of the Strategy Term. Please reference Appendix C for further examples of the operations of the renewal Index Caps and Aggregate Floor Percentages.

As outlined immediately above, We set new Index Caps at least 10 days before the start of every new Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy Term by publishing a finite table of Index Caps based on a range of Aggregate Floor Percentages. If you are not satisfied with the Index Caps we set prior to the start of the Strategy Term, either before or after the next Strategy Term begins, you have several options, as follows:

● Based on that table of Index Caps, a Contract Owner can choose to transfer Strategy Contract Value out of the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy during the Reallocation Period and the transfer will be effective for the next Strategy Term.

● Based on that table of Index Caps, a Contract Owner can elect to reset the Aggregate Floor Percentage to -10% during the Reallocation Period (which will correspond to the published set Index Caps for the -10% Aggregate Floor Percentage).

● Based on the table of Index Caps, We will determine if any of the set Index Caps trigger the bailout feature. If a Contract Owner does not want the pre-published Index Caps, based on the Aggregate Floor Percentage calculated at the start of the Strategy Term, if the bailout feature applies, the Contract Owner can make a partial withdrawal or full surrender without any MVA or Withdrawal Charges, if applicable. Any partial withdrawals will be taken proportionately across all Indexed Strategies.

● After the Strategy Term begins, you can always elect the Performance Lock and receive a fixed credited rate until the end of the Strategy Term. For any Strategy Contract Value allocated to the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy at issue or on any future Contract Anniversary, the initial Aggregate Floor will be based on the dollar amount allocated to the Indexed Strategy at that time The Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy is available for a single Strategy Term, but the downside protection guarantee for the Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy will not span multiple one year Strategy Terms if not invested in consecutive one year Strategy Terms.

See Appendix C for more detailed examples. Aggregate Floor Percentage provides only limited protection from downside risk. It does not provide absolute protection against negative Index Credit (unless your Aggregate Floor Percentage is 0%), and you may lose money. Additionally, Rider Charges, Withdrawal Charges, advisory fees, MVAs, and taxes, if applicable, will further reduce your Contract Value and are not subject to the Aggregate Floor Percentage.

Aggregate Floor Percentage provides only limited protection from downside risk. It does not provide absolute protection against negative Index Credit, and you may lose money. Additionally, Rider Charges, Withdrawal Charges, advisory fees, MVAs, and taxes, if applicable, will further reduce your Contract Value and are not subject to the Aggregate Floor Percentage.

Buffer Percentage Example 1: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy that includes a Buffer Percentage, and, on the Ending Index Date, the Index Return is -5%. In this case, to calculate the Index Credit, We would compare the Buffer Percentage of 10% to the Index Return of -5%. Because the negative Index Return (-5%) does not exceed the Buffer Percentage of 10%, the Index Credit of 0% would be applied to the Indexed Strategy Base. In this example, the Buffer Percentage provided complete downside protection by preventing you from receiving negative Index Credit.

- 19 -

Buffer Percentage Example 2: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy that includes a Buffer Percentage, and, on the Ending Index Date the Index Return is -15%. In this case, to calculate the Index Credit, We would compare the Buffer Percentage of 10% to the Index Return of -15%. Because the negative Index Return (-15%) exceeds the Buffer Percentage of 10%, an Index Credit of 5% would be applied to the Indexed Strategy Base. In this example, the Buffer Percentage provided partial downside protection because it limited your loss from -15% to -5%, but it did not provide complete downside protection.

The Buffer Percentage provides only limited protection from downside risk. It does not provide absolute protection against negative Index Credit., ~~You~~and you may lose money. Additionally, Rider Charges, Withdrawal Charges, advisory fees, MVAs, and taxes, if applicable, will further reduce your ~~losses could~~Contract beValue ~~significant.~~and are not subject to the Buffer Percentage.

~~Performance~~PERFORMANCE ~~Lock~~LOCK

If you allocate Contract Value to an Indexed Strategy for a Strategy Term, you may ~~request to~~ exercise the Performance Lock feature, atand ~~any~~your ~~time~~Strategy ~~prior~~Contract toValue for the ~~fourth~~remainder ~~to last Valuation Day~~ of a the Strategy Term. ~~You~~will ~~may~~be ~~exercise~~"locked-in" at the ~~Performance Lock feature only once each~~ Strategy ~~Term~~Interim ~~for~~Value ~~each~~calculated ~~Indexed~~at ~~Strategy.~~the ~~The~~end ~~exercise~~ of the ~~Performance~~second ~~Lock~~Valuation ~~feature~~Day isfollowing ~~irrevocable. To exercise~~ the ~~Performance~~Valuation ~~Lock~~Day ~~feature,~~on ~~you~~which ~~must submit a request to us. If~~ We receive your request ~~on a non-Valuation Day or after the close of a Valuation Day~~, and ~~your request~~ will beaccumulate ~~deemed~~at toa befixed ~~received~~rate ~~on the next Valuation Day.~~equivalent

When you exercise the Performance Lock feature, your Strategy Contract Value for the remainder of the Strategy Term will be “locked-in” at the Strategy Interim Value calculated at the end of the second Valuation Day following the Valuation Day on which We receive your request, and will accumulate at a fixed rate equivalent to the One-Year Fixed Strategy for the remainder of the Strategy Term. However, if you take a withdrawal and/or a Rider Charge and/or an advisory fee has been assessed from an Indexed Strategy during a Strategy Term after you exercised the Performance Lock feature, your Strategy Contract Value will be reduced by the amount withdrawn and/or the Rider Charge and/or the advisory fee assessed, including any applicable Withdrawal Charges, Market Value Adjustments and taxes payable by Us and not previously deducted.36

to the One-Year Fixed Strategy for the remainder of the Strategy Term. If you exercise the Performance Lock feature, no Index Credit for that Indexed Strategy will be credited to you at the end of the Strategy Term, regardless of whether the Index Credit would have been positive, negative or equal to zero. You may request to exercise the Performance Lock feature at any time prior to the fourth to last Valuation Day of a Strategy Term. You may exercise the Performance Lock feature only once each Strategy Term for each Indexed Strategy. The exercise of the Performance Lock feature is irrevocable. To exercise the Performance Lock feature, you must submit a request to Us. If We receive your request on a non-Valuation Day or after the close of a Valuation Day, your request will be deemed to be received on the next Valuation Day. If you take a withdrawal and/or a Rider Charge and/or an advisory fee has been assessed from an Indexed Strategy during a Strategy Term after you exercised the Performance Lock feature, your Strategy Contract Value will be reduced by the amount withdrawn and/or the Rider Charge and/or the advisory fee assessed, including any applicable Withdrawal Charges, MVAs and taxes payable by Us and not previously deducted.

If you exercise the Performance Lock feature based on a Strategy Interim Value that is higher than your Indexed Strategy Base at the beginning of the Strategy Term, you will realize positive investment return with respect to that Indexed Strategy for that Strategy Term (excluding the impact of any Withdrawal Charges, ~~Market Value~~MVAs ~~Adjustments~~ or taxes if you take a withdrawal from that Indexed Strategy). If you exercise the Performance Lock feature based on a Strategy Interim Value that is lower than your Indexed Strategy Base at the beginning of the Strategy Term, you will realize a negative investment return with respect to that Indexed Strategy for that Strategy Term.

For one year Strategy Terms, following the second Valuation Day after you exercise the Performance Lock feature, the Strategy Contract Value will be credited daily interest at a rate equal to the One-Year Fixed Strategy. The Strategy Contract Value will remain in the same Index option, unless directed otherwise during the Reallocation Period. See section “"Reallocation Period”" for additional information.

For Strategy Terms greater than one year, on the Performance Lock Date, Strategy Contract Value will be transferred to the One -Year Fixed Strategy.

~~See~~For ~~Appendix~~example, Bassuming ~~for~~you aallocated ~~description~~$100,000 at the start of ~~how~~an ~~Strategy~~Indexed Strategy Term to an annual Buffer/cap Indexed Strategy and mid-year when the Strategy Interim ~~Values~~Value ~~are~~was ~~calculated~~$108,000 you elected the Performance Lock feature in your Contract. ~~You~~Upon ~~may~~election ~~contact~~of Usthis atfeature, [you ]are no longer subject to ~~obtain~~the ~~your~~parameters of that Indexed Strategy ~~Interim~~and now ~~Value~~until ~~for~~the ~~any~~end ~~Indexed~~of the Strategy toTerm ~~which~~your ~~you~~Strategy ~~allocated~~ Contract Value will grow at a fixed interest rate.

~~Please~~See ~~note~~Appendix ~~the~~B ~~following~~for ~~important~~a ~~considerations~~description of how Strategy Interim Values are ~~related~~calculated. You may contact Us at 833-ASK GA 4U (833-275-4248) to ~~the~~obtain ~~Performance~~your ~~Lock~~Strategy ~~feature:~~Interim Value for any Indexed Strategy to which you allocated Contract Value.

• You ~~may~~should ~~exercise~~consider ~~the~~these ~~Performance~~important ~~Lock~~factors ~~feature~~when ~~only~~deciding ~~once~~whether to ~~during a Strategy Term for each Indexed Strategy. Once you~~ exercise the Performance Lock feature~~, it may not be revoked.~~:

•● You ~~The~~may exercise the Performance Lock feature ~~must~~only once beduring ~~exercised~~a Strategy Term for ~~the~~each ~~full~~Indexed ~~amount~~Strategy, ofand you cannot revoke your ~~Strategy~~decision ~~Contract~~once ~~Value~~you exercise the Performance Lock feature.

•● You ~~Even~~can ifonly ~~the~~exercise ~~Index’s performance has been positive, it is possible that your Strategy Interim Value may have decreased at~~ the ~~time~~Performance ~~your~~Lock ~~Strategy~~feature for ~~Interim Value gets locked in. Although you may contact Us to obtain your current Strategy Interim Value, you will not know~~ the ~~Strategy~~full ~~Interim~~amount ~~Value~~of ~~used to lock-in~~ your Strategy Contract Value ~~in advance~~. This is because We use the Strategy Interim Value calculated at the end of the second Valuation Day following the Valuation Day on which We receive your request. The Strategy Interim Value on the second following Valuation Day following the valuation day on which we received your request may be higher or lower than the Strategy Interim Value on the Valuation Day that We received your request or that you last obtained.

•● Even ~~After~~if ~~you exercise~~ the ~~Performance~~Index's ~~Lock~~performance ~~feature~~has ~~for~~been anpositive, it ~~Indexed~~is ~~Strategy,~~possible that your Strategy ~~Contract~~Interim Value ~~will~~may ~~increase~~have decreased at athe ~~daily~~time ~~fixed~~your ~~interest~~Strategy ~~rate~~Interim ~~equal~~Value gets locked in. Although you may contact Us to obtain your current Strategy Interim Value, you will not know the ~~One~~Strategy Interim Value used to lock-~~Year~~in ~~Fixed~~your Strategy Contract ~~Rate~~Value in advance. ~~You~~This ~~will~~is ~~not~~because beWe ~~receive~~use anthe ~~Index~~Strategy ~~Credit~~Interim Value calculated at the end of the second Valuation Day following the Valuation Day on which We receive your request. The Strategy ~~Term,~~Interim ~~regardless~~Value ofon ~~whether~~the second following Valuation Day following the ~~Index~~Valuation ~~Credit~~Day ~~would~~on ~~have~~which ~~been~~We ~~positive,~~received ~~negative,~~your request may be higher or ~~equal~~lower tothan ~~zero~~the Strategy Interim Value on the Valuation Day that We received your request or that you last obtained.

•● After If you ~~take~~exercise athe ~~withdrawal~~Performance ~~from~~Lock feature for an Indexed Strategy, your Strategy Contract Value ~~and/or~~will anincrease ~~advisory~~at ~~fee~~a isdaily ~~deducted~~fixed ~~from~~interest ~~Strategy~~rate ~~Contract~~equal ~~Value,~~to orthe ifOne-Year aFixed ~~Rider~~Strategy ~~Charge~~Rate. You iswill ~~deducted~~not ~~from~~be ~~Strategy~~receive ~~Contract~~an ~~Value,~~Index ~~during~~Credit at the ~~remainder~~end of the Strategy Term, ~~after~~regardless ~~you~~of ~~exercise~~whether the ~~Performance~~Index ~~Lock~~Credit ~~feature,~~would ~~your~~have ~~Strategy~~been ~~Contract~~positive, negative, ~~Value~~or ~~will~~equal beto ~~reduced~~zero.

•● If Weyou ~~will~~take ~~not~~a ~~provide~~withdrawal ~~advice~~from orStrategy ~~notify~~Contract ~~you~~Value and/or ~~regarding~~an ~~whether~~advisory ~~you~~fee ~~should~~or ~~exercise~~Rider ~~the~~Charge ~~Performance~~is ~~Lock~~deducted ~~feature~~from orStrategy ~~the~~Contract ~~optimal~~Value, ~~time~~during ~~for~~the ~~doing~~remainder ~~so.~~of Wethe ~~will~~Strategy ~~not~~Term ~~warn~~after you ~~if you~~ exercise the Performance Lock feature, ~~at a sub- optimal time. We are not responsible for any losses related to~~ your ~~decision~~Strategy ~~whether~~Contract orValue ~~not~~will tobe ~~exercise the Performance Lock feature~~reduced.

•● We ~~There~~will ~~may~~ not beprovide anadvice ~~optimal~~or ~~time~~notify toyou regarding whether you should exercise the Performance Lock feature ~~during~~or athe ~~Strategy~~optimal ~~Term.~~time Itfor ~~may~~doing beso. ~~better~~We ~~for~~will not warn you if you ~~do not~~ exercise the Performance Lock feature ~~during~~at a ~~Strategy~~sub-optimal ~~Term~~time. ItWe isare ~~impossible~~not toresponsible ~~know~~for ~~with~~any ~~certainty~~losses related to your decision whether or not to exercise the Performance Lock feature ~~should be exercised~~.

~~Impact~~● There ofmay ~~Withdrawals~~not be an optimal time to exercise the Performance ~~From~~Lock ~~Indexed~~feature ~~Strategies~~during a Strategy Term. It may be better for you if you do not exercise the Performance Lock feature during a Strategy Term. It is impossible to know with certainty whether or not the Performance Lock feature should be exercised.

Under the Contract, you are permitted to take full or partial withdrawals at any time during the Accumulation Period. Withdrawals may be subject to Withdrawal Charges, a Market Value Adjustment, taxes payable by Us and any pro-rated Rider Charges. See the “Contract Charges” section.37

InIMPACT ~~addition,~~OF ifWITHDRAWALS ~~you~~FROM ~~withdraw~~INDEXED Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Strategy, the withdrawal will cause a reduction to your Indexed Strategy Base. Your Indexed Strategy Base will be immediately reduced in a proportion equal to the reduction in your Strategy Contract Value. This reduction could be greater than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. You should fully understand how aSTRATEGIES

-You 20may surrender your Contract or take a partial withdrawal from your Contract at any time during the Accumulation Period. Withdrawals may be subject to Withdrawal Charges, MVA, taxes payable by Us and any pro-rated Rider Charges. See the "Contract Charges" section.

~~withdrawal~~You should ~~from~~carefully anconsider ~~Indexed~~the ~~Strategy~~risks ~~reduces your~~associated ~~Indexed~~with withdrawals under the Contract, including withdrawals before the end of a Strategy Term ~~Base~~(i.e., ~~because~~withdrawals ~~reductions~~based inon ~~your~~Strategy ~~Indexed~~Interim Value). The Strategy ~~Base~~Interim ~~always~~Value ~~result~~is innot ~~reductions~~tied directly to the performance of the Index, although Index performance is one factor that impacts your Strategy ~~Contract~~Interim Value. Strategy Interim Value is calculated differently for ~~the~~Contracts ~~remainder~~issued ofbefore ~~the~~May ~~Strategy~~1, ~~Term~~2024 and Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, as described in Appendix B.

~~Reductions~~Partial withdrawals (including withdrawals to ~~your~~pay ~~Indexed~~advisory ~~Strategy~~fees, ~~Base~~systematic ~~will~~withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions under the Contract) ~~negatively~~before ~~impact~~the end of a Strategy Term could result in a greater reduction in your Strategy Contract Value inthan ~~three~~if ~~ways~~you waited until the end of the Strategy Term to take a withdrawal. In addition, any partial withdrawal will proportionately reduce your Indexed Strategy Base, which could be significantly more than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. This will reduce any gains at the end of the Strategy Term.

•You ~~First,~~should afully ~~reduction~~understand inhow ~~your~~a ~~Indexed~~withdrawal ~~Strategy~~from ~~Base~~an ~~will~~Indexed ~~cause your~~ Strategy reduces ~~Interim Values for the remainder of the Strategy Term to be lower than if you did not take the withdrawal. Because~~ your Strategy Contract Value isand ~~set~~Indexed ~~equal to your~~ Strategy ~~Interim~~Base ~~Value~~because onsuch ~~any~~reductions ~~given~~could ~~Valuation~~significantly ~~Day~~reduce ~~during a Strategy Term (except~~ the ~~first~~value ~~day~~ of the ~~Strategy Term), lower Strategy Interim Values will result in lower Strategy~~ Contract ~~Values~~.

~~• Second~~Specifically, Indexed ~~at the end of the~~ Strategy ~~Term,~~withdrawals ~~assuming that you do not exercise the Performance Lock feature, any positive increase credited to you~~ will benegatively ~~lower than if you did not take the withdrawal. This is because the increase can be calculated as the Indexed Strategy Base multiplied by the Index Credit, and a withdrawal reduces~~ impact your ~~Indexed~~Contract ~~Strategy~~in ~~Base.~~these ways:

•● They ~~Third,~~will ~~because,~~cause ~~as explained above,~~ your Strategy Interim Values for the remainder of the Strategy Term ~~will~~to be lower than if you did not take the withdrawal,. ifBecause ~~you~~your ~~exercise~~Strategy Contract Value is set equal to your Strategy Interim Value on any given Valuation Day during a Strategy Term (except the ~~Performance~~first ~~Lock~~day ~~feature,~~of the Strategy Term), lower Strategy Interim Values ~~that~~will ~~you~~result ~~are~~in ~~able~~lower Strategy Contract Values. For investments allocated to ~~lock-in~~Indexed ~~with~~Strategies, ~~the~~your ~~Performance~~Strategy ~~Lock~~Contract Value, ~~feature~~less ~~will~~any beapplicable ~~lower~~Withdrawal ~~than~~Charges, MVA and/or prorated Rider Charge is the ~~Strategy~~amount ~~Interim~~available ~~Values~~for ~~that~~partial ~~would~~withdrawals ~~have~~(including withdrawals ~~been~~to ~~possible~~advisory ~~had~~fees, ~~you~~although ~~not~~if taken ~~the~~as part of Our systematic withdrawal program, Withdrawal Charges and MVAs will not apply), full surrender of your Contract, annuitization and Death Benefit payments.

● At the end of the Strategy Term, assuming that you do not exercise the Performance Lock feature, any positive increase credited to your Contract will be lower than if you did not take the withdrawal. This is because a withdrawal proportionately reduces your Indexed Strategy Base, and the increase credited to your Contract is calculated by multiplying the Indexed Strategy Base by the Index Credit. Proportionate reductions could be significantly more than the dollar amount of your withdrawal.

● If you exercise the Performance Lock feature, the Strategy Interim Values that you are able to lock-in with the Performance Lock feature will be lower than the Strategy Interim Values that would have been possible had you not taken the withdrawal.

● If allocated to Aggregate Floor Indexed Strategy, any withdrawal, including withdrawals to pay advisory fees, systematic withdrawals and Required Minimum Distributions for the Contract will proportionally reduce you Aggregate Floor amount. Proportionate reductions could be significantly more than the dollar amount of your withdrawal.

REALLOCATION PERIOD

REALLOCATION ~~Requests~~REQUESTS

You may reallocate Contract Value among the available Indexed Strategies, and between the One-Year Fixed Strategy and available Indexed Strategies at the end of the Strategy Term during the Reallocation Period. No reallocations are allowed during a Strategy Term.

The six year Indexed Strategies are only available on the Issue Date. Following the end of a six year Strategy Term, you must reallocate your Strategy Contract Value to a ~~currently~~then available Indexed Strategy or the One-Year Fixed Strategy at the start of the next Strategy Term. If you do not provide instructions in Good Order for reallocating the Strategy Contract Value, We will reallocate the Strategy Contract Value to the One-Year Fixed Strategy. This could significantly reduce returns, as the One-Year Fixed Strategy could pay as little as the guaranteed minimum interest rate.

The amount of Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Strategy at the beginning of a Strategy Term must be at least $2,500 or 10% of the Contract Value, whichever is greater. If any reallocation ~~reduces~~you request would reduce a Strategy Contract Value to ~~lesser~~ less than the greater of $2,500 or 10% of the Contract Value, We will not process ayour reallocation ~~if the resulting Strategy Contract Value of the Indexed Strategy to which the reallocation is added would be less than this required minimum~~.

You will receive a reallocation notice 30 days prior to the end of a Strategy Term with information about where to obtain information about available Indexed Strategies and applicable rates.

~~At least [ten days] prior to the start of each Strategy Term, We will make available the applicable Index Cap, Participation Rate, Tier Level and Tier Participation Rates.~~ 38

~~You~~At ~~must provide in Good Order instructions for reallocation by any method allowable by Us at~~ least ~~[2]~~ ~~Valuation~~ten ~~Days~~ days prior to the ~~end~~start of ~~the~~each Strategy Term~~. Reallocation request~~, We will make beavailable ~~processed~~the atapplicable ~~the~~Index ~~end~~Cap, ofParticipation ~~the~~Rate, ~~Strategy~~Tier ~~Term~~Level and Tier Participation Rates.

If We doset ~~not~~Index ~~receive~~Caps, aParticipation ~~reallocation request~~Rates, noTier ~~reallocations will~~Participation ~~occur~~Rates and Tier ~~your~~Level ~~current~~based ~~reallocation~~on ~~will~~market ~~remain~~factors insuch ~~place~~as ~~for~~interest ~~the~~rates ~~next~~and ~~Strategy~~market ~~Term~~volatility subject to minimum and/or maximum guarantees.

~~Although~~You Wemust ~~use~~provide ~~reasonable~~in ~~procedures,~~Good toOrder ~~prevent~~instructions for reallocation by any ~~unauthorized~~method ~~account~~allowable ~~access,~~by WeUs ~~cannot~~at ~~assure~~least ~~you~~2 ~~that~~Valuation ~~telephone~~Days orprior ~~Internet~~to ~~activity~~the end of the Strategy Term. Reallocation request will be ~~completely~~processed ~~secure~~at orthe end ~~free~~ of ~~delays~~the orStrategy ~~malfunctions~~Term. If ~~you~~We ~~choose~~do tonot ~~make~~receive a reallocation request, no reallocations bywill ~~telephone~~occur orand ~~Internet~~your current reallocation will remain in place for the next Strategy Term, except as otherwise provided herein. If We discontinue offering an Indexed Strategy, you must reallocate beyour ~~willing~~Strategy Contract Value to ~~assume~~a currently available Indexed Strategy at the ~~risk~~start of ~~loss~~the ~~that~~next ~~may~~Strategy ~~occur~~Term. ~~despite~~If ~~Our~~you do not ~~reasonable~~provide ~~efforts~~instructions in Good Order for reallocating the Strategy Contract Value, We will reallocate the Strategy Contract Value to ~~verify~~the One-Year ~~identity~~Fixed Strategy. We ~~are~~This ~~not~~could ~~responsible~~significantly ~~for~~reduce returns, as the ~~negligence~~One-Year orFixed ~~wrongful~~Strategy ~~acts~~could ofpay ~~third~~as ~~parties~~little as the guaranteed minimum interest rate.

Although We use reasonable procedures to prevent unauthorized account access, We cannot assure you that telephone or Internet activity will be completely secure or free of delays or malfunctions. If you choose to make reallocations by telephone or Internet, you must be willing to assume the risk of loss that may occur despite Our reasonable efforts to verify identity. We are not responsible for the negligence or wrongful acts of third parties.

ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD

~~Types~~TYPES ofOF ~~Withdrawals~~WITHDRAWALS

~~The~~You ~~money~~may ~~under~~access your Contract ~~may~~Value ~~be accessed~~ during the Accumulation Period:

• ● by taking partial withdrawals; ~~and~~

• ● by ~~surrendering~~requesting ~~your~~withdrawals from Contract ~~(i.e.~~Value ~~taking~~to pay an advisory fee up to a ~~full~~maximum ~~withdrawal)~~of 1.5% of the Contract Value; or

• ● by ~~requesting~~surrendering ~~withdrawals~~your ~~from~~ Contract ~~Value~~(i.e. totaking ~~pay an advisory fee up to~~ a ~~maximum of 1.5% of the Contract Value.~~full withdrawal)

Your Contract Value will decline whenever you take partial withdrawals. If ~~you take~~ a partial withdrawal ~~and,~~would ~~immediately~~cause ~~after the withdrawal,~~ your Contract Value ~~would~~to be less than $2,500, We will instead pay you the Surrender Value and terminate your Contract. If you ~~take~~surrender ayour ~~full withdrawal~~Contract, We will pay you the Surrender Value and terminate your Contract. You may not take withdrawals greater than your Surrender Value. If you do not want your Contract, including any Death Benefit, terminated without value, do not make a withdrawal that risks reducing your Contract Value below $2,500.

Partial withdrawals and surrenders (full withdrawals) may be ~~subject~~ subject to Withdrawal Charges. See the section titled “"Withdrawal Charge”" for more information about Withdrawal Charges. Amounts up up to the Free Withdrawal Amount, which includes the Required Minimum Distribution for the Contract, that are withdrawn or surrendered during the Withdrawal Charge Period are not subject to the Withdrawal Charge orand ~~the Market Value Adjustment (~~MVA). Withdrawals eligible under the nursing home waiver, ~~terminal~~or terminal illness waiver and withdrawals taken via a systematic withdrawal program to pay advisory fees also are not subject to Withdrawal Charge and ~~or the~~ MVA. We will deduct the prorated Rider Charge from your Surrender Value, if applicable. In addition, a partial withdrawal will reduce your Indexed Strategy Base and will cause your Strategy Interim Values for the remainder of the Strategy Term to be lower than if you did not take the withdrawal. Because your Strategy Contract Value equals to your Strategy Interim Value on any given Valuation Day during a Strategy Term (except the first day of the Strategy Term), lower Strategy Interim Values result in lower Strategy Contract Values.

~~Partial~~PARTIAL ~~Withdrawals~~WITHDRAWALS

During the Accumulation Period, you can make partial withdrawals from your Contract Value at any time by submitting a request. ~~The~~Partial ~~withdrawal~~withdrawals ~~request~~ must be inat ~~Good~~least ~~Order~~$1,000. toWe will only process ~~it.~~withdrawal requests that are received in Good Order. Partial withdrawals will be taken proportionately from the One-Year Fixed Strategy and Indexed Strategies based on how your Contract Value is allocated by percentage. The minimum Contract Value following any partial withdrawal is $2,500, and if any partial withdrawal would result in your Contract Value being less than $2,500, We will instead pay you the Surrender Value and terminate your Contract. If you surrender the Contract, We will pay you the Surrender Value and terminate your Contract.

-Your 21withdrawal -will be processed within two Valuation Days following the Valuation Day that We receive your request in Good Order. If We receive your request in Good Order on a day that is not a Valuation Day or after close of the Valuation Day, We will process it as if it was received on the following Valuation Day. In general, We will pay withdrawal requests within seven calendar days thereof, but We may delay payment for up to six months if the insurance regulatory authority of the state in which We issued the Contract approves such deferral.

~~Strategy and Indexed Strategies based on how your Contract Value is allocated by percentage.~~ Partial withdrawals ~~must~~taken befrom atan ~~least~~Indexed ~~$1,000.~~Strategy ~~The~~may ~~Minimum Contract Value following any partial~~negatively ~~withdrawal~~impact ~~is [$2,500]. If you take a partial withdrawal, and, immediately after the withdrawal,~~ your Strategy Contract Value isfor ~~less~~the ~~than~~remainder ~~[$2,500] We~~of ~~will instead pay you~~ the ~~Surrender~~Strategy ~~Value~~Term and ~~terminate~~permanently reduce your ~~Contract.~~Indexed IfStrategy ~~you~~Base. ~~surrender~~See the ~~Contract, We will pay you the Surrender~~ ~~Value~~section ~~and~~titled ~~terminate~~"Impact ~~your~~of ~~Contract.~~Withdrawals

Your withdrawal will be processed within two Valuation Days following the Valuation Day that We receive your request in Good Order. If We receive your request in Good Order on a day that is not a Valuation Day or after close of the Valuation Day, We will process it as if it was received on the following Valuation Day. In general, We will pay withdrawal requests within [seven] calendar days thereof, but We may delay payment for up to six months if the insurance regulatory authority of the state in which We issued the Contract approves such deferral.39

~~Partial withdrawals taken~~ from an Indexed ~~Strategy may negatively impact your Strategy Contract Value for the remainder of the Strategy Term. See the section titled “Impact of Withdrawals from Indexed~~ Strategies.”" Partial withdrawals from an Indexed Strategy may also negatively impact Strategy Interim Values that you may lock-in with the Performance Lock feature. See the section titled “ "Performance Lock.”"

~~Surrenders~~SURRENDERS

You can take a full withdrawal (i.e., surrender your Contract for its Surrender Value) at any time during the Accumulation Period by submitting a request in Good Order. All benefits under the Contract will be terminated as of two Valuation Days following the Valuation Day that We receive your surrender request.

Your surrender will be processed within two Valuation Days following the Valuation Day that We receive your request in Good Order. If We receive your request in Good Order on a day that is not a Valuation Day or after close of the Valuation Day, We will process it as if it was received on the following Valuation Day. In general, We will pay surrender requests within [seven] calendar days thereof, but We may delay payment for up to six months if the insurance regulatory ~~authority~~ authority of the state in which We issued the Contract approves such deferral.

If you take a withdrawal before the end of the Strategy Term, for Contract Value allocated to any Indexed Strategy, your Strategy Contract Value equals the Strategy Interim Value, which could be less than your investment even when the Index is performing positively. The Strategy Interim Value may reflect lower gains, if the Index is performing positively, and higher losses, if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

ACumulative withdrawals (partial ~~withdrawal~~ or ~~surrender~~full) in any Contract Year that ~~exceeds~~ exceed the Free Withdrawal Amount during the Withdrawal Charge Period ~~may~~will be subject to aan ~~Market Value Adjustment~~MVA. ~~The~~An MVA will also apply to Contract Value that exceeds your Free Withdrawal Amount if you annuitize your Contract during the Withdrawal Charge Period. ~~The~~An MVA will not apply to amounts payable as a Death Benefit.

~~The~~ An MVA may beapply ~~positive,~~on ~~negative~~any orday ~~zero.~~during ~~The MVA~~the ~~will~~Withdrawal beCharge ~~capped~~Period, atincluding the ~~maximum~~last ~~possible~~day ~~positive~~of a Strategy Term. An MVA ~~percentage~~may ~~that~~be ifpositive, ~~applied~~negative onor azero. ~~full~~The ~~surrender~~application of ~~the~~an ~~Contract~~MVA ~~would~~differs ~~decrease the~~depending ~~Surrender~~on ~~Value~~the toIssue ~~the~~Date ~~Minimum~~for ~~Non-Forfeiture~~your ~~Amount.~~Contract, as follows:

~~The~~● ~~MVA~~For isContracts ~~designed~~issued tobefore ~~approximate~~May ~~the~~1, ~~change in~~2024, ~~value~~an ofMVA ~~fixed~~will ~~income~~be ~~securities~~applied ~~We have purchased~~ to ~~support your~~ Contract asValue adeducted ~~result of changes~~ in ~~prevailing~~excess ~~interest rates. In general, if interest rates increase between the Issue Date and the date~~ of the ~~partial~~Free ~~withdrawal,~~Withdrawal ~~surrender~~Amount orfrom ~~annuitization,~~ the ~~MVA will~~One-Year ~~decrease~~Fixed ~~the~~Strategy ~~amount~~and ~~you~~any ~~receive.~~Indexed ~~Conversely, if interest rates decline during this period, the MVA will increase the amount you receive~~Strategy.

~~The~~● For Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024, an MVA ~~Index~~will isbe aapplied ~~measure~~to Contract Value deducted in excess of ~~market~~the ~~interest rates.~~Free ~~The~~Withdrawal ~~MVA~~Amount ~~Index~~from (i) the One-Year Fixed Strategy and (ii) any Indexed Strategy to the extent that the amount deducted from the Indexed Strategy is ~~identified~~attributable onto ~~each~~the ~~Valuation~~Fixed ~~Day~~Income ~~during~~Asset Proxy (as opposed to the Derivative Asset Proxy). The amount deducted from an Indexed Strategy that exceeds the Free Withdrawal ~~Charge~~Amount ~~Period~~will asbe attributed to the ~~sum~~Fixed ofIncome Asset Proxy in same proportion that the ~~prior~~Fixed ~~Valuation~~Income ~~Day’s closing~~Asset ~~values~~Proxy ~~of:~~bears to the Strategy Contract Value immediately before the deduction.

The MVA will be capped at the maximum possible positive MVA percentage that if applied on a full surrender of the Contract would decrease the Surrender Value to the minimum non-forfeiture amount, as described below. This guarantees the MVA will never decrease the Contract Surrender Value below the minimum non-forfeiture amount, but it will also limit the positive MVA that may apply to the Surrender Value. For example, if the difference between the Surrender Value following the Withdrawal Charge, but prior to the MVA, is $95,000 and the minimum non-forfeiture amount is $87,500 then the MVA is guaranteed to be no greater than the difference, $7,500, positive or negative. Accordingly, the MVA will result in a payment of no less than $87,500 and no more than $102,500 upon surrender.

Minimum non-forfeiture refers to the minimum value available for surrender under this annuity Contract. The minimum non-forfeiture amount prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be equal to the Premium Payments multiplied by the non-forfeiture factor stated in your Contract, accumulated at the non-forfeiture rate, less taxes and withdrawals, including advisory fee withdrawals. The non-forfeiture rate for funds allocated to the One-Year Fixed Strategy is stated in your Contract. The non-forfeiture rate for funds allocated to an Indexed Strategy is equal to the rate of return of the Indexed Strategy.

The MVA is designed to approximate the change in value of fixed income instruments We hold in support of Our payment obligations under the Contract. MVAs are calculated based on changes in prevailing interest rates. In general, if interest rates increase between the Issue Date and the date of the partial withdrawal, surrender or annuitization, the MVA will decrease the amount you receive. Conversely, if interest rates decline during this period, the MVA will increase the amount you receive.

The MVA Index is a measure of market interest rates. The MVA Index is identified on each Valuation Day during the Withdrawal Charge Period as the sum of the prior Valuation Day's closing values of:

(a) the Daily Constant Maturity Treasury Rate for the fixed maturity time interval equal to the whole number of months remaining in the Withdrawal Charge Period plus

(b) the Option Adjusted Spread of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Intermediate Bond Index

If the Option Adjusted Spread of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Intermediate Bond Index or the Daily Constant Maturity Treasury Rate is not published on a day for which an Index number is required, the nearest preceding published Index number will be used. With respect to the Daily Constant Maturity Treasury Rate, We will use an interpolation method to establish closing values for a fixed maturity time interval equal to the whole number of months remaining in the Withdrawal Charge Period for maturities that are not available.

The MVA is calculated using the following formula:

MVA = A x (B – C) x N/365 where

A = MVA Percentage Factor shown in the Contract;

B = effective annual interest rate equal to MVA Index on the MVA Index Date associated with the withdrawal, surrender or annuitization;

C = effective annual interest rate equal to the MVA Index on the MVA Index Date associated with the Issue Date;

N = number of days remaining in the Withdrawal Charge Period.

Please see MVA Appendix F for Examples.

~~SYSTEMATIC~~For ~~WITHDRAWALS~~example, assume the MVA Index increased by 2.00% halfway through TOthe ~~PAY~~6 ~~ADVISory~~year ~~FEE~~Withdrawal Charge Period for a B-share Contract. In this example, the MVA would be 6.00% (100%*2.00%*1095/365). The MVA and any applicable Withdrawal Charges will reduce your Contract Surrender Value. Please see more detailed examples for MVA in Appendix F.

~~Owners~~SYSTEMATIC ofWITHDRAWALS ~~the~~TO IPAY ~~share~~ADVISORY class may request withdrawals from Contract Value to pay advisory fees up to a maximum rate of 1.5% per annum. This maximum rate will not change after Issue. The financial professional through whom you purchase the Contract, may, manage your Contract Value for an advisory fee. The advisory fee for this service is covered by a separate agreement between the two of you, and is in addition to the fees and expenses of the Contract as described in this prospectus. Deduction of the advisory fee must be administered by means of a systematic withdrawal program that is established specifically for the deduction of advisory fees under this provision of the Contract. Withdrawals may be taken monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually and will be deducted pro rata from the One-Year Fixed Strategy and Indexed Strategies to which Contract Value is allocated at the time of the fee is withdrawn. Each deduction is subject to a minimum withdrawal of $100.00. Withdrawals to pay an advisory fee under the systematic withdrawal program are not subject to the Withdrawal Charge and/or MVA, do not reduce the Free Withdrawal Amount or any Optional Death Benefit Value.FEE

Owners of an I-share 22class Contract may request withdrawals from Contract Value to pay advisory fees up to a maximum rate of 1.5% per annum. This maximum rate will not change after the Issue Date. The financial professional through whom you purchase the Contract, may manage your Contract Value for an advisory fee. The advisory fee for this service is covered by a separate agreement between you and your financial professional, and is in addition to the fees and expenses of the Contract as described in this prospectus. Deduction of the advisory fee must be administered by means of a systematic withdrawal program that is established specifically for the deduction of advisory fees under this provision of the Contract. Withdrawals may be taken monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually and will be deducted pro rata from the One-Year Fixed Strategy and Indexed Strategies to which Contract Value is allocated at the time of the fee is withdrawn. Each deduction is subject to a minimum withdrawal of $100.00. Withdrawals to pay an advisory fee under the systematic withdrawal program are not subject to the Withdrawal Charge and MVA, do not reduce the Free Withdrawal Amount or any Optional Death Benefit Value.

~~Pursuant~~All withdrawals to apay ~~Private~~advisory ~~Letter~~fees ~~Ruling~~from ~~issued~~Indexed ~~to the~~Strategies ~~Company~~are bytaken from the ~~Internal~~Strategy ~~Revenue~~Interim ~~Service,~~Value. WeThey will ~~not~~reduce ~~report~~your ~~any~~Strategy ~~such Partial Withdrawal as a reportable distribution for federal income tax purposes. Such Partial Withdrawals are limited to a maximum of 1.50% of~~ Contract Value ~~per~~and ~~Contract Year. Any amount in excess of that limit~~ will beproportionately ~~treated~~reduce asyour aIndexed ~~regular~~Strategy ~~Partial Withdrawal (i~~Base.~~e.,~~ Such itreductions ~~may~~could be ~~reported as a taxable distribution for federal income tax purposes)~~significant. ~~Once~~This ~~you~~will ~~submit~~reduce aany ~~request~~gains ~~for~~at ~~systematic withdrawals to pay~~ the ~~advisory~~end ~~fee,~~of ~~Partial Withdrawals from your Contract to pay advisory fees will continue, unless you instruct~~ the ~~Company~~Strategy ~~in writing to terminate them~~Term.

WePursuant ~~will~~to ~~not~~a ~~verify~~Private Letter Ruling issued to the ~~fee~~Company ~~amount~~by ~~withdrawn,~~the ~~but~~Internal Revenue Service, We will ~~send~~not ~~you~~report any such partial withdrawal as a ~~confirmation~~taxable distribution for federal income tax purposes. Such partial withdrawals are limited to a maximum of ~~the~~1.50% ~~Partial~~of ~~Withdrawal~~Contract Value per Contract Year. Any amount in excess of that limit will be treated as a regular partial withdrawal (i.e., ~~which~~it may be reported as a taxable distribution for federal income tax purposes). Once you ~~should~~submit a ~~review~~request for systematic withdrawals to ~~verify~~pay the advisory fee, ~~amount~~Partial isWithdrawals ~~accurate~~from your Contract to pay advisory fees will continue, unless you instruct the Company in writing to terminate them.

The Contract Owner may terminate the systematic withdrawal program for the deduction of advisory fees at any time by instructing the Company in writing. Contract Owners may reinstate their systematic withdrawal program by instructing the Company in writing. Contract Owners should contact their financial professional prior to terminating (or, if applicable, reinstating) the systematic withdrawal program.

Advisory fees taken outside of the systematic withdrawal program as a partial withdrawal are subject to Withdrawal Charges and Market Value Adjustments. This will reduce your Free Withdrawal Amount and any Optional Death Benefit Value.

Advisory fee withdrawals that reduce the Contract Value below the minimum Contract Value may result in a termination of the Contract and We will pay you the Surrender Value.

CONTRACT CHARGES

You may incur the following charges under your Contract:

● Withdrawal Charge;

● MVA; or

● optional Return of Premium Death Benefit Charges

Additionally, if you take a withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy prior to the end of the Strategy Term, the amount of your withdrawal will be based on the Strategy Interim Value, which may be less than the Strategy Contract Value at the end of the Strategy Term. You may lose up to 100% of your Contract Value in an Indexed Strategy by taking a withdrawal prior to the end of the Strategy Term. It is possible to lose your entire principal investment and any earnings over the life of your Contract.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

~~You~~A ~~may~~Withdrawal ~~take~~Charge ~~partial~~may ~~withdrawals~~be orimposed ~~surrender your~~when ~~Contract~~you ~~(i.e.,~~ take a ~~full~~partial ~~withdrawal)~~or atsurrender your ~~any~~Contract ~~time~~or annuitize during the ~~Accumulation~~Withdrawal Charge Period. A Withdrawal Charge ~~may~~does benot ~~imposed~~apply ~~when~~to ~~you~~amounts ~~take a~~payable ~~partial~~as ora ~~full~~Death ~~withdrawal during the Withdrawal Charge Period~~Benefit. After the Withdrawal Charge Period, there are no Withdrawal Charges under the Contract.

If a Withdrawal Charge applies to a withdrawal, the charge will be a percentage of the amount withdrawn in excess of your Free Withdrawal Amount. See “Free Withdrawal Amount” below. If you take a partial withdrawal, We will deduct the Withdrawal Charge from the amount withdrawn (Gross Withdrawal) unless you tell Us to deduct the Withdrawal Charge from your remaining Contract Value (Net Withdrawal). If your remaining Contract Value is not sufficient to pay the Withdrawal Charge, We will deduct the Withdrawal Charge from the amount withdrawn. If you take a full withdrawal, the Withdrawal Charge is calculated as part of your Surrender Value.41

~~The~~If ~~applicable~~a Withdrawal Charge ~~percentage~~applies to a withdrawal, the charge will be a ~~depend~~percentage onof the ~~Contract~~amount ~~Year~~withdrawn in excess of your Free Withdrawal Amount. See "Free Withdrawal Amount" below. Partial withdrawals, full surrender and annuitization, if made or taken during ~~which~~a Strategy Term, are subject to an adjustment based on the ~~withdrawal~~Strategy isInterim Value ~~taken~~and may be subject to Withdrawal Charges and MVAs. If you take a partial withdrawal, We will deduct the Withdrawal Charge from the amount withdrawn (Gross Withdrawal) unless you tell Us to deduct the Withdrawal Charge from your ~~share~~remaining ~~class~~Contract Value (Net Withdrawal). If ~~The~~your ~~schedule~~remaining ~~below~~Contract ~~sets~~Value ~~forth~~is not sufficient to pay the Withdrawal Charge ~~percentages~~, ~~under~~We will deduct the Withdrawal Charge from the amount withdrawn. If you surrender your Contract:, the Withdrawal Charge is calculated as part of your Surrender Value.

Contract Year	Withdrawal Charge Percentage
	B-Share	I-Share
1	[9]%	[0]%
2	[8]%	[0]%
3	[7]%	[0]%
4	[6]%	[0]%
5	[5]%	[0]%
6	[4]%	[0]%
7+	[0]%	[0]%

Withdrawal Charge Percentage

The applicable Withdrawal Charge ~~compensates~~percentage Uswill ~~for~~depend ~~expenses incurred~~on inthe ~~connection~~Contract ~~with~~Year during which the ~~promotion,~~withdrawal ~~sale,~~is taken and ~~distribution~~the ofshare ~~the~~class ~~Contracts~~of your Contract. WeThe ~~may~~schedule ~~use~~below ~~revenue~~sets ~~generated~~forth ~~from~~the Withdrawal ~~Charges for~~Charge ~~any~~percentages ~~legitimate~~under ~~corporate~~the ~~purpose.~~Contract:

	Withdrawal Charge Percentage
Contract Year	B-Share			I-Share
1		8	%		2	%
2		8	%		2	%
3		7	%		2	%
4		6	%		2	%
5		5	%		2	%
6		4	%		2	%
7+		0	%		0	%

There is a Withdrawal Charge Period of six years for the B-share and the I-share Contract, during which Withdrawal Charges and MVAs may apply.

The Withdrawal Charge compensates Us for expenses incurred in connection with the promotion, sale, and distribution of the Contract. We may use revenue generated from Withdrawal Charges for any legitimate corporate purpose.

Free Withdrawal Amount

During the Withdrawal Charge Period, you may take withdrawals during each Contract Year up to your Free Withdrawal Amount without the imposition of Withdrawal Charges and the MVA. Any aggregate withdrawals in excess of your Free Withdrawal Amount may be subject to a Withdrawal Charge and the MVA. The Free Withdrawal Amount does not apply after the Withdrawal Charge Period because there are no Withdrawal Charges under the Contract after the Withdrawal Charge Period.

We determine your Free Withdrawal Amount on the Issue Date and on each Contract Anniversary during the Withdrawal Charge Period. ~~For~~We ~~B share,~~ determine your Free Withdrawal Amount ~~equals~~on ~~[10%] of~~the ~~your~~Issue ~~Premium~~Date ~~Payment~~and on each Contract Anniversary during the Withdrawal Charge Period. Your Free Withdrawal Amount equals (a) for the first Contract Year, ~~and~~ the greater of [(i) 10%] of ~~the~~your ~~Contract~~Premium ~~Value~~Payment ~~on the prior Contract Anniversary~~ or (ii) the Required Minimum Distribution for your Contract for the Calendar Year at the beginning of the Contract Year, and (b) for all ~~other~~subsequent Contract ~~Years.~~ ~~For I share~~Years, ~~your~~the ~~Free~~greater of ~~Withdrawal~~(i) ~~Amount equals [0~~10%] of ~~your~~the ~~Premium~~Contract ~~Payment~~Value ~~during~~on the ~~first~~prior Contract ~~Year~~Anniversary ~~and~~or (ii) the Required Minimum Distribution for your Contract for the Calendar Year at the beginning of the Contract Year ~~for all other Contract Years~~.

For ~~illustrations~~example, ~~see~~assume ~~“Appendix~~you purchase E:a ~~Examples Illustrating~~Contract ~~Calculation~~for a total of $200,000 of premium. In the ~~Withdrawal~~first ~~Charge~~Contract ~~and~~Year, assuming the Required Minimum Distribution was $9,000, your Free Withdrawal Amount would be $20,000 (10% of your Premium Payment) as that is greater than the Required Minimum Distribution.” Now assume your Contract Value at the end of year 1 is $220,000. Assuming the Required Minimum Distribution was $10,000, your Free Withdrawal Amount would be $22,000 (10% of Contract Value on the prior Contract Anniversary, which is greater than the Required Minimum Distribution) in Contract Year 2.

Finally, assume your Contract Value at the end of year 1 is $180,000. Assuming the Required Minimum Distribution was $8,000, your Free Withdrawal Amount would be $18,000 (10% of Contract Value on the prior Contract Anniversary, which is greater than the Required Minimum Distribution) in Contract Year 2.

For illustrations, see “Appendix E: Examples Illustrating Calculation of the Withdrawal Charge and Free Withdrawal Amount (FWA).”

Examples of Withdrawal Charges

Example for Contracts issued before May 1, 2024

Assume your Free Withdrawal Amount is $10,000 and your MVA percentage is 4% and Withdrawal Charge percentage of 5%. If you request a Net Withdrawal (net of Withdrawal Charges and MVA) in the amount of $25,000, We will calculate the Gross Withdrawal necessary to achieve the Net Withdrawal request. In this example, the Gross Withdrawal would be $26,483.52. The gross partial withdrawal is calculated as the [Net Withdrawal – Remaining FWA * (Withdrawal Charge percentage + MVA Percentage)] / (1 – Withdrawal Charge Percentage – MVA Percentage) = [$25,000 – $10,000 * (5% + 4%)] / (1 – 5% – 4%) = $26,483.52. The Withdrawal Charge is $824.18 (5% of Gross Withdrawal less Free Withdrawal Amount). The MVA is $659.34 (4% of Gross Withdrawal less Free Withdrawal Amount). The Net Withdrawal is $25,000 which is equal to the Gross Withdrawal less the Withdrawal Charge less the MVA ($26,483.52 – $824.18 – $659.34).

Another example would assume your Free Withdrawal Amount is $10,000, your MVA percentage is 4% and the Withdrawal Charge Percentage is 5%. If you request a Gross Withdrawal (prior to Withdrawal Charges and MVA) in the amount of $25,000, the Withdrawal Charge is $750 (5% of Gross Withdrawal less Free Withdrawal Amount). The MVA is $600 (4% of Gross Withdrawal less Free Withdrawal Amount). The amount received by the client, Net Withdrawal, would be $23,650 ($25,000 – $750 – $600), which is equal to the Gross Withdrawal less the Withdrawal Charge less the MVA.

Withdrawal Charges and MVA will also apply if you annuitize during the Withdrawal Charge Period. For example, assume your Contract Value is $100,000, your Free Withdrawal Amount is $10,000, your MVA percentage is 4%, and the Withdrawal Charge percentage is 5%, and you elect to annuitize your Contract. You must apply the full Contract Value (less any applicable Withdrawal Charge, MVA, and premium taxes) to the annuity option. The Withdrawal Charge is calculated as the Contract Value less the Free Withdrawal Amount multiplied by the Withdrawal Charge percentage (($100,000 – $10,000) * 5% = $4,500), and the MVA is calculated as the Contract Value less the Free Withdrawal Amount multiplied by the MVA percentage (($100,000 - $10,000) * 4% = $3600). Assuming premium taxes are $0, the amount applied to the annuity option your elect will be $91,900 ($100,000 – $4,500 – $3,600).

Example for Contracts issued on or after May 1, 2024

Assume your Free Withdrawal Amount is $10,000 and your MVA percentage is 4% and Withdrawal Charge percentage of 5%. Moreover, all Contract Value is allocated to Indexed Strategies only. Your total Strategy Interim Value is $100,000, and the portion of your total Strategy Interim Value allocable to Fixed Income Asset Proxy is $95,000. If you request a Net Withdrawal (net of Withdrawal Charges and MVA) in the amount of $25,000, We will calculate the Gross Withdrawal necessary to achieve the Net Withdrawal request. In this example, the Gross Withdrawal would be $26,447.37. The gross partial withdrawal is calculated as the [Net Withdrawal – Remaining FWA * (Withdrawal Charge percentage + (Fixed Income Asset Proxy / Strategy Contract Value) * MVA Percentage)] / [1 – Withdrawal Charge Percentage – (Fixed Income Asset Proxy / Strategy Contract Value) * MVA Percentage] = [$25,000 – $10,000 * (5% + $95,000/$100,000 * 4%)] / [1 – 5% – ($95,000 / $100,000) * 4%] = $26,447.37. The Withdrawal Charge is $822.37 (5% of Gross Withdrawal less Free Withdrawal Amount). The MVA is $625.00 (4% of Gross Withdrawal attributed to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy less Free Withdrawal Amount attributed to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy, ($25,125.00 – $9,500.00) *.04 = $625.00. The Net Withdrawal is $25,000 which is equal to the Gross Withdrawal less the Withdrawal Charge less the MVA, $26,447.37 – $822.37 – $625.00.

Another example would assume your Free Withdrawal Amount is $10,000 and your MVA percentage is 4% and Withdrawal Charge percentage of 5%. Moreover, All Contract Value is allocated to Indexed Strategies only; Strategy Interim Value is $100,000 and Fixed Income Asset Proxy is $95,000. If you request a Gross Withdrawal (prior to Withdrawal Charges and MVA) in the amount of $25,000, the Amount Subject to Withdrawal Charge is $15,000.00 (Gross Withdrawal less Free Withdrawal Amount), the Amount Subject to MVA Charge is $14,250.00 (Gross Withdrawal Amount attributed to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy less Free Withdrawal Amount attributed to the Fixed Income Asset Proxy) . Thus, the Withdrawal Charge is $750 (5% of Amount Subject to Withdrawal Charge). The MVA is $570 (4% of Amount Subject to MVA Charge). The amount received by the client, Net Withdrawal, would be $23,680.00 ($25,000.00 – $750.00 – $570.00), which is equal to the Gross Withdrawal less the Withdrawal Charge less the MVA.

Withdrawal Charges and MVA will also apply if you annuitize during the Withdrawal Charge Period. For example, assume your Contract Value is $100,000, and all Contract Value is allocated to Indexed Strategies only (Strategy Interim Value is $100,000 and Fixed Income Asset Proxy is $95,000, so Fixed Income Asset Proxy Ratio is 0.95). Your Free Withdrawal Amount is $10,000, your MVA percentage is 4%, and the Withdrawal Charge percentage is 5%, and you elect to annuitize your Contract. You must apply the full Contract Value (less any applicable Withdrawal Charge, MVA, and premium taxes) to the annuity option. The Withdrawal Charge is calculated as the Contract Value less the Free Withdrawal Amount multiplied by the Withdrawal Charge percentage (($100,000 – $10,000) * 5% = $4,500), and the MVA is calculated as the Contract Value less the Free Withdrawal Amount multiplied by the product of Fixed Income Asset Proxy Ratio and MVA percentage (($100,000 - $10,000) * 0.95 * 4% = $3,420). Assuming premium taxes are $0, the amount applied to the annuity option your elect will be $92,080 ($100,000 – $4,500 – $3,420).

Calculation of the MVA percentage in the examples above

In each of the examples above, the MVA percentage is calculated using the following formula:

MVA Percentage = A x (B – C) x N/365 where

A = MVA percentage factor shown in the Contract;

B = effective annual interest rate equal to MVA Index on the MVA Index Date associated with the withdrawal, surrender or annuitization;

C = effective annual interest rate equal to the MVA Index on the MVA Index Date associated with the Issue Date;

N = number of days remaining in the Withdrawal Charge Period.

The MVA percentage may be positive, negative or zero. The MVA percentage will be capped at the maximum possible positive MVA percentage that if applied on a full surrender of the Contract would decrease the Surrender Value to the minimum non-forfeiture amount.

From the preceding examples, assume the following:

A = 100%

B = 3.00%

C = 0.899%

N = 695

MVA Percentage = 100% * (3.00% – 0.899%) * 695 / 365 = 4.00%

BAILOUT WAIVER

~~Every~~The ~~strategy except the six year Indexed Strategies includes a~~ bailout waiver ~~provision~~provides ~~which~~option isto ansurrender ~~option~~or totake ~~cancel~~a ~~your~~partial ~~annuity~~withdrawal from your Contract without Withdrawal Charges and a MVA, if the upside Crediting Rate for an Indexed Strategy ~~Parameter~~ for that Strategy Term is set less favorable than the bailout rate for that strategy.

If, after the first Contract Year and during the Withdrawal Charge Period, an ~~this~~Indexed ~~Contract~~Strategy ~~has~~provides afor ~~Qualifying~~an upside Crediting Rate for a Strategy Term inthat ~~the~~is ~~current~~less ~~Contract~~than ~~Year~~the onbailout ~~any~~rate ~~eligible~~ for that strategy, then no Withdrawal Charges orand MVA, if otherwise applicable, will apply to any withdrawals during that Contract Year. AnThe ~~eligible~~bailout rate for each eligible strategy is ~~any~~in ~~One-Year~~your ~~Fixed~~Contract. orPartial withdrawals and full surrenders in connection with a bailout waiver are based on the Strategy Interim Value. Any Contract Value allocated to the Indexed Strategy ~~that~~will isbe ~~listed~~based inon the ~~Contract~~Strategy asInterim ~~eligible~~Value, ~~for~~which ~~this~~will ~~benefit~~always reflect ~~and~~lower gains, if the Index is ~~also~~performing ~~and~~positively ~~currently available~~than ~~for~~would ~~allocation~~apply at the end of the Strategy Term. Any partial withdrawals in connection with the ~~Contract~~bailout waiver will be taken proportionately across all Indexed Strategies.

For all eligible strategies, a Qualifying Crediting Rate is a Crediting Rate for each Strategy Term in the current Contract Year that is less than the bailout rate for that strategy. A Crediting Rate that is greater than or equal to the bailout rate is not a Qualifying Crediting Rate for that strategy.43

~~Funds~~If ~~are~~the ~~not~~upside ~~required~~Crediting toRate befor ~~allocated~~an Indexed Strategy is greater than or equal to the bailout rate, it is not eligible ~~strategy~~for ~~with~~the bailout waiver. Six year Indexed Strategies do not have a bailout rate, however if the ~~Qualifying~~upside Crediting Rate inis ~~order~~set ~~for~~less ~~this~~favorable than the bailout torate ~~apply.~~for ~~The~~any ~~waiver~~eligible ~~will~~strategy, ~~apply~~a ~~automatically~~full tosurrender ~~any~~or partial withdrawal orwithout ~~surrender~~Withdrawal ~~request~~Charges ~~that~~and ~~occurs~~MVA ~~during~~will also apply for the six year Indexed Strategies. Six year Indexed Strategies do not have a ~~Contract~~bailout waiver ~~Year~~because inWithdrawal ~~which~~Charges and MVAs do not apply after the ~~bailout~~sixth ~~provision~~Contract Year.

-You 23do -not have to allocate your Contract Value to the Indexed Strategy that is eligible for the bailout waiver in order for you to exercise the bailout waiver and surrender your Contract. The waiver will apply automatically to any withdrawal or surrender request that occurs during a Contract Year in which the bailout provision is triggered for any Indexed Strategy. Withdrawal Charges and any applicable MVA as stated in the Contract will apply if there are no Indexed Strategies that are eligible for the bailout waiver for that Contract Year.

isNURSING ~~triggered.~~HOME ~~Withdrawal Charges and any applicable MVA as stated in the Contract will apply if there are no Qualifying Crediting Rates for any eligible strategies.~~WAIVER

If you are confined to an Approved Nursing Facility, Withdrawal Charges ~~Home~~and ~~Waiver~~MVA will be waived for a partial withdrawal or full surrender if you or the joint Owner, or Annuitant in the case of a non-natural Owner, are confined for at least 90 calendar days to an Approved Nursing Facility which: (i) provides skilled nursing care under the supervision of a physician; and (ii) has 24 hour a day nursing services by or under the supervision of a registered nurse; and (iii) keeps a daily medical record of each patient.

If you are confined to an Approved Nursing Facility — Withdrawal Charges and MVA will be waived for a partial withdrawal or full surrender if you or the joint Owner, or Annuitant in the case of a non-natural Owner, are confined for at least 90 calendar days to an Approved Nursing Facility which: (i) provides skilled nursing care under the supervision of a physician; and (ii) has 24 hour a day nursing services by or under the supervision of a registered nurse; and (iii) keeps a daily medical record of each patient.

For this waiver to apply, you must:

• ● have owned the Contract continuously since it was issued,

• ● provide written proof of your eligibility ~~satisfactory~~ satisfactory to us, and

• ● request a partial withdrawal or the full surrender within ninety-one calendar days after the last day that you are an eligible patient in a recognized facility or nursing home.

This waiver is not available if the Owner or the joint Owner is in a facility or nursing home when you purchase the Contract. We will waive any Withdrawal Charges and MVA for a partial withdrawal or full surrender of your Contract while you are in an Approved Nursing Facility. This waiver can be used any time after the first 90 days in an Approved Nursing Facility up until 91 days after exiting such a facility. This waiver may not be available in all states. Please refer to Appendix A for all state variations.

~~Terminal~~TERMINAL ~~Illness Waiver~~ILLNESS WAIVER

After the first Contract Year, if you have been diagnosed with a terminal illness, —any Withdrawal Charges and MVA will be waived for a partial withdrawal or full surrender of your Contract if you or the joint Owner, or Annuitant in the case of a non-natural Owner, were diagnosed by a qualifying Physician with a life expectancy of 12 months or less.

For this waiver to apply, you must:

• ● provide written proof of your terminal illness satisfactory to Us (We reserve the right to require a secondary medical opinion by a qualifying Physician of Our choosing in which We will pay for such secondary medical opinion), and

• ● request a partial withdrawal or the full surrender of your Contract.

This waiver will terminate upon a change of any beneficial Owner. This waiver may not be available in all states. Please refer to Appendix A for all state variations.

A Physician means a medical doctor who is licensed by the state in which he/she practices medicine and is not a member of the Owner’'s family.

OPTIONAL RETURN OF PREMIUM DEATH BENEFIT CHARGES

The Rider Charge will be assessed at the end of the Contract Year and may vary by Issue Age:

Return of Premium Annual Rider Charge	~~Return of Premium Annual Rider Charge~~
Issue Age	~~B-Share~~	IB-Share			I-Share
[0 – 49]	[0.15%]	[0.15%]
0 – 70			0.20	%		0.20	%
[50 – 54]	[0.15%]	[0.15%]
71+			0.50	%		0.50	%
[55 – 59]	[0.15%]	[0.15%]
[60 – 64]	[0.15%]	[0.15%]
[65 – 69]	[0.15%]	[0.15%]
[70 – 74]	[0.15%]	[0.15%]
[75 – 79]	[0.15%]	[0.15%]
[80+]	[0.15%]	[0.15%]

The calculation for the amount of the annual Rider Charge is: annual Rider Charge multiplied by the Optional Death Benefit Value. See description of the optional Death Benefit in the Death Benefit section for the definition of the Optional Death Benefit Value. As the Rider Charge for an ~~Optional~~optional Return of Premium Death Benefit is not assessed until the end of the Contract Year as opposed to the beginning of the Contract Year, if the ~~contract~~Contract is surrendered or the rider is terminated before the Contract Anniversary in a given year, a prorated Rider Charge is assessed.

See Appendix G for examples illustrating calculations of the optional Return of Premium Death Benefit, including the prorated Rider Charge.

ANNUITY PAYMENTS

~~Annuity~~ANNUITY ~~Period~~PERIOD

If your Contract enters the Annuity Period, We will make Annuity Payments to the Owner based on the annuity option that you select. The value of the Annuity Payments that We make will depend in part on your Contract Value on the Annuity Commencement Date.

~~Annuity~~ANNUITY ~~Payments~~PAYMENTS

You may begin Annuity Payments at any time after the first Contract Anniversary. Annuity Payments must begin by the Contract Maturity Date, which is the later of the tenth Contract Anniversary or the Contract Anniversary following the oldest Owner’'s 95th birthday. If the Owner is a non-natural person, the Annuity Commencement Date is determined by reference to the oldest Annuitant’'s birthday. The Company may agree to a request to delay the Annuity Commencement Date for one year, provided the request is received within 120 days of the Contract Maturity Date. Delaying your Annuity Commencement Date may have tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before making a request. If you do not select an annuity option by the Contract Maturity Date, your Contract Value will be applied to a Life Annuity with Cash Refund, as described below.

-You 24must apply full Contract Value (less any applicable Withdrawal Charge, MVA, and premium taxes) to the annuity option. Annuity Payments may be paid on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, subject to a minimum modal amount of $100. All Annuity Payments will be made on a fixed basis.

Contract Maturity Date. Delaying your Annuity Commencement Date may have tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before making a request. If you do not select an annuity option by the Contract Maturity Date, your Contract Value will be applied to a Life Annuity with Cash Refund, as described below.

You must apply full Contract Value (less any applicable Withdrawal Charge, MVA, and Premium Taxes) to the annuity option. Annuity Payments may be paid on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, subject to a minimum modal amount of $100. All Annuity Payments will be made on a fixed basis.

When do your Annuity Payouts begin?

Contract Value (minus any applicable premium taxes), MVA, Withdrawal Charges and prorated Rider Charges) will be annuitized on the Annuity Commencement Date. If your Annuity Commencement Date is during a Strategy Term, your Contract Value will be determined based on the Strategy Interim Value, which could be less than your investment even when the Index is performing positively. The Strategy Interim Value may reflect lower gains, if the Index is performing positively, and higher losses, if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.

Your Annuity Commencement Date cannot be earlier than your first Contract Anniversary. In no event, however, may the Annuity Commencement Date be later than:

• ● The later of the ~~contact~~Contact Anniversary immediately following the oldest Owner’'s 95th birthday (or if the Owner is a non-natural person, the oldest Annuitant’'s 95th birthday) or 10 years from the Contract Issue Date (subject to state variation);

• ● The Annuity Commencement Date stated in an extension request received by Us not less than thirty days prior to a scheduled Annuity Commencement Date.

Extending your Annuity Commencement Date may have tax consequences. You should consult a qualified tax advisor before doing so.

We reserve the right, at Our discretion, to refuse to extend your Annuity Commencement Date regardless of whether We may have granted extensions in the past to you or other similarly situated investors. We will not extend the Annuity Commencement Date beyond the ~~contact~~Contact ~~anniversary~~ Anniversary immediately following the oldest Owner’'s 100th birthday., or, Ifif the Owner is a non-natural person, the Annuitant’'s 100th birthday.

Except as otherwise provided, the Annuity Calculation Date is when the amount of your Annuity Payment is determined. This occurs within five Valuation Days before your selected Annuity Commencement Date. If your Annuity Commencement Date is during a Strategy Term your Contract Value will be determined based on the Strategy Interim Value.

All Annuity Payments, regardless of frequency, will occur on the same day of the month as the Annuity Commencement Date. After the initial payout, if an Annuity Payment date falls on a non-Valuation Day, the Annuity Payment is computed on the prior Valuation Day. If the Annuity Payment date does not occur in a given month due to a leap year or months with only thirty days (i.e. the 31^st), the Annuity Payment will be computed on the last Valuation Day of the month.

Which Annuity Payout Option do you want to use?

Your Contract contains the Annuity Payment options described below. However, certain Annuity Payment options and/or certain period durations may not be available, depending on the age of the Annuitant and whether your Contract is a qualified ~~contract~~Contract that is subject to limitations under the Required Minimum Distribution ~~rules~~ rules of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. We may at times offer other Annuity Payment options. We may change these Annuity Payment options at any time. Once We begin to make Annuity Payments, the Annuity Payment option cannot be changed.

If any Owner or Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and before all benefits under the Annuity Payment option you selected have been paid, We generally will pay any remaining portion of such benefits at least as rapidly as under the Annuity Payment option in effect when the Owner or Annuitant died. However, in the case of a qualified Contract, the Required Minimum Distribution rules of Code Section 401(a)(9) may require any remaining ~~portion~~ portion of such benefits to be paid more rapidly than originally scheduled. In that regard, it is important to understand that in the case of a qualified Contract, once Annuity Payments start under an Annuity Option it may be necessary to modify those payments following the Annuitant’s death in order to comply with the Required Minimum Distribution rules. See the section in this prospectus on Information Regarding IRAs.

it may be necessary to modify those payments following the Annuitant's death in order to comply with the Required Minimum Distribution rules. See the section in this prospectus on Information Regarding IRAs.

The following annuity options are available under the Contract:

Option 1: Life Annuity with Cash Refund

We will make Annuity Payments as long as the Annuitant is living. When the Annuitant dies, We will calculate the sum of all Annuity Payments that were made. If the sum of such Annuity Payments at the time of the Annuitant’'s death does not equal or exceed the Contract Value (minus any applicable premium taxes) at the time of annuitization, We will pay the Beneficiary the difference between the sum of the Annuity Payments and the Contract Value (minus any applicable premium taxes) at annuitization.

Option 2: Life Annuity

We make Annuity Payments as long as the Annuitant is living. When the Annuitant dies, We stop making Annuity Payments. A payee would receive only one Annuity Payment if the Annuitant dies after the first Annuity Payment, two Annuity Payments if the Annuitant dies after the second Annuity Payment and so forth. A payee would receive zero Annuity Payments if the Annuitant dies before the first Annuity Payment.

Option 3: Life Annuity with Guaranteed Payments for 10 Years

We will make Annuity Payments as long as the Annuitant is living, but We at least guarantee to make Annuity Payments for 10 years. If the Annuitant dies before 10 years have passed, then the Beneficiary may elect to continue Annuity Payments for the remainder of the guaranteed number of years.

Option 4: Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity

We will make Annuity Payments for as long as the Annuitant and the joint Annuitant are living. When one Annuitant dies, We continue to make Annuity Payments until the second Annuitant dies. A payee would receive zero Annuity Payments if the Annuitant and joint Annuitant dies before the first Annuity Payment.

-For 25a -qualified Contract, the Joint and Last Survivor Annuity option is only available when the joint Annuitant is a spouse or not more than 10 years younger than the Annuitant.

For qualified Contracts, the Joint and Last Survivor Annuity option is only available when the joint Annuitant is a spouse or not more than 10 years younger than the Annuitant.

Option 5: Joint and Survivor Life Annuity with Annuity Guaranteed Payments for 10 Years

We will make Annuity Payments as long as either the Annuitant or joint Annuitant are living, but We at least guarantee to make Annuity Payments for 10 years. If the Annuitant and the joint Annuitant both die before ten years have passed, then the Beneficiary may continue Annuity Payments for the remainder of the guaranteed number of years.

For a qualified ~~Contracts~~Contract, the Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Guaranteed Payments for 10 Years option is only available when the joint Annuitant is a spouse, or not more than 10 years younger than the Annuitant.

Option 6: Guaranteed Payment Period Annuity.

We agree to make payments for a specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years. The maximum period that you can select is 30 years. These time periods are subject to applicable RMD limits. If, at the death of the Annuitant, Annuity Payments have been made for less than the time period selected, then the Beneficiary may elect to continue the remaining Annuity Payments.

For a qualified ~~Contracts~~Contract, We agree to make payments for a specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years. The maximum period that you can select is 30 years. If, at the death of the Annuitant, Annuity Payments have been made for less than the time period selected, an eligible designated Beneficiary may elect to continue the remaining Annuity Payments. If the Beneficiary is not an eligible designated Beneficiary, the remaining Annuity Payments must be taken within ten years from the date of death of the Annuitant, or the Beneficiary will receive the Commuted Value in one sum.

DEATH BENEFIT

STANDARD DEATH BENEFIT

If the Owner, ~~Joint~~joint Owner or, in the case of a non-natural Owner, the Annuitant dies during the Accumulation Period, We will pay a standard Death Benefit equal to your Contract Value as of two Valuation Days from the Valuation Day on which We receive Due Proof of Death and in Good Order payment instructions from at least one of the Beneficiaries and all information We need to process the claim. If the ~~Joint~~joint Owner is living, the Death Benefit is payable to the surviving ~~Joint~~joint Owner. If there is no surviving ~~Joint~~joint Owner, the Death Benefit is payable to the designated Beneficiary(ies). If there are no designated Beneficiary or the Beneficiary predeceased the Owner, the Death Benefit is payable to the Owner’'s Estate. Death Benefit payments, if made from an Indexed Strategy during a Strategy Term, are based on the Strategy Interim Value. Any Contract Value allocated to the Indexed Strategy will be based on the Strategy Interim Value, which may reflect lower gains, if the Index is performing positively, and greater losses, if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.

Contract Value will remain allocated to the One-Year Fixed Strategy and the Indexed Strategies until We receive Due Proof of Death and in Good Order payment instructions from the Beneficiaries. This means that the Death Benefit amount will continue to fluctuate with the performance of the Indexed Strategies. Eligible recipients of the Death Benefit should notify Us of an Owner’s death and provide Us Due Proof of Death as promptly as possible to limit the risk of a decline in the Death Benefit.46

Contract Value will remain allocated to the One-Year Fixed Strategy and the Indexed Strategies until We receive Due Proof of Death and in Good Order payment instructions from the Beneficiaries. This means that the Death Benefit amount will continue to fluctuate with the performance of the Indexed Strategies. Eligible recipients of the Death Benefit should notify Us of an Owner's death and provide Us Due Proof of Death as promptly as possible to limit the risk of a decline in the Death Benefit.

OPTIONAL RETURN OF PREMIUM DEATH BENEFIT

We currently offer an optional Return of Premium Death Benefit for an additional charge, which is available for election on the Issue Date or following ~~Spousal~~spousal ~~Continuation~~continuation, subject to the election rules then in place. The amount payable under this optional Death Benefit before the Annuity Commencement Date is the greater of the standard Death Benefit and the Optional Death Benefit Value. In no event may the payment of an optional Death Benefit exceed the standard Death Benefit plus $1 million.

The Return of Premium Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit equal to the greater of the Contract Value and the Premium Payment made under the Contract adjusted proportionally for any ~~partial~~ ~~withdrawals~~Gross Withdrawals (the Return of Premium Base). The initial Return of Premium Base is equal to the Premium Payment, if elected at Issue, or the Contract Value, if elected after Issue (on ~~Spousal~~spousal ~~Continuation~~continuation). The Return of Premium Base will not be adjusted for any withdrawal allowed under the Contract to pay an ~~RIA~~advisory fee.

If you elect the Return of Premium Death Benefit, We will assess an annual Rider Charge at the end of the Contract Year prior to the application of any Index Credit, which is the Rider Charge percentage multiplied by the Optional Death Benefit Value. The Optional Death Benefit Value is equal to the Return of Premium Base. Upon full surrender or rider termination, We will assess a prorated Rider Charge. We will deduct the charge proportionally from the One-Year Fixed Strategy and Indexed Strategies to which you have allocated Contract Value. Charges assessed on Indexed Strategies will reduce the Indexed Strategy Base. The Rider Charge will not be assessed on partial withdrawals, the payment of a Death Benefit or annuitization.

For example, assume upon death of the Owner the Contract Value has decreased to $77,000 from the original premium of $100,000. Assuming no withdrawals were taken, upon Due Proof of Death the Beneficiary will receive the greater of the Contract Value or the Premium Payments upon lump sum request, in this example the Premium Payment of $100,000.

The optional Return of Premium Death Benefit terminates upon change of ownership or assignment of the Contract, commencement of payments under an annuity option, and termination of your Contract.

If the Death Benefit payment is the Contract Value, if it is made from an Indexed Strategy during a Strategy Term, it will be based on the Strategy Interim Value, which may reflect lower gains, if the Index is performing positively, and greater losses if the Index is performing negatively, than would apply at the end of the Strategy Term.

See Appendix G for a description of how the Return of Premium Death Benefit is calculated.

Death of Annuitant. Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, ifupon the ~~Annuitant~~death isof ~~deceased~~the Annuitant the Owner becomes the Annuitant,. ~~the~~The Owner may designate a new Annuitant. If this Contract is owned by a non-natural person (e.g., a corporation or a trust), the death of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of an Owner for purposes of the Death Benefit.

ToTO ~~Whom~~WHOM ~~the~~THE ~~Death Benefit~~DEATH isBENEFIT ~~Paid~~IS PAID

Upon the death of a natural Owner during the Accumulation Period, the Death Benefit is payable to the following:

• ● The ~~non-natural~~surviving joint Owner; or if none,

• ● Surviving primary Beneficiaries; or if none, then ~~• Surviving contingent Beneficiaries~~

● Surviving contingent Beneficiaries

For a Contract owned by a non-natural Owner, upon the death of the Annuitant during the Accumulation Period, the Death Benefit is payable to the following:

• ● Surviving primary Beneficiaries; or if none, then

-● Surviving 26contingent -Beneficiaries; or if none, then

•● The ~~Surviving~~non-natural ~~contingent Beneficiaries; or if none, then~~Owner.

•If ~~The~~a ~~non-natural~~person ~~Owner~~entitled to receive the Death Benefit dies before the Death Benefit is distributed, We will pay the Death Benefit to that person's named Beneficiary or, if none, to that person's estate.

IfPAYMENT ~~a person entitled to receive the Death Benefit dies before the Death Benefit is distributed, We will pay the Death Benefit to that person’s named beneficiary or, if none, to that person’s estate.~~OPTIONS

~~Payment~~We ~~Options~~will determine the value of the Death Benefit as of two Valuation Days from the Valuation Day on which We receive Due Proof of Death and in Good Order payment instructions from at least one of the Beneficiaries and all information We need to process the claim. The Death Benefit is not subject to the Withdrawal Charge or the MVA. Death Benefit payments, if made from an Indexed Strategy during a Strategy Term, are based on the Strategy Interim Value. Any Contract Value allocated to the Indexed Strategy will be based on the

We will determine the value of the Death Benefit as of two Valuation Days from the Valuation Day on which We receive Due Proof of Death and in Good Order payment instructions from at least one of the Beneficiaries and all information We need to process the claim. The Death Benefit is not subject to the Withdrawal Charge or the MVA.47

~~The~~Strategy ~~Beneficiary~~Interim ~~may~~Value, ~~elect~~which tomay ~~receive~~reflect ~~the~~lower ~~Death Benefit in a lump sum~~gains, aif ~~series of payments over~~ the ~~Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy or as an Annuity Payment through an~~Index ~~available~~is ~~annuity~~performing ~~option.~~positively, ~~These~~and ~~payment~~higher ~~options~~losses, ~~may~~if ~~not satisfy RMDs under qualified contracts. See~~ the ~~“Federal~~Index ~~Tax~~is ~~Considerations” section~~performing ~~for~~negatively, ~~more~~than ~~information.~~would Aapply ~~Beneficiary~~at ~~that takes~~ the ~~Death~~end ~~Benefit in a series~~ of ~~payments may make transfers among~~ the ~~One-Year Fixed~~ Strategy ~~and the Indexed Strategy~~Term. Amounts that remain allocated to an Indexed Strategy may decrease in value. A surviving spouse who is a sole Beneficiary may continue the Contract maintaining its characteristics. See “Spousal Continuation”. We will make any adjustment to the Death Benefit prior to the continuation. If the Death Benefit is payable to the Owner’s estate, We will make a lump sum payment.

Under a non-qualified Contract, if the Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a non-natural Owner) dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit will be paid in a lump sum and the entire interest must be distributed within five years of the Owner's death (or Annuitant's death in the case of a non-natural Owner); If the Beneficiary is an individual, they can elect to receive a series of payments or Annuity Payments under an annuity option over the Beneficiary's remaining life or over a period not extending beyond the Beneficiary's life expectancy provided such payments begin within one year of death. Qualified Contracts are subject to special after-death distribution rules. See the "Federal Tax Considerations" section for more information. A Beneficiary that takes the Death Benefit in a series of payments may make transfers among the One-Year Fixed Strategy and the Indexed Strategy. Amounts that remain allocated to an Indexed Strategy may decrease in value. A surviving spouse who is a sole Beneficiary may continue the Contract maintaining its characteristics. See "Spousal Continuation". We will make any adjustment to the Death Benefit prior to the continuation. If the Death Benefit is payable to the Owner's estate, We will make a lump sum payment.

InSPOUSAL limited circumstances, when the Owner dies, if the spouse of the deceased Owner is entitled to receive a Death Benefit, the spouse may have the option to continue the Contract instead. Under federal tax law, the spouse’s option to continue the Contract is contingent upon whether the deceased Owner and the spouse were legally married under applicable state law.CONTINUATION

In limited circumstances, when the Owner dies, if the spouse of the deceased Owner is entitled to receive a Death Benefit, the spouse may have the option to continue the Contract instead. Under federal tax law, the spouse's option to continue the Contract is contingent upon whether the deceased Owner and the spouse were legally married under applicable state law.

FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

A. Introduction

The following summary of tax rules does not provide or constitute any tax advice. It provides only a general discussion of certain of the expected federal income tax consequences with respect to amounts contributed to, invested in or received from a Contract, based on Our understanding of the existing provisions of the Internal ~~Revenue~~ Revenue Code (“"Code”"), Treasury Regulations thereunder, and public interpretations thereof by the IRS (e.g., Revenue Rulings, ~~Revenue~~ Revenue Procedures or Notices) or by published court decisions. This summary discusses only certain federal income tax consequences to ~~United~~ United States Persons, and does not discuss state, local or foreign tax consequences. The term United States Persons means citizens or ~~residents~~ residents of the United States, domestic corporations, domestic partnerships, trust or estates that are subject to United States federal ~~income~~ income tax, regardless of the source of their income. ~~See “Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations,” regarding annuity purchases by non-U.S. Persons or residents.~~

This summary has been prepared by Us after consultation with tax counsel, but no opinion of tax counsel has been obtained. We do not make any guarantee or representation regarding any tax status (e.g., federal, state, local or foreign) of any Contract or any transaction involving a Contract. In addition, there is always a possibility that the tax treatment of an annuity contract could change by legislation or other means (such as regulations, rulings or judicial decisions). Moreover, it is always possible that any such change in tax treatment could be made retroactive (that is, made effective prior to the date of the change). Accordingly, you should consult a qualified tax adviser for complete information and advice before purchasing a Contract.

In addition, although this discussion addresses certain tax consequences if you use the Contract in various arrangements, including Charitable Remainder Trusts and tax-qualified retirement arrangements,, ~~this~~additional tax ~~discussion~~issues isthat are not ~~exhaustive~~discussed herein may be relevant to your situation. The tax consequences of any such arrangement may vary depending on the particular facts and circumstances of each individual arrangement and whether the arrangement satisfies certain tax qualification or classification requirements. In addition, the tax rules affecting such an arrangement may have changed recently by legislation or regulations. Therefore, if you are contemplating the use of a Contract in any arrangement the value of which to you depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult a qualified tax adviser regarding the tax treatment of the proposed arrangement and of any Contract used in it.

If advisory fees are paid from the Contract, such deductions may be subject to federal and state income taxes and an additional 10% federal tax. Pursuant to a Private Letter Ruling issued to Us by the IRS, if advisory are paid under the systematic withdrawal program for advisory fees, We will not report the deduction of these fees as taxable distributions for federal income tax purposes.

The federal, as well as state and local, tax laws and regulations require the Company to report certain transactions with respect to your Contract (such as an exchange of or a distribution from the Contract) to the Internal Revenue Service and state and local tax authorities, and generally to provide you with a copy of what was reported. This copy is not intended to supplant your own records. It is your responsibility to ensure that what you report to the Internal Revenue Service and other relevant taxing authorities on your income tax returns is accurate based on your books and records. You should review whatever is reported to the taxing authorities by the Company against your own records, and in consultation with your own tax adviser, and should notify the Company if you find any discrepancies in case corrections have to be made.

THE DISCUSSION SET FORTH BELOW IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL PURPOSES ONLY. SPECIAL TAX RULES MAY APPLY WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN SITUATIONS THAT ARE NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN. EACH POTENTIAL PURCHASER OF A CONTRACT IS ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER AS TO THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY AMOUNTS INVESTED IN A CONTRACT UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAW.

~~B. Taxation of Annuities — General Provisions Affecting Contracts Not Held in Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans~~ 48

B. Taxation of Annuities — General Provisions Affecting Contracts Not Held in Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans or as IRAs

Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.

1. Non-Natural Persons as Owners

Pursuant to Code Section 72(u), an annuity contract held by a taxpayer other than a natural person generally is not treated as an annuity contract under the Code. Instead, such a non-natural Owner generally could be required to include in gross income currently for each taxable year the excess of (a) the sum of the Contract Value as of the close of the taxable year and all previous distributions under the Contract over (b) the sum of net premiums paid for the taxable year and any prior taxable year and the amount includable in gross income for any prior taxable year with respect to the Contract under Section 72(u). However, Section 72(u) does not apply to:

● A Contract the nominal Owner of which is a non-natural person 27but the beneficial Owner of which is a natural person (e.g., where the non-natural Owner holds the Contract as an agent for the natural person),

● A Contract ~~over~~acquired ~~(b)~~by the ~~sum~~estate of ~~net~~a ~~premiums~~decedent ~~paid~~by ~~for~~reason ~~the~~of ~~taxable~~such ~~year~~decedent's ~~and any prior taxable year and the amount includable in gross income for any prior taxable year with respect to the Contract under Section 72(u). However~~death, ~~Section 72(u) does not apply to:~~

•● Certain AContracts ~~Contract~~acquired ~~the~~with ~~nominal~~respect ~~owner~~to ~~of which is a non~~tax-~~natural~~qualified retirement ~~person but the beneficial owner of which is a natural person (e.g.~~arrangements, ~~where the non-natural Owner holds the Contract as an agent for the natural person),~~

•● Certain AContracts ~~Contract~~held ~~acquired~~in bystructured ~~the~~settlement ~~estate~~arrangements that ofmay aqualify ~~decedent~~under byCode ~~reason of such decedent’s death~~Section 130, or

•● A ~~Certain~~single ~~Contracts~~premium ~~acquired~~immediate ~~with~~annuity ~~respect~~contract tounder Code ~~tax-qualified~~Section 72(u)(4), ~~retirement~~which ~~arrangements,~~provides for substantially equal periodic payments and an annuity starting date that is no later than 1 year from the date of the Contract's purchase.

• Certain Contracts held in structured settlement arrangements that may qualify under Code Section 130, or

• A single premium immediate annuity contract under Code Section 72(u)(4), which provides for substantially equal periodic payments and an annuity starting date that is no later than 1 year from the date of the Contract’s purchase.

A non-natural Owner that is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax purposes (e.g., a tax-qualified retirement trust or a Charitable Remainder Trust) generally would not be subject to federal income tax as a result of such current gross income under Code Section 72(u). However, such a tax-exempt entity, or any annuity contract that it holds, may need to satisfy certain tax requirements in order to maintain its qualification for such favorable tax treatment. See, e.g., IRS Tech. Adv. Memo. 9825001 for certain Charitable Remainder Trusts.

Pursuant to Code Section 72(s), if the Owner is a non-natural person, the primary Annuitant is treated as the “"holder”" in applying the post-death required distribution rules described below. These rules require that certain distributions be made upon the death of a “"holder.”" In addition, for a non-natural Owner, a change in the primary Annuitant is treated as the death of the “"holder.”" However, the provisions of Code Section 72(s) do not apply to certain contracts held in tax-qualified retirement arrangements or structured settlement arrangements.

For Contracts issued to a non-natural Owner or held for the benefit of such an entity, that entity's general interest deduction under the Code may be limited regardless of whether the interest relates to debt used to purchase or carry the Contract. However, this interest deduction disallowance does not affect Contracts where the entity is required to include an amount in gross income each year under Code Section 72(u).

2. Other Owners (Natural Persons).

An Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract until an amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum payment (full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the settlement option elected.

The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are briefly summarized below. Also summarized are special rules affecting distributions from contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity contracts or life insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14, 1982.

a. Amounts Received as an Annuity

Contract payments made periodically at regular intervals over a period of more than one full year, such that the total amount payable is determinable from the start (“"amounts received as an annuity”") are includable in gross income to the extent the payments exceed the amount determined by the application of the ratio of the allocable “ "investment in the contract”" to the total amount of the payments to be made after the start of the payments (the “"exclusion ratio”") under Section 72 of the Code. Total Premium Payments less amounts received which were not includable in gross income equal the “"investment in the contract.”" The start of the payments may be the Annuity Commencement Date or may be an annuity starting date assigned should any portion less than the full Contract be converted to periodic payments from the Contract (Annuity Payouts).

i. When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the exclusion ratio is equal to the allocated investment in the Contract for the Annuity Payout, any additional payments (including surrenders) will be entirely includable in gross income.

ii. Under ~~To the extent that the value~~ Section 72(a)(2) of the ~~Contract~~Code, ~~(ignoring~~if any amount ~~surrender~~is ~~charges~~received ~~except~~as onan aannuity ~~full~~(i.e., ~~surrender)~~as ~~exceeds~~one ~~the~~of ~~“investment~~a inseries ~~the~~of ~~contract,”~~periodic ~~such~~payments ~~excess~~at ~~constitutes~~regular ~~the~~intervals ~~“income~~over onmore ~~the~~than ~~contract”.~~one Itfull isyear) ~~unclear~~for a ~~what~~period ~~value~~of ~~should~~10 beor ~~used~~more inyears, ~~determining~~or ~~the~~during ~~“income~~one onor ~~the~~more ~~Contract.”~~lives, Weunder ~~believe~~any ~~that~~portion ~~the~~of ~~“income~~an onannuity, ~~the~~endowment, ~~Contract”~~or ~~does~~life ~~not~~insurance ~~include~~contract, ~~some~~then that ~~measure~~portion of the ~~value~~Contract ofshall ~~certain~~be ~~future~~treated ~~cash-value~~as ~~type~~a ~~benefits,~~separate ~~but~~contract ~~the~~with ~~IRS~~its ~~could~~own ~~take~~annuity astarting ~~contrary~~date ~~position~~(otherwise ~~and~~referred ~~include~~to ~~such~~as ~~value~~a inpartial annuitization ~~determining~~of the ~~“income~~contract). onThis ~~the Contract”.~~assigned

iii. Under Section 72(a)(2) of the Code, if any amount is received as an annuity (i.e., as one of a series of periodic payments at regular intervals over more than one full year) for a period of 10 or more years, or during one or more lives, under any portion of an annuity, endowment, or life insurance contract, then that portion of the Contract shall be treated as a separate contract with its own annuity starting date (otherwise referred to as a partial annuitization of the contract). This assigned annuity starting date for the new separate contract can be different from the original Annuity Commencement Date for the Contract. Also, for purposes of applying the exclusion ratio for the amounts received under the partial annuitization, the investment in the Contract before receiving any such amounts shall be allocated pro rata between the portion of the Contract from which such amounts are received as an annuity and the portion of the Contract from which amounts are not received as an annuity. These provisions apply to payments received in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.49

annuity starting date for the new separate contract can be different from the original Annuity Commencement Date for the Contract. Also, for purposes of applying the exclusion ratio for the amounts received under the partial annuitization, the investment in the Contract before receiving any such amounts shall be allocated pro rata between the portion of the Contract from which such amounts are received as an annuity and the portion of the Contract from which amounts are not received as an annuity. These provisions apply to payments received in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.

b. Amounts Not Received as an Annuity

i. To the extent that the “"cash value”" of the Contract (ignoring any surrender charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the “"investment in the contract,”" such excess constitutes the “"income on the contract.”"

ii. Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date (e.g., upon a ~~Surrender~~surrender or ~~Partial~~partial ~~Withdrawal~~withdrawal), which is non-periodic and not part of a partial annuitization, is deemed to come first from any such “"income on the contract”" and then from “"investment in the contract,”" and for these purposes such “"income on the contract”" is computed by reference to the aggregation rule described in subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result, any such amount received or deemed received.

(1) shall be includable in gross income to the extent that such amount does not exceed any such “"income on the contract,”" and

(2) shall not be includable in gross income to the extent that such amount does exceed any such “"income on the contract.”" If at the time that any amount is received or deemed received there is no “"income on the contract”" (e.g., because the gross value of the Contract does not exceed the "investment in the contract," and no aggregation rule applies), then such amount received or deemed received will not be includable in gross income and will simply reduce the "investment in the contract."

-To 28the -extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the "investment in the contract," such excess constitutes the "income on the contract". It is unclear in some cases what value should be used in determining the "income on the Contract." We believe that the "income on the Contract" does not include some measure of the value of certain benefits, but the IRS could take a contrary position and include such value in determining the "income on the Contract."

~~Contract~~iii. Generally, ~~does~~non-periodic ~~not~~amounts ~~exceed~~received ~~the~~or ~~“investment~~deemed received inafter the ~~contract,”~~Annuity ~~and~~Commencement noDate ~~aggregation~~(or ~~rule~~after ~~applies~~the assigned annuity starting date for a partial annuitization) are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and shall be fully includable in gross income. However, ~~then~~upon a full surrender after such date, only the excess of the amount received or(after ~~deemed~~any ~~received~~surrender ~~will~~charge) ~~not~~over the remaining "investment in the contract" shall be includable in gross income (except ~~and~~to ~~will~~the ~~simply~~extent ~~reduce~~that the ~~“investment~~aggregation rule referred to in the ~~contract~~next subparagraph 2.”c. may apply).

~~iii~~iv. The ~~Generally,~~receipt ~~non-periodic~~of ~~amounts~~any ~~received~~amount oras ~~deemed~~a ~~received~~loan ~~after~~under the ~~Annuity~~Contract or ~~Commencement~~the ~~Date~~assignment (or ~~after~~pledge ~~the~~of ~~assigned~~any ~~annuity~~portion ~~starting~~of ~~date~~the ~~for~~value aof ~~partial~~the ~~annuitization)~~Contract ~~are~~shall ~~not~~be ~~entitled~~treated toas ~~any~~an ~~exclusion~~amount ~~ratio~~received ~~and~~for ~~shall~~purposes beof ~~fully~~this ~~includable~~subparagraph 2.b. inIf ~~gross~~the ~~income.~~entire ~~However,~~Contract ~~upon~~Value ais ~~full~~assigned ~~surrender~~or ~~after~~pledged, ~~such~~subsequent ~~date,~~increases ~~only~~in the ~~excess~~Contract ofValue ~~the~~are also treated as an amount received for ~~(after~~purposes ~~any~~of ~~surrender~~this ~~charge)~~subparagraph ~~over~~2.b. ~~the~~for ~~remaining~~as ~~“investment~~long inas the ~~contract”~~assignment ~~shall~~or bepledge ~~includable~~remains in ~~gross~~place. ~~income~~The ~~(except~~"investment toin the ~~extent~~contract" is ~~that~~increased by the ~~aggregation~~amount ~~rule~~included ~~referred to~~ in ~~the next subparagraph 2~~income.~~c. may apply).~~

ivv. In ~~The~~general, ~~receipt~~the transfer of ~~any amount as a loan under~~ the Contract, orwithout ~~the~~full and ~~assignment~~adequate orconsideration ~~pledge~~(e.g., ofa ~~any~~gift), ~~portion~~will ~~of the value of the Contract shall~~ be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. This transfer rule does not apply, however, to certain transfers of property between spouses or incident to divorce.

v. In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. This transfer rule does not apply, however, to certain transfers of property between spouses or incident to divorce.

vi. In general, any amount actually received under the Contract as a Death Benefit, including an optional Death Benefit, if any, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b.

c. Aggregation of Two or More Annuity Contracts.

Contracts issued after October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated insurer) to the same Owner within the same calendar year (other than certain contracts held in connection with tax-qualified retirement arrangements) will be aggregated and treated as one annuity contract for the purpose of determining the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. An annuity contract received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity contract or life insurance contract may be treated as a new contract for this purpose. We believe that for any Contracts subject to such aggregation, the values under the Contracts and the investment in the Contracts will be added together to determine the taxation under subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals will be treated first as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all such Contracts is withdrawn. In addition, the Treasury Department has specific authority under the aggregation rules in Code Section 72(e)(12) to issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of the income-out-first rules for non-periodic distributions through the serial purchase of annuity contracts or otherwise. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no regulations interpreting these aggregation provisions.

~~d. 10% Penalty Tax — Applicable to Certain Withdrawals and Annuity Payments.~~50

id. 10% IfAdditional ~~any~~Tax ~~amount~~— isApplicable ~~received~~to orCertain ~~deemed~~Withdrawals and ~~received on the Contract (before or after the~~ Annuity ~~Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal to ten percent of the portion of the amount includable in gross income, unless an exception applies~~Payments.

iii. If ~~The~~any ~~10%~~amount ~~penalty~~is ~~tax~~received ~~will~~or ~~not~~deemed ~~apply~~received on the Contract (before or after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies an additional tax equal to ten percent of the ~~following~~portion ~~distributions:~~of the amount includable in gross income, unless an exception applies.

ii. The 10% additional tax will not apply to the following distributions:

1. Distributions made on or after the date the taxpayer has attained the age of 59 1/2.

2. Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or where the holder is not an individual, the death of the primary Annuitant.

3. Distributions attributable to a taxpayer becoming disabled (as defined in the federal tax law).

4. A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer (or the joint lives or life expectancies of the taxpayer and the taxpayer’'s Designated Beneficiary).

5. Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the “"investment in the contract”" prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).

Certain other exceptions to the 10% ~~penalty~~additional tax as not described herein also may apply. Please consult your tax adviser.

If the taxpayer avoids this 10% ~~penalty~~additional tax by qualifying for the substantially equal periodic payments exception and later such series of payments is modified (other than by death or disability), the 10% ~~penalty~~additional tax will be applied retroactively to all the prior periodic payments (i.e., ~~penalty~~ tax plus interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the taxpayer has reached age 59 1⁄/2 and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments.

e. Special Provisions Affecting Contracts Obtained Through a Tax-Free Exchange of Other Annuity or Life Insurance Contracts Purchased Prior to August 14, 1982.

If the Contract was obtained by a tax-free exchange of aan ~~life insurance or~~ annuity contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be deemed to come (1) first from the amount of the “"investment in the contract”" prior to August 14, 1982 (“"pre-8/14/82 investment”") carried over from the prior contract, (2) then from the portion of the “"income on the contract”" (carried over to, as well as accumulating in, the successor contract) that is attributable to such pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining “"income on the contract”" and (4) last from the remaining “"investment in the contract.” " As a result, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed such pre-8/14/82 investment, such amount is not ~~includable~~ includable in gross income. In addition, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the “"income on the contract”" attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to the 10% ~~penalty~~additional tax. In all other respects, amounts received or deemed received from such post-exchange contracts are generally subject to the rules described in this subparagraph e.

f. ~~Required~~ Post-Death Distributions

i. Death of Owner or Primary Annuitant

- 29 -

Subject to the alternative election or spouse Beneficiary provisions in ii or iii below:

1. If any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of such death;

2. If any Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the entire interest in the Contract shall be distributed within 5 years after such death; and

3. If the Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of 1. or 2. above, the primary Annuitant under the Contract shall be treated as the Owner, and any change in the primary Annuitant shall be treated as the death of the Owner. The primary Annuitant is the individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.

ii. Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements

If any portion of the interest of an Owner described in i. above is payable to or for the benefit of a designated Beneficiary, such Beneficiary may elect to have the portion distributed over a period that does not extend beyond the life or life expectancy of the Beneficiary. Such distributions must begin within a year of the Owner’'s death. The designated Beneficiary refers to a natural person designated by the Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death.

iii. Spouse Beneficiary

If any portion of the interest of an Owner is payable to or for the benefit of his or her spouse, the spouse is the sole beneficiary, and the Annuitant is living, such spouse shall be treated as the Owner of of such portion for purposes of Section i. above. This spousal Contract continuation shall apply only once for this Contract.

The right of a spouse to continue the Contract and all Contract provisions relating to spousal continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of "spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes.

Domestic partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.

g. Addition of Rider or Material Change.

The addition of a rider to the Contract, or a material change in the Contract’'s provisions, could cause it to be considered newly issued or entered into for tax purposes, and thus could cause the Contract to lose certain grandfathered tax status. Please contact your tax adviser for more information.

h. ~~Partial~~ 1035 Exchanges.

~~The~~We ~~IRS,~~may inissue ~~Rev.~~this ~~Rul.~~Contract ~~2003-76,~~in ~~confirmed~~exchange ~~that the~~for ~~owner~~another oflife aninsurance or annuity contract. ~~can~~Code ~~direct~~Section 1035 ~~its~~permits ~~insurer~~certain totax-free ~~transfer~~exchanges ~~a portion~~ of ~~the~~life ~~Contract’s~~insurance ~~cash~~contracts ~~value~~and ~~directly~~annuity tocontracts ~~another~~for ~~annuity~~another annuity contract ~~(issued~~as bylong ~~the~~as ~~same~~certain ~~insurer~~requirements are satisfied. If any money or byother aproperty ~~different~~is ~~insurer)~~received in the exchange, ~~and~~gain ~~such~~(but not aloss) ~~direct~~may ~~transfer~~be ~~can~~recognized ~~qualify~~under ~~for~~the exchange. If the exchange is tax- free, ~~exchange~~your ~~treatment under~~investment ~~Code~~in ~~Section~~the ~~1035~~contract (afrom ~~“partial~~the ~~exchange”)~~prior contract will carry over to your new Contract.

The IRS, in Rev. Rul. 2003-76, confirmed that the Owner of an annuity contract can direct its insurer to transfer a portion of the Contract's cash value directly to another annuity contract (issued by the same insurer or by a different insurer), and such a direct transfer can qualify for tax-free exchange treatment under Code Section 1035 (a "partial exchange").

The IRS issued additional guidance, Rev. Proc. 2011-38, that addresses partial exchanges. Rev. Proc. 2011-38 modifies and supersedes Rev. Proc. 2008-24 and applies to the direct transfer of a portion of the cash Surrender Value of an existing annuity contract for a second annuity contract, regardless of whether the two annuity contracts are issued by the same or different companies and is effective for transfers that are completed on or after October 24, 2011. The Rev. Proc. does not apply to transactions to which the rules for partial annuitization under Code Section 72(a)(2) apply.

Under Rev. Proc. 2011-38, a transfer within the scope of the Rev. Proc. will be treated as a tax-free exchange under Section 1035 if no amount, other than an amount received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more or during one or more lives, is received under either the original contract or the new contract during the 180 days beginning on the date of the transfer (in the case of a new contract, the date the contract is placed in-force). A subsequent direct transfer of all or a portion of either contract is not taken into account for purposes of this characterization if the subsequent transfer qualifies (or is intended to qualify) as a tax-free exchange under Code Section 1035.

If a transfer falls within the scope of the Rev. Proc. but is not described above (for example — if a distribution is made from either contract within the 180 day period), the transfer will be characterized in a manner consistent with its substance, based on general tax principles and all the facts and circumstances. The IRS will not require aggregation (under Code Section 72(e)(12)) of an original, pre-existing contract with a second contract that is the subject of a tax-free exchange, even if both contracts are issued by the same insurance company but will instead treat the contracts as separate annuity contracts. The applicability of the IRS’'s partial exchange guidance to the splitting of an annuity contract is not clear. You should consult with a qualified tax adviser as to potential tax consequences before attempting any partial exchange or split of annuity contracts.

3. Tax Ownership of the Assets in the Separate Account

In some circumstances, the IRS and courts have recharacterized variable annuity contracts by treating the Owner, for federal income tax purposes, as owning the Separate Account assets on which the contract is based. The IRS guidance in this area has focused on whether the Owner has excessive control over the Separate Account assets. Such control may exist if the Owner can allocate amounts under the contract to purchase specific assets within the Separate Account that also are available outside of the contract. In addition, the IRS and courts considered whether the variable annuity Owner's position is substantially identical to what it would have been if the Owner had purchased the separate account assets directly, rather than having purchased a variable annuity contract. Similar federal income tax principles also can operate to recharacterize an arrangement for income tax purposes in certain circumstances, such as if the substance of the arrangement differs from its form. If the authorities on Owner control or similar tax principles apply, the tax-deferred status of the contract may be adversely affected. For example, the Owner of the contract could be taxed annually on the income and gains attributable to the assets that determine the Contract Values and benefits.

We do not believe that these authorities or tax principles should apply to this Contract. Although We hold certain amounts attributable to the Contract in Our Separate Account, you do not share in the investment performance of any assets in the Separate Account. Rather, our obligations under the Contract are independent of the investment performance of the Separate Account. In addition, allocations under the Contract to the Index Strategies are distinguishable from a direct investment in the assets comprising the corresponding indexes. However, there is no IRS guidance or other authority directly addressing whether or how the rules summarized above may apply to the Contract. We reserve the right to amend this Contract, retroactively or prospectively, to reflect any changes or clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain the Contract's tax status or to conform the Contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. Concerned Owners should consult their own financial professionals regarding the tax matter discussed above.

4. Delayed Annuity Dates

If the Contract's Annuity Commencement Date is, or has been extended to, a time when the Owner (or if the Owner is a non-natural person, the Annuitant) has reached an advanced age, it is possible that the Contract would not be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. In that event, the income and gains under the Contract could be currently includable in the Owner's income.

C. Federal Income Tax Withholding

~~The~~1. ~~portion~~U.S. ofCitizens anor ~~amount~~Resident ~~received under a Contract that is taxable gross income to the Payee is also subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Code Section 3405, which requires the following:~~Aliens

1. ● Non-Periodic Distributions. The portion of a non-periodic distribution that is includable in gross income is subject to federal income tax withholding unless an individual elects not to have such tax withheld (“"election out”"). We will provide such an “"election out”" form at the time such a distribution is requested. If the necessary “"election out”" form is not submitted to Us in a timely manner, generally We are required to withhold 10 percent of the includable amount of distribution and remit it to the IRS.

2. ● Periodic Distributions (payable over a period greater than one year). The portion of a periodic distribution that is includable in gross income is generally subject to federal income tax withholding as if the payment were a payment of wages by an employer to an employee for the appropriate payroll period. ~~The current default withholding rate is as if the Payee were a married individual claiming 3 exemptions unless the individual elects otherwise.~~ An individual generally may elect out of such withholding or elect to have income tax withheld at a different rate, by providing a completed election form. We will provide such an election form at the time such a distribution is requested. If the necessary “"election out”" forms are not submitted to Us in a timely manner, We are required to withhold tax based on certain assumptions provided in IRS guidance and remit this amount to the IRS.

-Generally, 30no -"election out" is permitted if the distribution is delivered outside the United States and any possession of the United States, if the Payee fails to provide a taxpayer identification number ("TIN"), or We are notified by the IRS that the TIN provided by the Payee is incorrect. Regardless of any "election out" or any amount of tax actually withheld on an amount received from a Contract, the Payee is generally liable for any failure to pay the full amount of tax due on the includable portion of such amount received. A Payee also may be required to pay penalties under the estimated income tax rules, if the withholding and estimated tax payments are insufficient to satisfy the Payee's total tax liability.

~~submitted~~2. toNonresident UsAliens ~~in a timely manner, We are required to withhold tax as if the recipient were married claiming 3 exemptions~~ and ~~remit~~Foreign ~~this amount to the IRS.~~Corporations

~~Generally,~~Payees nothat ~~“election~~are ~~out”~~not isU.S. ~~permitted if~~citizens ~~the~~or ~~distribution~~resident isaliens ~~delivered~~will ~~outside~~generally be ~~the~~subject ~~United~~to ~~States~~U.S. ~~and~~federal ~~any~~withholding ~~possession~~tax ofon ~~the~~taxable ~~United~~distributions ~~States,~~from if the ~~Payee~~Contract ~~fails~~at toa ~~provide~~30% arate, ~~taxpayer identification~~unless ~~number~~a ~~(“TIN”),~~lower ortreaty Werate ~~are~~applies. In ~~notified~~addition, byif the ~~IRS~~Company ~~that~~does ~~the~~not ~~TIN~~have ~~provided~~appropriate bydocumentation establishing the Payee's isstatus ~~incorrect~~(e.g., ~~Regardless~~a ~~of any~~Form W-9 ~~“election out”~~ or ~~any amount of tax actually withheld on an amount received from a Contract~~applicable Form W-8), the ~~Payee~~Company iscould ~~generally~~be ~~liable for~~required ~~any failure~~ to ~~pay~~withhold ~~the~~30% ~~full~~on ~~amount~~certain ofpayments ~~tax~~from ~~due on~~ the ~~includable~~Contract ~~portion~~under ofthe ~~such~~Foreign ~~amount~~Account ~~received.~~Tax ~~A Payee also may be required to pay~~Compliance ~~penalties~~Act ~~underestimated~~(or ~~income~~FATCA). ~~tax~~The ~~rules,~~FATCA ~~if the withholding and estimated tax payments~~ rules are ~~insufficient~~complex. toPlease ~~satisfy~~consult ~~the~~your ~~Payee’s total~~ tax ~~liability~~adviser.

D. Estate, Gift and Generation-Skipping Tax and Related Tax Considerations

Any amount payable upon an Owner’'s death, whether before or after the Annuity Commencement Date, is generally includable in the Owner’'s estate for federal estate tax purposes. Similarly, prior to the Owner’'s death, the payment of any amount from the Contract, or the transfer of any interest in the Contract, to a Beneficiary or other person for less than adequate consideration may have federal gift tax consequences. In addition, any transfer to, or designation of, a non-spouse Beneficiary who either is (1) 37 ~~371⁄~~1/2 or more years younger than an Owner or (2) a grandchild (or more remote further descendent) of an Owner may have federal generation-skipping-transfer (“"GST”") tax consequences under Code Section 2601. Regulations under Code Section 2662 may require Us to deduct any such GST tax from your Contract, or from any applicable payment, and pay it directly to the IRS. However, any federal estate, gift or GST tax payment with respect to a Contract could produce an offsetting income tax deduction for a Beneficiary or transferee under Code Section 691(c) (partially offsetting such federal estate or GST tax) or a basis increase for a Beneficiary or transferee under Code Section 691(c) or Section 1015(d). In addition, as indicated above in “"Distributions Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,”" the transfer of a Contract for less than adequate consideration during the Owner’'s lifetime generally is treated as producing an amount received by such Owner that is subject to both income tax and the 10% penalty tax. To the extent that such an amount deemed received causes an amount to be includable currently in such Owner’s gross income, this same income amount could produce a corresponding increase in such Owner’s tax basis for such Contract that is carried over to the transferee’s tax basis for such Contract under Code Section 72(e)(4)(C)(iii) and Section 1015.

income tax and the 10% penalty tax. To the extent that such an amount deemed received causes an amount to be includable currently in such Owner's gross income, this same income amount could produce a corresponding increase in such Owner's tax basis for such Contract that is carried over to the transferee's tax basis for such Contract under Code Section 72(e)(4)(C)(iii) and Section 1015.

E. Tax Disclosure Obligations

In some instances, certain transactions must be disclosed to the IRS or penalties could apply. See, for example, IRS Notice ~~2004~~2009-6759. The Code also requires certain “"material advisers~~” to~~" to maintain a list of persons participating in such “"reportable transactions,”" which list must be furnished to the IRS upon request. It is possible that such disclosures could be required by The Company, the Owner(s) or other persons involved in transactions ~~involving~~ involving annuity contracts. It is the responsibility of each party, in consultation with their tax and legal advisers, to determine whether ~~the~~ the particular facts and circumstances warrant such disclosures.

F. Medicare Tax

~~Beginning~~Distributions ~~in 2013, distributions~~ from non-qualified annuity policies will be considered “ "investment income”" for purposes of the newly enacted Medicare tax on investment income. Thus, in certain circumstances, a 3.8% tax may be applied to some or all of the taxable portion of distributions (e.g., earnings) to ~~individuals~~ taxpayers whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Please consult a tax adviser for more information.

INFORMATION REGARDING ~~IRAs~~IRAS

This summary does not attempt to provide more than general information about the federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract byas ~~IRAs~~an individual retirement annuity under Code section 408(b) or in connection with an individual retirement account under Code section 408(a). State income tax rules applicable to IRAs may differ from federal income tax rules, and this summary does not describe any of these differences. Because of the complexity of the tax rules, Owners ~~owners~~ and ~~beneficiaries~~Beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers as to specific tax consequences. Additional information can also be obtained from your local IRS office, from IRS Publication ~~590-A~~590A and 590-B (hereinafter referred to as Publication 590) or online at www.irs.gov.

1. Individual Retirement Annuities (“"IRAs”").

In addition to “"traditional”" IRAs governed by Code Sections 408(a) and (b) (“"Traditional IRAs”"), there are Roth IRAs governed by Code Section 408A, and SEP IRAs governed by Code Section 408(k). Contributions to each of these types of IRAs are subject to differing limitations. The following is a very general description of each type of IRA for which a Contract is available.

a. Traditional IRAs

Traditional IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that may be contributed each year, the persons who may be eligible, and the time when minimum distributions must begin. Depending upon the circumstances of the individual, contributions to a Traditional IRA may be made on a deductible or non-deductible basis. Failure to make Required Minimum Distributions (“"RMDs”") when the Owner reaches the "applicable age" 72under the RMD rules or dies, as described below, may result in imposition of a 5025% ~~penalty~~excise tax on any excess of the RMD amount over the amount ~~actually~~ distributed. The excise tax is reduced to 10% if a taxpayer receives a distribution, during the "correction window," of the amount of the missed RMD from the same plan to which the excise tax relates and satisfies certain other conditions. In addition, any amount received before the Owner reaches age 59 1⁄/2 or dies is subject to a 10% ~~penalty~~additional tax on premature distributions, unless a special exception applies, as described below. Under Code Section 408(e), an IRA may not be used for borrowing (or as security for any loan) or in certain prohibited transactions, and such a transaction could lead to the complete tax disqualification of an IRA.

You (or your surviving spouse if you die) may rollover funds tax-free from certain existing qualified plans into a Traditional IRA under certain circumstances, as indicated below. In addition, under Code Section 402(c)(11) a non-spouse “designated Beneficiary” of a deceased plan participant may make a tax-free “direct rollover” (in the form of a direct transfer between plan fiduciaries, as described below in “Rollover Distributions”) from certain qualified plans to a Traditional IRA for such Beneficiary, but such Traditional IRA must be designated and treated as an “inherited IRA” that remains subject to applicable RMD rules (as if such IRA had been inherited from the deceased plan participant).

If you were born...	Your "applicable age" is...
Before July 1, 1949		70	¹/₂
After June 30, 1949 and before 1951		72
After 1950 and before 1960*		73	*
After 1958*		75	*

~~IRAs~~* If ~~generally~~you ~~may~~were ~~not~~born ~~invest~~ in ~~life insurance contracts. However~~1959, anyou ~~annuity~~should ~~contract~~consult ~~that~~your istax advisor ~~used~~regarding asyour an"applicable ~~IRA~~age," ~~may~~because ~~provide~~it ais ~~Death~~not ~~Benefit~~clear ~~that~~whether ~~equals~~your ~~the~~"applicable ~~greater~~age" ofis ~~the~~age ~~premiums~~73 ~~paid~~ or ~~the~~age ~~Contract’s cash value~~75. ~~The Contract offers an enhanced Death Benefit that may exceed~~

You (or your surviving spouse if you die) may rollover funds tax-free from 31certain existing qualified plans into a Traditional IRA under certain circumstances, as indicated below. In addition, under Code Section 402(c)(11) a non-spouse "designated Beneficiary" of a deceased plan participant may make a tax-free "direct rollover" (in the form of a direct transfer between plan fiduciaries, as described below in "Rollover Distributions") from certain qualified plans to a Traditional IRA for such Beneficiary, but such Traditional IRA must be designated and treated as an "inherited IRA" that remains subject to applicable RMD rules (as if such IRA had been inherited from the deceased plan participant).

the greater of the Contract Value or total Premium Payments. The tax rules are unclear as to what extent an IRA can provide a Death Benefit that exceeds the greater of the IRA’s cash value or the sum of the premiums paid and other contributions into the IRA. Please note that the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.54

IRAs generally may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an annuity contract that is used as an IRA may provide a Death Benefit that equals the greater of the premiums paid or the Contract's cash value. The Contract offers an enhanced Death Benefit that may exceed the greater of the Contract Value or total Premium Payments. The tax rules are unclear as to what extent an IRA can provide a Death Benefit that exceeds the greater of the IRA's cash value or the sum of the premiums paid and other contributions into the IRA. Please note that the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract's tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract's tax qualification.

b. SEP IRAs

Code Section 408(k) provides for a Traditional ~~IRA~~ or ROTH IRA in the form of an employer-sponsored defined contribution plan known as a Simplified Employee Pension (“"SEP”") or a SEP IRA. A SEP IRA can have employer contributions, and in limited circumstances employee and salary reduction contributions, as well as higher overall contribution limits than a Traditional or ROTH IRA, but a SEP is also subject to special tax- qualification requirements (e.g., on participation, nondiscrimination and withdrawals) and sanctions. Otherwise, a SEP IRA is generally subject to the same tax rules as for a Traditional or ROTH IRA, which are described above and below, respectively. Please note that the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’'s tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’'s tax qualification.

c. Roth IRAs

Code Section 408A permits eligible individuals to establish a Roth IRA. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, but withdrawals of amounts contributed and the earnings thereon that meet certain requirements are not subject to federal income tax. In general, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on the amounts that may be contributed by the persons who may be eligible to contribute, certain Traditional IRA restrictions, and certain RMD rules on the death of the Owner. Unlike a Traditional IRA, Roth IRAs are not subject to RMD rules during the Owner’'s lifetime. However, the RMD rules apply upon the Owner’'s death. The Owner of a Traditional IRA or other qualified plan assets may complete a ~~conversion~~ conversion into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. The conversion of a Traditional IRA or other qualified plan assets to a Roth IRA will subject the fair market value of the funds to federal income tax in the year of conversion. In addition to the amount held in the converted account, the fair market value may include the value of additional benefits provided by the annuity contract on the date of conversion, based on reasonable actuarial assumptions. Tax-free rollovers from a Roth IRA can be made only to another Roth IRA under limited circumstances, as indicated below. Distributions from eligible qualified plans can be “"rolled over” " directly (subject to tax) into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. A conversion of a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, and a rollover from any other eligible retirement plan to a Roth IRA, made after December 31, 2017, cannot be recharacterized as having been made to a traditional IRA. Anyone considering a “"conversion”" to a Roth IRA should consult with a qualified tax adviser. Please note that the Roth IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’'s tax qualification as a Roth IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’'s tax qualification.

2. Taxation of Amounts Received from IRAs

Except under certain circumstances in the case of Roth IRAs, amounts received from qualified Contracts generally are taxed as ordinary income under Code Section 72, to the extent that they are not treated as a tax-free recovery of after-tax contributions or other “"investment in the contract.”" For Annuity Payments and other amounts received after the Annuity Commencement Date from a qualified Contract, the tax rules for determining what portion of each amount received represents a tax-free recovery of “"investment in the contract”" ~~are~~is ~~generally~~determined by the ~~same~~Contract ~~as for non-qualified Contracts, as described above~~Owner.

For non-periodic amounts from certain qualified Contracts, Code Section 72(e)(8) provides special rules that generally treat a portion of each amount received as a tax-free recovery of the “"investment in the contract,” " based on the ratio of the “"investment in the contract”" over the Contract Value at the time of distribution. However, in determining such a ratio, certain aggregation rules may apply and may vary, depending on the type of qualified Contract. For instance, all Traditional IRAs owned by the same individual are generally aggregated for these purposes, but such an aggregation does not include any IRA inherited by such individual or any Roth IRA owned by such individual.

In3. ~~addition,~~Additional ~~penalty taxes, mandatory tax withholding or rollover rules may apply to amounts received from a qualified Contract or plan, as indicated below,~~ and ~~certain~~Excise ~~exclusions~~Taxes ~~may~~for apply to certain distributions (e.g., distributions from an eligible Government Plan to pay qualified health insurance premiums of an eligible retired public safety officer). Accordingly, you are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser before taking or receiving any amount (including a loan) from a qualified Contract or plan.IRAs

3.Unlike ~~Penalty~~non-qualified ~~Taxes~~Contracts, IRAs ~~for~~are ~~IRAs~~subject to federal additional taxes not just on premature distributions, but also to excise taxes on excess contributions and failures to make Required Minimum Distributions ("RMDs").

~~Unlike~~a. Additional ~~non-qualified~~Taxes ~~Contracts, IRAs are subject to federal penalty taxes not just~~ on ~~premature~~Premature ~~distributions, but also on excess contributions and failures to make Required Minimum~~ Distributions ~~(“RMDs”).~~

Code Section 72(t) imposes an additional income tax equal to 10% of the taxable portion of a distribution from certain types of IRAs that is made before the Owner reaches age 59 1/2. ~~Penalty~~ However, ~~Taxes~~this on10% ~~Premature~~additional ~~Distributions~~tax does not apply to a distribution that is either:

~~Code Section 72~~(ti) made ~~imposes~~to a ~~penalty~~Beneficiary ~~income~~(or ~~tax equal~~ to ~~10% of~~ the ~~taxable portion of a distribution from certain types of IRAs that is made before the~~ Owner's ~~reaches~~estate) ~~age 59 1⁄2.~~on ~~However,~~or ~~this~~after ~~10%~~the ~~penalty~~employee's ~~tax does not apply to a distribution that is either:~~death;

(i) made to a Beneficiary (or to the Owner’s estate) on or after the employee’s death;

(ii) attributable to the Owner becoming disabled under Code Section 72(m)(7);

(iii) part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually — “SEPPs”) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of such employee and a designated Beneficiary (“SEPP Exception”);55

(iii) part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually — "SEPPs") made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of such employee and a designated Beneficiary ("SEPP Exception");

(iv) certain qualified reservist distributions under Code Section 72(t)(2)(G) upon a call to active duty;

(v) made as a “"direct rollover”" or other timely rollover to an eligible retirement plan, as described below.

In addition, the 10% penalty tax does not apply to a distribution from an IRA that is either:

-(vi) made 32after -separation from employment to an unemployed IRA Owner for health insurance premiums, if certain conditions in Code Section 72(t)(2)(D) are met;

(vi) made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for health insurance premiums, if certain conditions in Code Section 72(t)(2)(D) are met;

(vii) not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education expenses, as defined by Code Section 72(t)(7);

(viii) for a qualified first-time home buyer and meets the requirements of Code Section 72(t)(8); or

(ix) made on account of a qualified birth or adoption.; or

~~The~~(x) made ~~taxpayer must meet certain requirements in order for these exceptions~~ to ~~apply.~~a ~~Certain~~terminally ~~other~~ill ~~exceptions to the 10% penalty tax not described herein also may apply~~Owner. ~~Please consult your tax adviser.~~

IfThe ~~the~~ taxpayer ~~avoids~~must ~~this~~meet ~~10%~~certain ~~penalty~~requirements ~~tax~~in ~~by qualifying~~order for ~~the~~these ~~SEPP~~exceptions to ~~Exception~~apply. ~~and~~Certain ~~later such series of payments is modified (~~other ~~than~~exceptions byto ~~death, disability or a method change allowed by Rev. Rul. 2002-62),~~ the 10% ~~penalty~~additional tax ~~will~~not bedescribed ~~applied~~herein ~~retroactively~~also tomay ~~all~~apply. ~~the~~Please ~~prior~~consult ~~periodic~~your ~~payments (i.e., penalty~~ tax ~~plus interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the employee has reached age 59 1⁄2 and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments~~adviser.

~~b. RMDs~~If the taxpayer avoids this 10% additional tax by qualifying for the SEPP Exception and 50later such series of payments is modified (other than by death, disability or a method change allowed by Rev. Rul. 2022-6), the 10% ~~Penalty~~additional ~~Tax~~tax will be applied retroactively to all the prior periodic payments (i.e., penalty tax plus interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the employee has reached age 59 1/2 and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments.

Ifb. Excise ~~the~~Tax ~~amount distributed from an IRA is less than the amount of the Required Minimum Distribution (“RMD”) for the year, the Owner is subject to a 50% penalty tax~~ on ~~the amount that has not been timely distributed.~~RMDs

AnIf ~~individual’s~~the ~~interest~~amount indistributed afrom ~~NonRoth~~an ~~generally~~IRA is less than the amount of the ~~must~~Required beMinimum ~~distributed~~Distribution ("RMD") for the year, orthe ~~begin~~Owner is subject to bea ~~distributed,~~25% ~~not~~excise ~~later~~tax ~~than~~on the ~~Required~~amount ~~Beginning~~that ~~Date.~~has ~~Generally,~~not ~~the~~been timely ~~Required~~distributed. ~~Beginning~~The ~~Date~~excise tax is reduced to 10% if a taxpayer receives a distribution, during the "correction window," ~~April~~of 1the amount of the ~~calendar~~missed ~~year~~RMD ~~following~~from the ~~calendar~~same ~~year~~plan into which the ~~individual~~excise ~~attains~~tax ~~age~~relates 72and satisfies certain other conditions.

The 25% excise tax is also applicable to RMD amounts not distributed to Beneficiaries.

c. Excise Tax on Excess Contributions

If an IRA Owner deposits more than is eligible to be contributed to an IRA, the excess contribution may be subject to a 6% excise tax (Code Section 4973). Whether the excise tax applies depends on how the excess contribution is handled and when it is corrected or removed. The rules for correcting an excess contribution are complicated and the IRA Owner should consult a professional tax adviser.

4. Required Minimum Distributions

The entire interest of the individual must be distributed beginning no later than the Required Beginning Date over —:

(a) the life of the individual or the lives of the individual and a designated Beneficiary (as specified in the Code), or

(b) over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the individual or the joint life expectancy of the individual and a designated Beneficiary (as specified by the Code).

For Contracts that have not been annuitized, the RMD amount for each year is determined generally by dividing the account balance by a factor determined under the IRS "Uniform Lifetime Table." This account balance is generally based upon the Contract Value as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. RMDs also can be made in the form of Annuity Payments that satisfy the rules set forth in Regulations under the Code relating to RMDs.

In addition, in computing any RMD amount based on a Contract's Contract Value, such Contract Value must include the actuarial value of certain additional benefits provided by the Contract. As a result, electing an Optional Benefit under an IRA may require the RMD amount for such IRA to be increased each year, and expose such additional RMD amount to the 25% excise tax for RMDs if such additional RMD amount is not timely distributed.

The RMD rules that apply while the Owner is alive do not apply with respect to Roth IRAs. The RMD rules applicable after the death of the Owner apply to Roth IRAs.

Congress recently changed the RMD rules for individuals who die after 2019. The after-death RMD rules are complex, and you should consult your tax adviser about how they may apply to your situation.

Effective January 1, 2020, when an IRA owner dies, any remaining interest generally must be distributed within 10 years (or in some cases 5 years) after their death, unless an exception applies. One exception permits an “eligible designated Beneficiary” to take distributions over life or a period not exceeding life expectancy, subject to special rules and limitations. An “eligible designated Beneficiary” includes: the IRA owner’s spouse or minor child (until the child reaches age of majority/age 18), certain disabled or chronically ill individuals, and an individual who is not more than 10 years younger than the IRA owner. We may limit any payment option over life, or period not exceeding life expectancy, to certain categories of eligible designed Beneficiary, or withdraw such payment option(s), in Our discretion.56

~~However~~Effective January 1, if2020, ~~your~~when ~~surviving~~an ~~spouse~~IRA isOwner ~~the~~dies, ~~sole~~any remaining interest generally must be distributed within 10 years (or in some cases 5 years) after their death, unless an exception applies. One exception permits an "eligible designated Beneficiary," to take distributions ~~may~~over ~~generally~~life beor ~~delayed~~a period not exceeding life expectancy (determined using the IRS "Single Life Table"), subject to special rules and limitations. An "eligible designated Beneficiary" includes: the IRA Owner's spouse or minor child (until ~~December~~the 31child reaches age of majority/age 21), certain disabled or chronically ill individuals, and an individual who is not more than 10 years younger than the ~~year~~IRA ~~you~~Owner. ~~would~~We ~~have~~may ~~attained~~limit ~~age~~any 72payment option over life, or period not exceeding life expectancy, to certain categories of eligible designated Beneficiaries, or withdraw such payment option(s), in Our discretion.

~~The~~If ~~RMD~~the ~~rules~~Owner ~~that~~of ~~apply~~an ~~while~~IRA dies and the Owner's surviving spouse is ~~alive~~the dosole ~~not~~designated ~~apply~~Beneficiary, ~~with~~this ~~respect~~surviving spouse may elect to treat the Traditional or Roth ~~IRAs~~IRA as his or her own. The ~~RMD~~spouse ~~rules~~must make ~~applicable~~the ~~after~~election by the ~~death~~later of (1) the ~~Owner~~end ~~apply~~of tothe ~~Roth~~calendar ~~IRAs.~~year Inin ~~addition,~~which ifthe surviving spouse reaches the applicable age, and ~~Owner~~(2) the end of athe ~~Traditional~~calendar oryear ~~Roth~~following ~~IRA~~the ~~dies~~calendar ~~and~~year of the IRA Owner’'s ~~surviving~~death. ~~spouse~~If isthe Owner dies before the ~~sole~~required ~~designated~~beginning date ~~Beneficiary,~~and ~~this~~the surviving ~~spouse may~~Spouse does not elect to treat the ~~Traditional~~IRA oras ~~Roth~~their ~~IRA~~own, asdistributions ~~his~~may orbe ~~her~~delayed ~~own~~until December 31 of the year the deceased Owner would have attained the applicable age.

If the Owner dies after Annuity Payments have already begun, any remaining payments under the Contract also must be made in accordance with the RMD rules. In some cases, those rules may require that the remaining payments be made over a shorter period than originally elected or otherwise adjusted to comply with the tax law.

The RMD amount for each year is determined generally by dividing the account balance by the applicable life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon the Contract Value as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. RMD incidental benefit rules also may require a larger annual RMD amount, particularly when distributions are made over the joint lives of the Owner and an individual other than his or her spouse. RMDs also can be made in the form of Annuity Payments that satisfy the rules set forth in Regulations under the Code relating to RMDs.

In addition, in computing any RMD amount based on a Contract’s Contract Value, such Contract Value must include the actuarial value of certain additional benefits provided by the Contract. As a result, electing an Optional Benefit under an IRA may require the RMD amount for such IRA to be increased each year, and expose such additional RMD amount to the 50% penalty tax for RMDs if such additional RMD amount is not timely distributed.

5. Tax Withholding for IRAs

Distributions from an IRA generally are subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. These federal income tax withholding requirements, including any “"elections out” " and the rate at which withholding applies, generally are the same as for periodic and nonperiodic distributions from a non-qualified Contract, as described above.

Regardless of any “"election out”" (or any amount of tax actually withheld) on an amount received from an IRA the payee is generally liable for any failure to pay the full amount of tax due on the includable portion of such amount received. A payee also may be required to pay penalties under- the estimated income tax rules, if the withholding and estimated tax payments are insufficient to satisfy the payee’'s total tax liability.

- 33 -

6. Rollover & Transfer Distributions

Rollover rules for distributions from IRAs under Code Sections 408(d)(3) and 408A(d)(3) vary according to the type of transferor IRA and type of transferee IRA or other plan. For instance, generally no tax-free “"trustee-to-trustee transfer”" or “"60-day rollover”" can be made between a “"NonRoth ~~IRA”~~ IRA" (Traditional, SEP or SIMPLE IRA) and a Roth IRA. A “"conversion”" of a NonRoth IRA to a Roth IRA, is taxable transaction and not subject to the 10% ~~penalty~~additional tax. However, if amounts are subsequently distributed from the Roth IRA they may be subject to the 10% ~~penalty~~additional tax if withdrawn in the first 5 years following the conversion.

For a non-spouse Beneficiary, no tax-free “"trustee-to-trustee transfer”" or “"60-day rollover”" can be made between an “"inherited IRA”" (NonRoth or Roth) and an IRA set up by by that same individual as the original Owner. A Beneficiary may complete a “"trustee-to-trustee transfer”" to another inherited IRA account or combine inherited IRA accounts from the same deceased Owner.

Generally, any amount other than an RMD distributed from an IRA is eligible for a “"60-day rollover.”" However, a tax-free 60-day rollover is limited to 1 per 12 month period; whereas no limit applies to “"trustee-to-trustee transfers.”"

Similar rules apply to a “"trustee-to-trustee ~~transfer”~~ transfer" or a “"60-day rollover”" of a distribution from a SIMPLE IRA to a Traditional IRA, except that any distribution of employer contributions from a SIMPLE IRA during the initial 2-year period in which the individual participates in the employer’'s SIMPLE plan is generally disqualified (and subject to the 25% ~~penalty~~additional tax on premature distributions) if it is not rolled into another SIMPLE IRA for that individual. Amounts other than RMDs distributed from a Traditional or SEP IRA (or SIMPLE IRA after the initial 2-year period) also are eligible for a “"trustee-to-trustee transfer”" or a “"60-day rollover”" to an eligible retirement plan (e.g., a TSA) that accepts such a rollover, but any such rollover is limited to the amount of the distribution that otherwise would be includable in gross income (i.e., after-tax contributions are not eligible).

Special rollover rules also apply to (1) transfers or rollovers for the benefit of a spouse (or ex-spouse) or a non-spouse designated Beneficiary, (2) plan distributions of property, (3) distributions from a Roth account in certain plans, (4) recontributions ~~within 3 years~~ of “certain qualified ~~hurricane~~disaster distributions~~” made before 2007 under Code Section 1400Q(a)~~, (5) transfers from a Traditional or Roth IRA to certain health savings accounts under Code ~~Section~~ Section 408(d)(9), (6) obtaining a waiver of the 60-day limit for a tax-free rollover from the IRS, (7) recontributions within 3 years of qualified birth & adoptions, and (8) recontributions within 3 years of a coronavirus related distribution, and certain distributions made to a terminally ill Owner.

OTHER INFORMATION

~~General~~GENERAL ~~Account~~ACCOUNT

~~The One-Year Fixed Strategy is part of Our General Account.~~ Any amounts that We are obligated to pay under the ~~One-Year Fixed Strategy, and any other payment obligation We undertake under the~~ Contract, including Index Credits, the Death Benefit and Annuity Payments, are subject to Our financial strength and claims paying ability and Our long-term ability to make such payments. We invest the assets of the General Account according to the laws governing the investments of insurance company general accounts. The General Account is not a bank account and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. We receive a benefit from all amounts held in Our General Account. Amounts in Our General Account are available to Our general creditors. We issue other types of insurance policies and pay Our obligations under these products from Our assets in the General Account.

General Account according to the laws governing the investments of insurance company general accounts. The General Account is not a bank account and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. We receive a benefit from all amounts held in Our General Account. Amounts in Our General Account are available to Our general creditors. We issue other types of insurance policies and pay Our obligations under these products from Our assets in the General Account.

THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

We place certain assets related to Indexed Strategies and the One-Year Fixed Strategy to which you allocate Contract Value in the Company Separate Account. We have exclusive and absolute ownership and control of the assets of the Separate Account. You do not share in the investment performance of assets allocated to the Separate Account. The Separate Account is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Separate Account is not insulated, the assets are considered to be part of the General Account assets and is subject to general creditors.

Where permitted by applicable law, We reserve the right to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the Separate Account. We will not make any such changes without receiving any necessary approval of any applicable state insurance department. We will notify you of any changes in writing. These changes include, but are not limited to:

• ● Manage the Separate Account under the direction of a committee at any time;

• ● Make any changes required by applicable law or regulation; and

• ● Modify the provisions of the Contract to reflect changes to the Indexed Strategies and the Separate Account and to comply with applicable law.

~~Suspension~~SUSPENSION ~~of Payments~~OF PAYMENTS, ~~Performance~~PERFORMANCE ~~Lock~~LOCK ~~Requests~~REQUESTS, orOR REALLOCATIONS

We may ~~be required to~~ suspend or delay the payment of Death Benefits and withdrawals, the calculation of Annuity Payments, Performance Lock requests, and reallocations when We cannot calculate a Strategy Contract Value under any of the following circumstances:

• ● the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings);

• ● the closing value of an Index is not published;

• ● trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;

• ● if any value, not limited to the Index Value, is unavailable for the calculation of the Strategy Interim Value;

• ● the calculation of the Strategy Interim Value is not reasonably practical due to an emergency; or during any other period when a regulator, by order, so permits.

If We cannot obtain a value for an Index ~~cannot be obtained~~ on any day due to any of these circumstances, We will use the value of the Index as of the last Valuation Day the value is available. If the beginning day of a Strategy Term falls on a Valuation Day for which We cannot obtain a value for an Index, We will use the ~~beginning~~Index ~~day~~Value as of the ~~Strategy~~ ~~Term~~last ~~will~~Valuation ~~use~~Day as the Index Value asfor the beginning day of the ~~last~~Strategy ~~Valuation Day~~Term.

- 34 -

HOW CONTRACTS ARE SOLD

[To be updated by Amendment]

We have entered into a distribution agreement with Our affiliate Global Atlantic Distributors, LLC under which it serves as the principal underwriter for the Contracts, which are offered on a continuous basis. Global Atlantic Distributors, LLC is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the 1934 Act as a broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

We are affiliated with Global Atlantic Distributors, LLC because We are under common control. The principal business address of Global Atlantic Distributors, LLC is One Financial Plaza, 755 Main Street, 24th Floor, Hartford, CT 06103. Global Atlantic Distributors, LLC has entered into selling agreements with affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers for the sale of the Contracts. We pay compensation to Global Atlantic Distributors, LLC for sales of the ~~Contracts~~ Contracts by broker-dealers. Global Atlantic Distributors, LLC in its role as Principal Underwriter, did not retain any underwriting ~~commissions~~ commissions for the fiscal year ended December 31, ~~2020~~2022 with regard to the Contracts. Contracts will be sold by individuals (Financial Intermediaries) who have been appointed by Us as insurance agents and who are financial professionals. Each financial professional is affiliated with one of the selling broker-dealers. We may also make the Contracts available through independent financial professionals.

We list below types of arrangements that help to incentivize sales representatives to sell Our suite of ~~variable~~ annuities. Not all arrangements necessarily affect each registered index linked annuity. These types of arrangements could create an incentive for the selling firm or its sales representative to recommend or sell this Contract to you. You may wish to take such incentives into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations relating to this Contract.

Broker-dealers may receive commissions from Us for selling you this Contract (described below under Commissions). Certain selected broker-dealers also receive additional compensation (described below under Additional Payments). All or a portion of the payments We make to broker-dealers may be passed on to Financial Intermediaries according to a broker-dealer’'s internal compensation practices.

Affiliated broker-dealers also employ individuals called wholesalers in the sales process, who provide sales support and training to sales representatives. Wholesalers typically receive commissions based on the type of contract or Optional Benefits sold. Commissions are based on a specified amount of Premium Payments or Contract Value.

Your financial professional may have a financial incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange a contract you already own if you determine, after comparing the features, fees and risks of both contracts, that it is better for you to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own your existing contract. In general, the Contract does not contain any provisions related to exchanges or conversions.58

~~Commissions~~Your financial professional may have a financial incentive to offer you a new Contract in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange a Contract you already own if you determine, after comparing the features, fees and risks of both Contracts, that it is better for you to purchase the new Contract rather than continue to own your existing Contract. In general, the Contract does not contain any provisions related to exchanges or conversions.

UpCommissions ~~front~~Paid commissions paid to broker-dealers generally range from [0% to up to 7.5%] of each Premium Payment you make. Trail commissions (fees paid for customers that maintain their contracts generally for more than 1 year) range up to [1%] of your Contract Value. We pay different commissions based on the Contract variation that you buy. We may pay a lower commission for sales to Owners over [age 75]. Your registered investment adviser may be paid by ~~you~~The ~~pursuant to the investment advisory agreement you entered into.~~Company

~~Commission~~Up ~~arrangements~~front ~~vary~~commissions ~~from~~paid ~~one~~to broker-~~dealer~~dealers generally range from 0% to ~~another~~up to 7.5% Weof ~~are~~each ~~not~~Premium ~~involved~~Payment inyou ~~determining~~make. ~~your~~Trail ~~financial~~commissions ~~professional’s~~(fees ~~compensation.~~paid ~~Under~~for ~~certain~~customers ~~circumstances,~~that ~~your~~maintain ~~financial~~their Contracts generally for ~~professional~~more ~~may~~than be1 ~~required~~year) range up to ~~return~~1% ~~all~~of oryour aContract ~~portion~~Value. ofWe ~~the~~pay different commissions based on the Contract variation that you buy. We may pay a lower commission for sales to Owners over age 75. Your registered investment adviser may be paid by you pursuant to the investment advisory agreement you entered into.

~~Check~~Commission ~~with~~arrangements ~~your~~vary ~~financial professional to verify whether your account is a brokerage or an advisory account. Your interests may differ~~ from ~~Ours~~one ~~and your financial professional (or the~~ broker-dealer ~~with which they are associated). Please ask questions~~ to ~~make sure you understand your rights and any potential conflicts of interest~~another. ~~If you~~ We are annot ~~advisory~~involved ~~client,~~in determining your financial professional's ~~(or~~compensation. ~~the~~Under ~~broker-dealer~~certain ~~with which they are associated) can be paid both by you and by Us based on what you buy. Therefore~~circumstances, ~~profits, and~~ your financial professional~~’s (or their broker-dealer’s)~~ ~~compensation,~~ may ~~vary~~be byrequired ~~product~~to ~~and~~return ~~over~~all ~~time.~~or ~~Contact~~a anportion ~~appropriate~~of ~~person at your broker-dealer with whom you can discuss these differences and inquire about any revenue sharing arrangements that We and Our affiliates may have with~~ the ~~selling~~commissions ~~firm~~paid.

Check with your financial professional to verify whether your account is a brokerage or an advisory account. Your interests may differ from Ours and your financial professional (or the broker-dealer with which they are associated). Please ask questions to make sure you understand your rights and any potential conflicts of interest. If you are an advisory client, your financial professional (or the broker-dealer with which they are associated) can be paid both by you and by Us based on what you buy. Therefore, profits, and your financial professional's (or their broker-dealer's) compensation, may vary by product and over time. Contact an appropriate person at your broker-dealer with whom you can discuss these differences and inquire about any revenue sharing arrangements that We and Our affiliates may have with the selling firm.

Additional Payments

Subject to FINRA and broker-dealer rules, We or Our affiliates also pay the following types of fees to, among other things, encourage the sale of this Contract. These additional payments could create an incentive for your financial professional, and the broker-dealer with which they are associated, to recommend products that pay them more than others, which may not necessarily be to your benefit.

Additional Payment Type What it’'s used for Access Access to Financial Intermediaries and/or broker-dealers such as one-on-one wholesaler visits or attendance at national sales meetings or similar events. Gifts & Entertainment Occasional meals and entertainment, tickets to sporting events and other gifts. Marketing Joint marketing campaigns and/or broker-dealer event advertising/participation; sponsorship of broker-dealer sales contests and/or promotions in which participants (including Financial Intermediaries) receive prizes such as travel Awards, merchandise and recognition; client generation expenses. Marketing Expense Allowances Pay Fund related parties for wholesaler support, training and marketing activities for certain Funds. Support Sales support through such things as providing hardware and software, operational and systems integration, links to Our website from a broker-dealer’'s website; shareholder services (including subaccounting sponsorship of broker-dealer due diligence meetings; and/or expense allowances and reimbursements). Training Educational (due diligence), sales or training seminars, conferences and programs, sales and service desk training, and/or client or prospect seminar sponsorships. Visibility Inclusion of Our products on a broker-dealer's preferred list; participation in, or visibility at, national and regional conferences; and/or articles in broker-dealer publications highlighting Our products and services. Volume Pay for the overall volume of their sales or the amount of money investing in Our products.

-As 35of -December 31, 2022, We have entered into ongoing contractual arrangements to make additional payments to the following Financial Intermediaries: Citizens Securities, Inc.; Infinex Financial Group; Raymond James Insurance Group, Inc. and UBS Financial Services Insurance Agency Inc.

~~services~~Inclusion ~~(including~~on ~~subaccounting~~this ~~sponsorship~~list ofdoes ~~broker-dealer~~not ~~due~~imply ~~diligence~~that ~~meetings;~~these ~~and/or~~sums ~~expense~~necessarily ~~allowances~~constitute "special ~~and~~cash ~~reimbursements).~~compensation" ~~Training~~as ~~Educational~~defined ~~(due~~by ~~diligence),~~FINRA ~~sales~~Conduct ~~or training seminars, conferences and programs, sales and service desk training, and/or client or prospect seminar sponsorships~~Rule 2830(l)(4). ~~Visibility~~We ~~Inclusion~~will ofendeavor ~~Our~~to ~~products~~update onthis alisting ~~broker-dealer’s preferred list; participation in, or visibility at, national~~ annually and ~~regional~~interim ~~conferences;~~arrangements ~~and/or~~may ~~articles~~not inbe ~~broker-dealer~~reflected. ~~publications~~We ~~highlighting~~assume ~~Our~~no ~~products~~duty ~~and~~to ~~services.~~notify ~~Volume~~any ~~Pay~~investor ~~for~~whether ~~the~~their ~~overall~~Financial ~~volume~~Intermediary ofis ~~their sales~~ or ~~the~~should be ~~amount~~included ~~of money investing~~ in ~~Our~~any ~~products~~such listing.

~~As of December 31, 2020, We have not entered into ongoing contractual arrangements to make Additional Payments. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, no Additional Payments were made.~~59

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, additional payments did not in the aggregate exceed approximately $63,327 (excluding corporate-sponsorship related prerequisites and marketing expense allowances) or approximately 0.04% of total the Contract's assets. Broker-dealers that received additional payments in 2022, but do not have an ongoing contractual relationship, are listed below.

Broker-dealers that received additional payments with at least a $100 value in 2022 of items such as sponsorship of meetings, education seminars, and travel and entertainment, whether or not an ongoing contractual relationship exists: Ameritas Investment Company, LLC; Arvest Wealth Management; Avantax Investment Services, Inc.; B. Riley Wealth Management, Inc. Cambridge Investment Research, Inc.; Cetera Advisor Networks LLC; Cetera Investment Services LLC; CFD Investments, Inc.; Commerce Bank; Commonwealth Financial Network; CUNA Brokerage Services, Inc.; Infinex Investments, Inc.; Janney Montgomery Scott LLC; Kestra Investment Services, LLC; Lincoln Investment Planning, Inc.; LPL Financial LLC; Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, LLC; Private Client Services, LLC; Raymond James Insurance Group, Inc.; Royal Alliance Associates, Inc.; Securities America, Inc.; Triad Advisors, Inc.; Truist Investment Services, Inc.; U. S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.; UBS Financial Services Insurance Agency, Inc.; Wells Fargo Wealth Brokerage Insurance; and Woodbury Financial Services, Inc.

No specific charge is assessed directly to Owners to cover commissions, Additional Payments or Marketing Expense Allowances described above. We do intend to recoup the sales expenses and incentives We pay, however, through fees and charges deducted under the Contract and other revenue sharing arrangements.

~~Amendments~~AMENDMENTS ~~to the~~TO ~~Contract~~THE CONTRACT

We reserve the right to amend the Contract to meet the requirements of applicable federal or state laws or regulations. You will be notified in writing of any changes, modifications or waivers.

~~Legal~~LEGAL ~~Proceedings~~PROCEEDINGS

~~[To~~There continues to be ~~filed~~significant byfederal ~~pre~~and state regulatory activity relating to financial services companies. We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims incidental to or arising in the ordinary course of Our business. In the future, We may be subject to additional lawsuits, arbitration proceedings and/or regulatory/legal proceedings. While it is not possible to predict with certainty the ultimate out-~~effective~~come ~~amendment]~~of any pending or future case, legal proceeding or regulatory action, We do not expect the ultimate result of any of Our known legal proceedings or claims to result in a material adverse effect on the Company or its Separate Account. Nonetheless, given the indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these proceedings, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or cash flows.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

~~THE~~[To be ~~COMPANY’S~~updated ~~BUSINESS~~by ~~AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~Amendment]

THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ABOUT THE COMPANY

Overview

Forethought Life Insurance Company is a life insurance company engaged in the business of writing life insurance and individual variable, fixed and fixed indexed annuities. We are authorized to do business in 49 states of the United States and the District of Columbia. We were incorporated under the laws of Indiana on July 10, 1986. We have offices located in Indianapolis and Batesville, Indiana, Hartford, Connecticut and Berwyn, Pennsylvania.

Commonwealth Annuity and Life Insurance Company ("CALIC"), a Massachusetts company, owns 100% of the Company. CALIC is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Global Atlantic (Fin) Company ("FinCo"), which in turn is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Global Atlantic Financial Limited, which in turn is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Global Atlantic Financial Group Limited ("GAFGL"). GAFGL is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of The Global Atlantic Financial Group LLC, which is majority-owned by KKR Magnolia Holdings LLC, which in turn is an indirect subsidiary of KKR & Co. Inc.

Provided below is Our simplified organizational structure.

- 36 -

No company other than Forethought Life Insurance Company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts owed under the Contract. You should look to the financial strength of the Company for its claims-paying ability.

Our General Account

Our General Account holds all ~~our~~ Our assets other than assets in ~~our~~Our insulated Separate ~~separate accounts~~Accounts. We own ~~our~~Our General Account assets and, subject to applicable law, have sole investment discretion over them. The assets are subject to ~~our~~Our general business operation liabilities and claims of ~~our~~Our creditors and may lose value. Our General Account assets fund the guarantees provided in the Contracts.

We must invest ~~our~~Our assets according to applicable state laws regarding the nature, quality, and diversification of investments that may be made by life insurance companies. In general, these laws permit investments, within specified limits and subject to certain qualifications, in federal, state, and municipal obligations; corporate bonds; preferred and common stocks; real estate mortgages; real estate; and certain other investments.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The board of directors of The Global Atlantic Financial Group LLC has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all officers, employees and directors of The Global Atlantic Financial Group LLC and its subsidiaries, including ~~our~~Our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and senior financial officers. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics addresses matters such as conflicts of interest, confidentiality, fair dealing and compliance with laws and regulations.

~~THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS~~61

~~Individual~~THE ~~Markets~~ COMPANY'S BUSINESS

~~[To~~Overview beof ~~added~~the ~~by pre-effective amendment]~~Company

We are a stock insurance company formed as a corporation in the State ~~Institutional~~of ~~Markets~~Indiana on July 10, 1986. Our business I.D. number is 198002-843. The address of Our principal business office is 10 West Market Street, Suite 2300, Indianapolis, Indiana, United States. We are licensed in 49 states (all except New York) and the District of Columbia. As of December 31, 2022, We had statutory assets of approximately $53,508 million and statutory capital and surplus of approximately $2,676 million.

~~[To~~Within beretail ~~added~~markets, byWe ~~pre~~believe We are a leading provider of preneed life insurance products and have been ranked as a top five overall fixed-~~effective~~rate annuity carrier for the twelve months ended December 31, ~~amendment]~~2022, according to LIMRA. The following table presents an illustration of Our product, distribution and origination approach within Our fixed annuities business.

		Individual Channel
Key Products		● Fixed-Rate Annuities ● Fixed-Indexed Annuities ● Preneed Life
Distribution/Origination (as of December 31, 2022)		● 204 banks and broker-dealers ● 181 independent insurance agencies ● 1,332 funeral homes

We are a wholly owned subsidiary of CALIC, which itself is a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Global Atlantic, a leading U.S. retirement and life insurance company focused on delivering meaningful long-term value for its customers and clients by offering a broad range of products and solutions for both individuals and institutions. Global Atlantic is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Global Atlantic Financial Group LLC ("TGAFG").

As of February 1, 2021, the KKR & Co Inc. is the majority owner of TGAFG (such transaction, the "KKR Acquisition"), and as of December 31, 2022, owns a 63.3% economic interest in TGAFG.

As a member of the Global Atlantic enterprise, We rely on and benefit from Global Atlantic's resources and expertise in the operation of Our business, including with respect to underwriting, risk management and the management of Our investment portfolio.

Financial Strength and Credit Ratings

Financial strength ratings and credit ratings may be used by distribution partners, potential policyholders, reinsurance clients or investors as an indication of the relative creditworthiness of an insurer or borrower. Our competitive positioning in Our individual and institutional distribution channels, and Our ability to access capital and liquidity, may be impacted by Our credit ratings.

Financial strength ratings reflect a rating agency's opinion of an insurance company's ability to meet its obligations to policyholders and reinsurance clients, based on qualitative and quantitative factors including competitive position, operating performance, financial condition and capitalization. Credit ratings reflect a rating agency's opinion regarding an entity's ability to repay its indebtedness, and they are based on similar factors used in assessing financial strength ratings. Ratings are periodically reviewed by rating agencies and their criteria, including capital and other requirements, may be adjusted from time to time. We maintain financial strength ratings from A.M. Best, Moody's, S&P and Fitch. FLIC's financial strength ratings are "A" with a stable outlook from A.M. Best, "A2" with a stable outlook from Moody's, "A-" with a positive outlook from S&P and "A" with a stable outlook from Fitch. Ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities, and they may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the rating organization.

Our Products & Distribution

We seek to reach individuals in the United States who are planning for, or are already in, retirement. Our distribution capabilities are tailored to products that fit Our competitive advantages and meet Our risk and return objectives. Our principal products are fixed-rate and fixed-indexed annuities, referred to together as "fixed annuities", and We are Global Atlantic's flagship seller of these policies. Our retirement products are distributed primarily through a network of industry-leading distribution partners, including over 200 banks, broker-dealers and independent marketing organizations. Global Atlantic's life products are distributed primarily through 181 independent marketing organizations and approximately 1,300 funeral homes.

Fixed Annuities

We sell multi-year guaranteed annuity products and fixed-indexed annuities through Our independent agency, bank and broker-dealer distribution channels. Multi-year guaranteed annuity products credit interest at a predetermined rate that is guaranteed for a three-,

five- or seven-year period. After the applicable guarantee period has expired, We can reset the Crediting Rate at Our discretion, subject to contractual limitations and minimums.

Fixed-indexed annuities allow the policyholder to elect between strategies where interest credited is either fixed or based on the performance of a market index. The most common index selected is the S&P 500 Index. We also offer customized indexes, such as the BlackRock Diversa Volatility Control Index, the PIMCO Balanced Index, and the Franklin US Index. These customized indexes replicate multi-asset strategies with risk management elements designed to decrease volatility. Fixed-indexed annuities allow the policyholder to participate in the upside performance of the selected index with no downside market risk to their account value, assuming that the annuity is not surrendered during the surrender charge period. Policyholders participate in 100% of the upside performance of the applicable index, usually subject to pre-specified "cap rates." For fixed-indexed annuities referencing the S&P 500 Index, We can generally reset cap rates annually at Our discretion, subject to contractual limitations. For fixed-indexed annuities referencing other strategies, We measure index performance for crediting over two- or three-year periods, and for those strategies We can reset the crediting terms at the end of each such two- or three-year period.

Customers purchasing fixed-indexed annuities may elect to add certain riders that provide lifetime income benefits or Death Benefits. Account values for fixed-indexed annuities are protected against adverse market movements. In addition, while the benefit base for some variable annuity products is linked to upside market movements, the benefit base for Our fixed indexed annuity products is typically not.

After the first year following the issuance of a deferred annuity, the policyholder is typically permitted to make withdrawals up to 10% of the prior year's account value without a surrender charge. In addition, Required Minimum Distributions imposed by federal law generally do not incur surrender charges. Withdrawals in excess of these allowable amounts are assessed a surrender charge fee if such withdrawals are made during the surrender charge period. For multi-year guaranteed annuity products, the surrender charge period is the period for which the Crediting Rate is guaranteed. For other products, surrender charge periods follow a pre-specified schedule. In general, the surrender charge periods for Our fixed-rate and fixed-indexed annuity products currently offered through the individual channel apply for as few as three years to as many as ten years, depending on the product. The surrender charges typically range from 7% to 10% of the Contract Value at inception and generally decrease over the surrender charge period.

Preneed Life Insurance

The preneed life insurance market primarily sells small face whole life contracts typically with an average face amount at issue of approximately $5,400. We are Global Atlantic's only writer for newly issued preneed life policies through the individual channel, and were one of the first entrants in the preneed market. These policies are sold primarily through independently licensed agents associated with funeral homes and other providers of funeral and cemetery services. We have relationships with funeral homes across the United States and enter into participation agreements with funeral homes and general agent agreements with the independently licensed agents.

We specialize in the sale of non-participating, single-pay and limited payment whole life insurance contracts sold exclusively as a funding vehicle by individuals prearranging funerals. We believe Our long-term relationships with the network of agents and funeral homes that distribute Our preneed insurance gives Us a competitive advantage. We have established incentive and loyalty programs with Our top distributors that are designed to encourage future sales of Our preneed products.

Funding Products

We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Indianapolis. As a member, We have entered into funding agreements with the FHLB of Indianapolis, and the funding agreements are issued in exchange for cash. The funding agreements require that We pledge eligible assets, such as commercial mortgage loans, as collateral. Certain types of eligible assets pledged as collateral are held in custody by the FHLB of Indianapolis. Through Our membership, We have issued funding agreements to the FHLB of Indianapolis in exchange for cash advances in the amount of approximately $1.6 billion as of December 31, 2022.

We invest the proceeds from such issuances in furtherance of Our investment spread strategy, consistent with Our other investment spread operations. It is not part of Our strategy to utilize these funds for operations, and any funds obtained from the FHLB of Indianapolis for use in general operations would be accounted for consistent with SSAP No. 15, Debt and Holding Company Obligations (SSAP No. 15), as borrowed money. As a part of this arrangement, We hold $5.0 million in FHLB of Indianapolis Class B Membership Stock. The Class B Membership Stock is not eligible for redemption.

In January 2021, We entered the funding agreement-backed notes ("FABN") market, issuing inaugural funding agreements as part of a global debt issuance program (the "FABN Program"). As of December 31, 2022, We had issued $5.45 billion in funding agreements in connection with the FABN Program.

Other Products

Through Our bank and independent broker-dealer channels, We offer a hybrid product ("Hybrid Annuity") that links long-term care benefits to a fixed-rate annuity with a nine-year surrender period. Hybrid Annuities are fixed-rate annuity products with a benefit rider that permits access to the policy's account value, free of a surrender charge, along with a supplemental rider benefit value to reimburse the policyholder for certain qualified long-term care expenses. Unlike traditional standalone long-term care, where benefits

are not tied to existing policyholder accounts, the rider benefit is capped at the return of account value plus one or two times the account value depending on the outcome of underwriting. We believe the drawdown of policyholder account value as the initial benefit payment and the capped benefit size substantially reduces risk to Us when compared to traditional long term care. The rider benefit paid to the policyholder is subject to a monthly maximum such that the benefit is typically paid out over a period of six years or longer.

We sell investment-only variable annuities through Our bank and broker-dealer distribution channels. Our variable annuities are issued by Us and underwritten and distributed by Global Atlantic Distributors, LLC ("GAD"), a FINRA-registered broker-dealer. Variable annuities provide the ability to invest in a tax deferred manner into a series of investment options and, when appropriate, convert that investment into an income stream. These products are designed to appeal to investors who are seeking greater market participation and willing to assume additional risk. We currently offer investment-only variable annuities in multiple classes that differ in fees, duration of surrender charge period and structure of sales charges. The variable annuities offered by Us provide policyholders with the opportunity to invest in various investment sub-accounts and offer optional Death Benefit and income guarantees. Policyholders that elect an optional benefit may be required to invest in a managed volatility investment fund, the majority of which are offered through the Forethought Variable Insurance Trust platform. We utilize a Separate Account to record and account for assets and liabilities for variable annuity transactions. Investments in such Separate Account are maintained separately from those in Our General Account. The net investment experience of Our Separate Account is generally credited directly to the policyholder and can be positive or negative. As a result, investment income on the Separate Account is not included in Our net income. Effective December 31, 2015, we entered into a reinsurance agreement with CALIC whereby We ceded 100% of Our variable annuity business on funds withheld and modified coinsurance bases.

In February 2022, We began selling registered index linked annuities pursuant to this prospectus.

Reinsurance

We seek to diversify risk and limit Our overall financial exposure by reinsuring certain levels of risk in various areas of exposure through cessions to other insurance companies or reinsurers.

We assume certain preneed life insurance policies from one non-affiliated company on a coinsurance basis. This block of assumed business is in run-off. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, We assumed $20.8 million and $22.4 million of reserves, respectively, under this reinsurance arrangement. We assume on a modified coinsurance basis certain other preneed life insurance policies from a non-affiliated company. This block of assumed business is also in run-off. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, We assumed $243.0 million and $285.1 million of modified coinsurance reserves, respectively.

Effective December 31, 2015, We entered into a reinsurance agreement with CALIC whereby We ceded 100% of Our variable annuity business on funds withheld and modified coinsurance bases. Amounts due to affiliates related to funds withheld agreements were $37.3 million and $25.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Effective April 1, 2017, We entered into a reinsurance agreement with Global Atlantic Re Limited ("GA Re"), whereby We ceded a portion of Our annuity and preneed business. As a result of the transaction in 2017, We ceded $8,539 million in reserves to GA Re, resulting in a one-time gain of approximately $16 million, and continue to cede annuity business to GA Re on an ongoing quota share basis. Effective April 2, 2018, in accordance with the reinsurance agreement, We moved 50% of the funds withheld assets to a coinsurance arrangement.

From time to time, Global Atlantic and its insurance subsidiaries, including us, have entered into or may enter into arrangements with unaffiliated third-party co-investment vehicles designed to deploy third-party, on-demand capital into certain qualifying reinsurance transactions alongside Global Atlantic and its subsidiaries. Global Atlantic's insurance subsidiaries, including us, may participate in qualifying reinsurance transactions with the insurance company subsidiary of such co-investment vehicles. These reinsurance transactions will generally be on a funds withheld coinsurance basis, with the applicable Global Atlantic insurance subsidiary (such as us) retaining a portion of the liabilities in such transaction and retaining the business reinsured to the co-investment vehicle on its balance sheet.

Investment Management

~~[To~~We bebenefit ~~added~~from byGlobal ~~pre~~Atlantic's investment management strength and We believe such investment management is a key driver of Our success. Our board of directors retains oversight of Our investment portfolio and has delegated day-~~effective~~to-day management of the investment portfolio to Global Atlantic's investment management committee, a committee ~~amendment]~~that is chaired by Global Atlantic's Chief Investment Officer and includes Global Atlantic's Chief Executive Officer as a member.

Our objective is to invest the funds We receive from policyholders into a high quality, diversified investment portfolio that is well-matched to Our liabilities and earns a yield in excess of the cost of Our policyholder liabilities. The returns We are able to generate on our investment portfolio support competitive pricing on Our products.

We invest Our General Account assets in investments across the capital structure and in public and private markets across securities, loans and direct ownership of income-generating assets. We believe that Our capability to invest in multiple asset types has provided FLIC

the platform to capture investment opportunities across market conditions in assets which FLIC believes have favorable risk-adjusted returns.

On February 1, 2021, KKR IM entered into an investment management agreement with Us, pursuant to which KKR IM manages Our assets (other than certain funds withheld, modified coinsurance and certain Separate Accounts). The terms of this investment management agreement with FLIC have been approved of by the Indiana Department. Under the terms of the investment management agreement, most of Our day-to-day investment management is performed by KKR IM. We believe that with KKR IM performing day-to-day investment management, We will achieve increased net investment yields over time. Certain former Global Atlantic investment professionals are now employees of KKR IM and, pursuant to the investment management agreement described above, provide investment management services to FLIC.

Historically, GSAM has managed certain liquid asset classes under the direction of Global Atlantic's in-house investment management team. Following the close of the KKR Acquisition, GSAM continues to provide services for asset classes in which We believe GSAM is well-suited to provide services that We do not have a competitive advantage in and for which We believe scale and execution is important to manage operating costs, such as liquid corporate, municipal and government securities.

Employees

Our management consists of officers who are employees of Global Atlantic and who provide services to Us pursuant to the terms of an Amended and Restated Services and Expense Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2018, by and among GAFC, We and certain other subsidiaries of Global Atlantic (the "Services Agreement"). These employees work at Our direction. None of Global Atlantic's employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe Our relations with such employees are satisfactory.

Recent Change in Control

On December 16, 2020, the Indiana Department of Insurance approved the indirect acquisition of Forethought Life Insurance Company by a subsidiary of KKR and the entry of Forethought and a subsidiary of KKR into an investment management agreement.

Regulation

~~[To~~Our beoperations ~~added~~and bybusinesses ~~pre~~are subject to extensive laws, regulations, administrative determinations and similar legal constraints, including regulation under state insurance laws and federal and state securities laws. Many of the laws and regulations to which We are subject are regularly re-~~effective~~examined, and existing or future laws and regulations ~~amendment]~~may become more restrictive or otherwise adversely affect Our operations. We cannot predict the impact of future state, federal or foreign laws or regulations on Our business. Future laws and regulations, or the interpretation thereof, may materially adversely affect Our results of operations and financial condition.

-Insurance ~~37 -~~Regulation

General

We are domiciled in the State of Indiana and licensed to transact insurance business in, and are subject to regulation and supervision by, 49 states (all except New York) and the District of Columbia. The insurance and reinsurance industry is heavily regulated and Our operations in each of these jurisdictions are subject to varying degrees of regulation and supervision. State insurance authorities have broad administrative powers over insurance companies with respect to all aspects of the insurance business.

The laws and regulations of the jurisdiction in which We are domiciled may require Us to, among other things, maintain minimum levels of statutory capital, surplus and liquidity; meet solvency standards; submit to periodic examinations of its financial condition; and restrict payments of dividends and distributions of capital. We are also subject to laws and regulations that may restrict Our ability to write insurance and reinsurance policies, make certain types of investments and distribute funds. In addition, We are subject to laws and regulations governing related-party/affiliate transactions. These are particularly important to Us given (1) our relationship with Global Atlantic and (2) the fact that Our business strategy involves ceding business among our affiliates.

State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. The NAIC is an organization, the mandate of which is to benefit state insurance regulatory authorities and consumers by promulgating model insurance laws and regulations for adoption by the states. The NAIC also provides standardized insurance industry accounting and reporting guidance through the Accounting Manual. Model insurance laws and regulations put forth by the NAIC are effective only when adopted by the states, and statutory accounting and reporting principles continue to be established by individual state laws and regulations and modified by prescribed and permitted practices. Changes to the Accounting Manual or modifications by the various state insurance departments may affect Our statutory capital and surplus.

The NAIC has expressed concerns related to filing exempt status for certain bespoke securities, which generally allows the use of an NRSRO-rating for purposes of capital assessment as opposed to requiring review by the Securities Valuation Office. In October 2020, the VOS Task Force received a memorandum from the Financial Condition (E) Committee that directed a new charge for 2021 to implement policies to help the SVO administer the filing exemption process by which certain investments are not required to be submitted

to the SVO for review. The VOS Task Force recently adopted amendments to the P&P Manual to require, effective January 1, 2022, the filing of supporting private rating analysis for any security assigned a private rating, in which the SVO will determine if a privately rated security is eligible to receive an NAIC Designation with an NAIC CRP Credit Rating. The amendments allow an insurance company to self-designate privately rated securities issued between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2021 that are subject to a confidentiality agreement executed prior to January 1, 2022, which agreement remains in force as of such date and for which an insurance company cannot provide a copy of a private rating letter al report.

Changes in state laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer and at the expense of the insurer. The NAIC may also be influenced by the initiatives or regulatory structures or schemes of international regulatory bodies, and those initiatives or regulatory structures or schemes may not translate readily into the regulatory structures or schemes or the legal system (including the interpretation or application of standards by juries) under which U.S. insurers must operate. Changes in laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, as well as initiatives or regulatory structures or schemes of international regulatory bodies, applicable to Us could have a significant impact on us.

Some NAIC pronouncements, particularly as they affect accounting issues, take effect automatically without affirmative action by the states. In addition, the NAIC continues to consider various initiatives to change and modernize its financial and solvency regulations.

We are required to file reports, which generally include detailed annual financial statements and quarterly unaudited financial statements, with insurance regulatory authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which We do business, and Our operations and accounts are subject to periodic examination by such authorities. We must also file, and in many jurisdictions and in some lines of insurance obtain regulatory approval of, policy forms and related materials prepared or delivered in connection with the insurance written in the jurisdictions in which We operate.

State and federal insurance and securities regulatory authorities and other state law enforcement agencies and attorneys general from time to time make inquiries regarding Our compliance with insurance, securities and other laws and regulations regarding the conduct of Our insurance and securities businesses. We endeavor to respond to such inquiries in an appropriate way and to take corrective action if warranted.

Annuity Suitability

State insurance regulators have become more active in adopting and enforcing suitability standards with respect to sales of fixed, indexed and variable annuities.

A suitability analysis is performed for each annuity sale. For variable annuity sales, the broker-dealers are responsible for performing suitability reviews of each individual annuity sale. We generally delegate suitability analyses for fixed annuity product sales to the banks and broker-dealers distributing these products, as they typically have the infrastructure and resources required to perform suitability analyses. With respect to the other distribution channels (and in limited circumstances, the broker-dealer channel), We do not delegate suitability. Our and Global Atlantic's in-house compliance team has a suitability program in place whereby pending annuity sales are not finalized until completion of suitability analysis as required under the SAT and applicable state suitability requirements.

Certain states and the NAIC have proposed or implemented changes to their suitability regulations that would make broker-dealers, sales agents and investment advisers and their representatives subject to a best interest standard when selling annuities. On February 13, 2020, the NAIC adopted revisions to the SAT to better align the state standards governing the standard of care of annuity producers with the SEC's Regulation Best Interest, and some states have either adopted or are moving to adopt this revised regulation. The revised SAT includes a requirement for producers to act in the "best interest" of a retail customer when making a recommendation of an annuity. A producer has acted in the best interest of the customer if the producer has satisfied certain prescribed obligations regarding care, disclosure, conflict of interest and documentation. We are working on implementing the changes required by this model regulation ahead of its implementation date in the states that have adopted the new model regulation. State adoption of these revisions, and any future changes in such laws and regulations, could adversely impact the way We market and sell Our annuity products. Inconsistencies among rules that may be adopted by the SEC, DOL, NAIC or state insurance regulators could further complicate the distribution of Our products.

Conduct Standards

Federal and state regulators continue to propose and implement conduct standards in the sale of investment products, including in the sale of annuity and life insurance products. The NAIC has also proposed changes to the SAT to impose a best interest standard to the sale of annuity products.

For example, on December 15, 2020, the DOL issued its re-proposed regulatory action relating to the Fiduciary Advice Rule, reinstating the definition of investment advice fiduciary that existed prior to 2016, and providing interpretive guidance concerning the regulation that dictates the scope of what constitutes fiduciary "investment advice" to ERISA Plans and IRAs. As part of that regulatory action the DOL issued a final prohibited transaction exemption that can be used by fiduciaries providing investment advice for a fee. The interpretive guidance provided by the DOL broadens the circumstances under which financial institutions, including insurance companies,

could be considered fiduciaries under ERISA or the Code. In particular, the DOL states that a recommendation to "rollover" assets from a qualified retirement plan to an IRA, or from an IRA to another IRA, can be considered fiduciary investment advice if the facts and circumstances indicate that the recommendation meets the investment advice test of the regulation. This guidance reverses an earlier DOL interpretation suggesting that rollover advice did not constitute investment advice giving rise to a fiduciary relationship.

On June 5, 2019, the SEC adopted a package of rules and interpretations designed to enhance the quality and transparency of the duties owned by broker-dealers to retail investors and to reaffirm, and in some cases clarify, certain aspects of an investment adviser's fiduciary duty under the Advisers Act. Under the new rules, which became effective on June 30, 2020, broker-dealers recommending Our variable products and mutual funds to retail customers are required to comply with a "best interest" standard. Regulation Best Interest generally requires that a broker-dealer and its associated persons act in a retail customer's best interest and not place their own financial or other interests ahead of a retail customer's interests when recommending securities transactions or investment strategies. To meet this new best interest standard, a broker-dealer must satisfy four component obligations including a disclosure obligation, a care obligation, a conflict of interest obligation and a compliance obligation.

Also on June 5, 2019, the SEC adopted an interpretation of the fiduciary duties owed by investment advisers. The interpretation addresses an investment adviser's duties of care and loyalty under the Advisers Act. As described in the interpretation, in the view of the SEC, the duty of care requires an investment adviser to provide investment advice in the best interest of its client, based on the client's objectives. Under the duty of loyalty, an investment adviser must eliminate or make full and fair disclosure of all conflicts of interest which might incline an investment adviser — consciously or unconsciously — to render advice which is not disinterested such that a client can provide informed consent to the conflict. We are monitoring these developments and cannot at this time predict the effect they might have on Our broker-dealers and investment advisers, and on the sales and distribution systems for Our variable products and mutual funds.

In addition, certain states have proposed or implemented conduct standards in the sale of annuity and life insurance products. The SEC has not indicated an intent to pre-empt state regulation in this area, and some of the state proposals allow for a private right of action. As a result, we and other annuity writers could be subject to overlapping and potentially conflicting federal and numerous state regulations of conduct standards.

Regulation Best Interest, the DOL's Fiduciary Advice Rule, amendments to the SAT and other potential fiduciary rules may fundamentally change the way financial advisors, agents, and financial institutions do business. These rules may impact the way annuity and life insurance products are marketed and offered by distribution partners, which could have an impact on customer demand, impact the margins on products or increase compliance costs and burdens. Inconsistencies among rules that may be adopted by the SEC, DOL, NAIC or state insurance regulators could further complicate the distribution of Our products and increase the costs of distributing Our products.

Annual Reports and Statutory Examinations

We are required to file detailed annual reports, including financial statements, in accordance with prescribed statutory accounting rules, with regulatory officials in the jurisdictions in which We conduct business.

The NAIC has approved SAP and various model regulations that have been adopted, in some cases with certain modifications, by all state insurance departments. These statutory principles are subject to ongoing change and modification.

As part of their routine regulatory oversight process, state insurance departments conduct periodic detailed examinations, generally once every three to five years, of the books, records and accounts of insurers domiciled in their states. These examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of two or three other states under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC.

Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements

All of the jurisdictions in which We are admitted to transact insurance business require life insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed life insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written in such state by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. Some jurisdictions permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets. In the past three years, none of the aggregate assessments levied against Us have been material.

Reinsurance

The rates, policy terms, and conditions of reinsurance agreements generally are not subject to regulation by any regulatory authority. However, the ability of a primary insurer to take credit for the reinsurance purchased from reinsurance companies is a significant component of reinsurance regulation. Typically, a primary insurer will only enter into a reinsurance agreement if it can obtain credit against its reserves on its statutory basis financial statements for the reinsurance ceded to the reinsurer. With respect to U.S.-domiciled ceding companies, credit is usually granted when the reinsurer is licensed or accredited in the state where the ceding company is domiciled. States also generally permit primary insurers to take credit for reinsurance if the reinsurer: (1) is domiciled in a state with a credit for reinsurance law

that is substantially similar to the credit for reinsurance law in the primary insurer's state of domicile and (2) meets certain financial requirements. Credit for reinsurance purchased from a reinsurer that does not meet the foregoing conditions is generally allowed to the extent that such reinsurer secures its obligations with qualified collateral.

The Dodd-Frank Act, which became effective on July 21, 2011, provides that only the state in which a primary insurer is domiciled may regulate the financial statement credit for reinsurance taken by that primary insurer; other states are no longer able to require additional collateral from unauthorized reinsurers or otherwise impose their own credit for reinsurance laws on primary insurers that are licensed, but not domiciled, in such other states.

States may permit certified reinsurers to post less collateral to reinsurance counterparties than insurers who are not certified. The NAIC has adopted an amended Credit for Reinsurance Model Law, pursuant to which collateral requirements may be reduced from 100% for unauthorized and non-accredited reinsurers meeting certain criteria as to financial strength and reliability that are domiciled in jurisdictions that are found to have strong systems of domestic insurance regulation, each, a "Qualified Jurisdiction." Insurers domiciled in Qualified Jurisdictions, such as Bermuda, are eligible to apply for certified reinsurer status. Certified reinsurers may be permitted to post collateral at reduced levels with respect to reinsurance agreements with cedents domiciled in jurisdictions that have adopted the amendments to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law. GA Re is an approved certified reinsurer in Indiana. While GA Re is not licensed, accredited or approved in any state in the United States and, consequently, must collateralize its obligations in order for a U.S. primary insurer to obtain credit against its reserves on its statutory basis financial statements, as a result of its certified reinsurer status in Indiana, GA Re has the ability to post reduced collateral for coverage provided by GA Re to us. A loss of the certified reinsurer status of GA Re may materially and adversely impact Our business strategy.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act authorized the U.S. Treasury Secretary and the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative to negotiate covered agreements. A covered agreement is an agreement between the United States and one or more foreign governments, authorities or regulatory entities regarding prudential measures with respect to insurance or reinsurance. Pursuant to this authority, in September 2017, the U.S. and the EU signed the EU Covered Agreement to address, among other things, reinsurance collateral requirements, and the parties are moving forward with provisional application in accordance with the EU Covered Agreement. In addition, on December 18, 2018, the U.K. Covered Agreement was signed in anticipation of the United Kingdom's exit from the EU.

U.S. state regulators have until September 1, 2022 to adopt reinsurance reforms removing reinsurance collateral requirements for EU and U.K. reinsurers that meet the prescribed minimum conditions set forth in the applicable EU Covered Agreement or U.K. Covered Agreement or state laws imposing such reinsurance collateral requirements may be subject to federal preemption. In 2019, the NAIC revised the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law and Model Regulation, which revisions are aimed at addressing the reinsurance collateral provisions of the EU Covered Agreement and the U.K. Covered Agreement. The revisions permit a primary insurer to take credit for reinsurance ceded to a qualifying unauthorized reinsurer without collateral if the reinsurer satisfies certain criteria, including being domiciled in a "reciprocal jurisdiction." A "reciprocal jurisdiction" includes (a) a non-U.S. jurisdiction (such as the EU and the U.K.) that has entered into a covered agreement with the U.S., (b) a "qualified jurisdiction," such as Bermuda, that meets certain additional requirements consistent with the terms and conditions of the EU Covered Agreement and U.K. Covered Agreement and (c) any NAIC-accredited U.S. jurisdiction. The NAIC has recently adopted a new accreditation standard that requires states to adopt these revisions to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law (including the recognition of all categories of "reciprocal jurisdictions"). Indiana has adopted the 2019 revisions to the Credit for Reinsurance Model. If such revisions are adopted by the states, primary insurers in the U.S. that are domiciled in states adopting such revisions may have the ability to take credit for reinsurance coverage provided by GA Re without GA Re posting any collateral. We cannot predict with any certainty what the impact of implementation of the EU Covered Agreement or U.K. Covered Agreement will be on Our business or whether the interpretation of the provisions of the EU Covered Agreement and the U.K. Covered Agreement will change.

Principle-based reserving and life insurance reserves

On January 1, 2017, the principle-based approach to life insurance company reserves became effective, with a three year phase-in period, for all new life insurance products issued on or after such date, including all life insurance products we sell other than preneed. As compared to the prescriptive reserving approach applicable to life products written prior to January 1, 2017, principle-based reserving gives greater credence to the insurer's past experience, anticipated future experience and current economic conditions. Accordingly, and in contrast to the prescriptive approach, certain assumptions regarding economic conditions, mortality and policyholder behavior will no longer be required to remain constant and may be updated. As a result, principle-based reserving may cause fluctuations to the amount of reserves held. We implemented principle-based reserving for term and universal life with secondary guarantee products sold after January 1, 2017, which resulted in a reduction in the reserves required for these products relative to the previously prescribed approach, and We implemented principle-based reserving for all other universal life products as of January 1, 2020. We continue to assess the impact of principle-based reserving. While We currently do not expect principle-based reserving for indexed universal life to have a material impact on Our reserves for those products, We cannot provide any guarantee that Our expectations will be correct. In addition, because the amount of reserves calculated using principle-based reserving may not remain constant, the implementation of principle-based reserving poses uncertainties which may cause fluctuations in the amount of reserves held.

In addition, life insurance reserves are calculated using standardized mortality tables. On January 1, 2017, new standardized mortality tables, referred to as 2017 CSO Table, became effective, with a three-year phase-in period. The 2017 CSO Table must be used on or after January 1, 2020, although early adoption was permitted. We have implemented the 2017 CSO Table.

Market Conduct Regulation

State insurance laws and regulations include numerous provisions governing the marketplace activities of insurers, including provisions governing claims settlement practices, the form and content of disclosure to consumers, illustrations, advertising, sales and complaint process practices. State regulatory authorities generally enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct examinations. In addition, We must file, and in many jurisdictions and for some lines of business obtain regulatory approval for, rates and forms relating to the insurance written in the jurisdictions in which We operate. Adverse findings in a market conduct examination could result in fines, penalties, agreements with regulators and reputational harm to Our business.

Under their market conduct authority, state insurance regulators have recently increased their focus on the use of third-party administrators to administer insurance policies. We rely on third-party administrators to service certain policies. This increased regulatory scrutiny may result in fines and penalties and agreements with regulators regarding Our and Our third-party administrator's servicing of policies.

NAIC Ratios (IRIS)

The NAIC's Insurance Regulatory Information System ("IRIS") is a collection of analytical solvency tools and databases designed to provide state insurance departments with an integrated approach to screening and analyzing the financial condition of insurers operating within their respective states. In connection with IRIS and on the basis of statutory financial statements filed with state insurance regulators, the NAIC calculates annually 12 financial ratios to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of insurers. State insurance regulators review this statistical report, which is available to the public, together with an analytical report, prepared by and available only to state insurance regulators, to identify insurance companies that appear to require immediate regulatory attention. A "usual range" of results for each ratio is used as a benchmark. In general, departure from the "usual range" on four or more of the ratios can lead to inquiries from the NAIC or individual state insurance departments. As of December 31, 2020, certain of Our IRIS ratios fell outside the "usual range," but We do not expect this to result in regulatory action.

Policy and Contract Reserve Adequacy Analysis

Indiana and other states have adopted an NAIC model law and regulation with respect to policy and contract reserve adequacy. Under the applicable insurance laws, We are required to annually conduct an analysis of the adequacy of all life insurance and annuity statutory reserves. A qualified actuary must submit an opinion which states that the statutory reserves, when considered in light of the assets held with respect to such reserves, make adequate provision for the associated contractual obligations and related expenses of the insurer. If such an opinion cannot be provided unless additional reserves are established, the insurer must establish such additional reserves as are incorporated in the actuary's opinion by moving funds from surplus. In addition, reserve requirements for certain product types require reserve adequacy on a standalone basis for those product types. We have provided the actuarial opinions pertaining to reserves without any qualifications as of December 31, 2020.

Capital and Surplus

The insurance laws of Indiana require that We maintain minimum capital and surplus. We are subject to the supervision of the regulators in each jurisdiction in which we are licensed to transact business. These regulators have discretionary authority, in connection with the continued licensing of us, to limit or prohibit sales to policyholders if such regulators determine that we have not maintained the minimum surplus or capital required or that Our further transaction of business would be hazardous to policyholders. We exceeded the required minimum capital and surplus levels as of December 31, 2020.

Capital Requirements

RBC standards have been promulgated by the NAIC and adopted by the Indiana Department. These RBC requirements provide a means of measuring the minimum amount of statutory capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations based on its size and risk profile. The NAIC Risk-Based Capital for Insurers Model Act requires life insurance companies to submit an annual report that compares an insurer's TAC to its Authorized Control Level ("ACL") RBC, each such term as defined pursuant to applicable state law. An insurer's RBC is calculated by using a specified formula that applies factors to various risks inherent in the insurer's operations, including risks attributable to its assets, underwriting experience, interest rates and other business expenses. The factors are higher for those items with greater underlying risk and lower for items with less underlying risk. Therefore, the degree of risk taken by the insurer is a primary determinant of the RBC ratio. Statutory RBC is measured on two bases, with ACL capital as equal to one-half CAL RBC. Regulators typically use ACL in assessing companies and reviewing solvency requirements. Companies themselves typically use the CAL standard.

Insurance regulators use the value of an insurer's TAC in relation to its RBC, together with its trend in its TAC, as a basis for determining regulatory action that a state insurance regulator may be authorized or required to take with respect to an insurer. The four action levels include: (1) CAL, wherein an insurer is required to submit a plan for corrective action, (2) Regulatory Action Level, wherein an insurer is required to submit a plan for corrective action and is subject to examination, analysis and specific corrective action, (3) ACL, wherein regulators may place insurer under regulatory control and (4) Mandatory Control Level, wherein regulators are required to place insurer under regulatory control. The Regulatory Action Level is generally set at an ACL RBC ratio of 150% or less and may result in regulators imposing specified corrective actions.

TAC and RBC ratio are calculated annually by insurers, as of December 31 of each year. As of December 31, 2020, Our RBC ratio was 405% and our TAC was in excess of the levels that would prompt regulatory action under Indiana law. The calculation of RBC ratio requires certain judgments to be made, and, accordingly, Our current RBC ratio may be greater or less than the RBC ratio calculated as of any date of determination.

In June 2018, the NAIC's Capital Adequacy Task Force approved revised RBC factors to reflect the 21% statutory federal tax rate enacted by the TCJA, in place of the former 35% statutory federal tax rate previously used in calculating RBC ratios. In general, because the NAIC RBC calculation uses the new 21% statutory federal tax rate in place of the 35% statutory federal tax rate, the RBC ratios of life and annuity companies decreased. In addition, in July 2021, the NAIC's Financial Condition (E) Committee adopted updates to the asset factors that are used to calculate the RBC requirements for investment portfolio assets resulting in an expansion in the number of NAIC asset class categories for factor-based RBC requirements and the adoption of new factors to be implemented for reporting for the 2021 RBC filing, which could increase capital requirements on some securities and decrease capital requirements on others. An increase in RBC or minimum capital requirements may require Us to increase Our statutory capital levels, which We might be unable to do. We cannot accurately predict what, if any, changes may result from this review or their potential impact on Our RBC ratios. We will continue to monitor developments in this area. In addition, investments in new asset classes, such as renewable energy and infrastructure, may not clearly fit into an existing NAIC asset class. Uncertainty or changes to RBC requirements for such asset classes could impact Our ability to execute on Our investment strategy or impact Our RBC ratios.

The NAIC and international insurance regulators, including the International Association of Insurance Supervisors, are working to develop group capital standards. In December 2020, the NAIC adopted a group capital calculation or "GCC" tool using an RBC aggregation methodology for all entities within the insurance holding company system, including non-U.S. entities. The goal is to provide U.S. regulators with a method to aggregate the available capital and the minimum capital of each entity in a group in a way that applies to all groups regardless of their structure. In December 2020, the NAIC also adopted amendments to the NAIC's Model Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act and Model Insurance Holding Company System Model Regulation to require, subject to certain exceptions, the ultimate controlling person of every insurer subject to the holding company registration requirement to file an annual group capital calculation with its lead state regulator. The NAIC has stated that the calculation will be a regulatory tool and does not constitute a requirement or standard, but there can be no guarantee that will remain the case. The NAIC also expects that the group capital calculation will satisfy the EU Covered Agreement's group capital assessment requirement. In addition, the December 2020 revisions to the Model Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act and Model Insurance Holding Company System Model Regulation also included a new requirement for the ultimate controlling person of certain large U.S. life insurers and insurance groups meeting certain scope criteria, based on the amounts of business written or material exposure to certain investment transactions, to file the results of a liquidity stress test annually with the lead state regulator of the insurance group. The liquidity stress test utilizes a company cash-flow projection approach incorporating liquidity sources and uses over various time horizons under a baseline assumption and stress scenarios that may vary from year to year. It is expected that the 2020 revisions to the NAIC's Model Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act will be made an accreditation standard. States with insurers subject to the EU Covered Agreement and U.K. Covered Agreement will be encouraged to adopt the 2020 revisions to the Holding Company Model Act as soon as possible but no later than the November 7, 2022 deadline for the group capital assessment under the EU Covered Agreement and U.K. Covered Agreement. It is not possible to predict what impact any such group capital measures may have on Our business.

Statutory Investment Valuation Reserves

Life insurance companies are required to establish an AVR to stabilize statutory policyholder surplus from fluctuations in the market value of investments. AVR consists of two components: (1) a "default component" for possible credit-related losses on fixed maturity investments and (2) an "equity component" for possible market-value losses on all types of equity investments, including real estate-related investments. Insurers also are required to establish an IMR for net realized capital gains and losses, net of tax, on fixed maturity investments where such gains and losses are attributable to changes in interest rates, as opposed to credit-related causes. IMR is required to be amortized into statutory earnings on a basis reflecting the remaining period to maturity of the fixed maturity securities. These reserves are required by state insurance regulatory authorities to be established as a liability on a life insurer's statutory financial statements. In the event of a reinsurance cession by a U.S. insurer, the IMR balance attributed to the reinsured block would be established consistent with the cash settlement of realized gains and losses, with subsequent IMR held by either party dependent on reinsurance terms. Although future additions to AVR would reduce Our future statutory capital and surplus, We do not believe that the impact under current regulations of such reserve requirements will materially affect Our financial condition.

Regulation of Investments

We are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of its investment portfolio and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment-grade fixed maturity securities, equity real estate, other equity investments and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that Our investments complied with such regulations as of December 31, 2020 and continue to so comply. In addition, the types of assets in which We invest may subject Us to additional laws and regulations. We may also invest in certain tax-advantaged investments that are designed to generate returns in part on the realization of federal and state income tax credits that may not be realized if the projects do not meet the complex compliance requirements applicable to such credits or if there are changes in applicable laws or regulations.

Cybersecurity and Privacy Regulation

The area of cybersecurity has come under increased scrutiny by insurance regulators. On October 24, 2017, the NAIC adopted the Insurance Data Security Model Law (the "Cybersecurity Model Law"), which establishes standards for data security and for the investigation, and provision of notice to insurance commissioners, of cybersecurity events involving unauthorized access to, or the misuse of, certain nonpublic information. The Cybersecurity Model Law has been adopted in Indiana and a number of other states, but it is not an NAIC accreditation standard.

Additionally, states continue to adopt legislation or implement regulations addressing cybersecurity. For example, the New York Department of Financial Services ("NYDFS") issued a cybersecurity regulation for financial services institutions, including banking and insurance entities under its jurisdiction, that describes certain requirements for insurers to implement, including taking measures to protect data accessible to third-party service providers, adopting multi-factor authentication procedures, designating a chief information security officer who would annually report to such regulator, conducting annual audits, and immediately notifying such regulator of any material cybersecurity incident. The New York cybersecurity regulation became effective on March 1, 2017. On January 1, 2020, the California Privacy Act Policy ("CCPA") went into effect. Subject to certain exceptions, the CCPA requires companies operating in California to determine the types of personal information retained on California residents; to provide detailed privacy notices to individuals from whom personal information is collected that informs such individuals of the purpose of this information collection and whether such information is shared with third parties; to develop systems allowing such companies to respond efficiently to requests by California residents seeking to determine what information such companies possess or requesting deletion of their information; and to ensure that service providers and other third parties to whom these companies provide such personal information adhere to certain contractual requirements. We cannot predict what effect adoption of such laws and regulations would have on its business or the costs of compliance with such laws and regulations.

There also has been increased scrutiny, including from state regulators, regarding the use of "big data" techniques. The NAIC has established a dedicated working group, the Big Data and Artificial Intelligence (EX) Working Group, to consider big data issues, such as the lack of transparency and potential for bias in algorithms used to synthesize big data. The NAIC has also formed the Accelerated Underwriting (A) Working Group to consider the issues related to the use of external data and data analytics in accelerated underwriting of life insurance. We expect that big data will remain an important issue for the NAIC and state regulators. We cannot predict what, if any, changes to laws and regulations may be enacted with regard to "big data."

As a result of increased innovation and technology in the insurance sector, the NAIC is monitoring technology developments that impact the state insurance regulatory framework and has developed or is developing regulatory guidance, as appropriate. For example: (1) the NAIC has adopted amendments to the anti-rebating provisions of the NAIC's Unfair Trade Practices Act to address new technologies that are being deployed to add value to existing insurance products and services; (2) the NAIC has adopted guiding principles related to artificial intelligence, its use in the insurance sector, and its impact on consumer protection and privacy, marketplace dynamics and the state-based insurance regulatory framework; and (3) the Privacy Protections (D) Working Group is evaluating the need for changes to state insurance privacy protections regarding the collection, use and disclosure of information gathered in connection with insurance transactions. Further, the NAIC and state insurance regulators have been focused on addressing unfair discrimination in the use of consumer data and technology and some states have passed laws or introduced legislation targeting unfair discrimination practices. For example, Colorado has recently introduced legislation that would restrict the use of consumer data sources, algorithms and predictive models that unfairly discriminate against an individual based on race, color, national or ethnic origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, disability, or transgender status and would provide the Colorado Insurance Commissioner with broad rule-making and enforcement authority. Several states have also issued guidance regarding the use of big data technology in compliance with anti-discrimination laws.

We expect that innovation and technology will remain an important issue for the NAIC and state regulators. We cannot predict what, if any, changes to laws and regulations may be enacted with regard to innovation and technology in the insurance sector.

Unclaimed Property Laws

State insurance regulators continue to scrutinize claims settlement practices of life insurance companies with regard to payment of Death Benefits. Through their authority to regulate market conduct, including claims settlement practices, state insurance regulators have been examining the use by life insurance companies of the U.S. Social Security Administration's Death Master File (the "Social Security Death Master File") to identify deceased persons and the processes by which life insurance companies search for Beneficiaries of life and annuity contracts. In particular, these regulators have been looking at how life insurance companies handle unreported deaths, maturity of life insurance and annuity contracts, and contracts that have exceeded limiting age to determine if the companies are appropriately identifying when Death Benefits or other payments under the contracts should be made. A private audit firm retained by a group of states is currently conducting a routine unclaimed property audit of Global Atlantic's U.S. insurance subsidiaries, which includes us. Resolution of this audit is not expected to have a material negative impact on us.

In addition, several states have enacted laws or adopted regulations mandating the use by life insurance companies of the Social Security Death Master File or other similar databases to identify deceased persons and more rigorous processes to find Beneficiaries. We have policies and procedures to comply with applicable state insurance laws and regulations regarding unclaimed property. Any new or revised laws requiring additional procedures to identify deceased persons and more rigorous processes to find Beneficiaries may result in administrative challenges and could have a material adverse effect on Our business.

Risk Management, ORSA and Corporate Governance Disclosure

The NAIC adopted the Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Model Act (the "ORSA Model Act"), which has been enacted in the State of Indiana. The ORSA Model Act requires insurers that exceed specified premium thresholds to maintain a framework for managing the risks associated with their entire holding company group, including noninsurance companies. In addition, at least annually, the insurer must prepare a summary report (the "ORSA Report") regarding its internal assessment of risk management and capital adequacy for the entire holding company group. ORSA Reports are filed on a confidential basis with the insurance holding company group's lead state regulator and made available to other domiciliary regulators within the holding company group. Global Atlantic filed its latest ORSA Report with the Indiana Department, on December 22, 2022. Global Atlantic also provided copies of the ORSA Report to regulators in Iowa and Massachusetts.

The NAIC adopted the Corporate Governance Annual Disclosure Model Act and Regulation. The model act, which has been adopted in Indiana, requires insurers to make an annual confidential filing regarding their corporate governance policies. We are in compliance with the requirements of the model act, as adopted in Indiana.

Federal Insurance Initiatives and Legislation

Although the federal government has not directly regulated the insurance business, federal initiatives often have an impact on Our life insurance business. From time to time, federal measures are proposed that may significantly affect the insurance business. Impacted areas include financial services regulation, securities regulation, derivatives regulation, pension regulation and taxation. In addition, various forms of direct and indirect federal regulation of insurance have been proposed from time to time, including proposals for the establishment of an optional federal charter for insurance companies.

The Dodd-Frank Act effected the most far-reaching overhaul of financial regulation in the United States in decades, including the creation of FSOC, which has the authority to designate certain financial companies as non-bank systemically important financial institutions ("non-bank SIFI"), thereby subjecting them to enhanced prudential standards and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. In December 2019, the FSOC released final interpretive guidance for designating non-bank SIFIs that incorporates an activities-based approach ("ABA") and that provides that the FSOC will pursue entity-specific determinations only if a potential risk or threat cannot be addressed through an ABA. We are not able to predict with certainty whether or what changes may be made to the Dodd-Frank Act in the future or whether such changes would have a material effect on its business operations. As such, We cannot currently identify all of the risks or opportunities, if any, that may be posed to its businesses as a result of changes to, or legislative replacements for, the Dodd-Frank Act.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created the CFPB, an independent agency in the Federal Reserve System with jurisdiction over credit, savings, payment, and other consumer financial products and services, other than investment products already regulated by the SEC or the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Certain of Our investments are regulated by the CFPB. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new framework of regulation of OTC derivatives markets which will require clearing of certain types of transactions currently traded OTC by us. We use derivatives to mitigate a wide range of risks in connection with its business, including those arising from its variable annuity products with guaranteed benefit features. The phase-in of initial margin requirements for non-cleared derivatives and the derivative clearing requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act could have an impact on Our business by increasing Our hedging costs.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act established the FIO within the U.S. Department of the Treasury. FIO has the authority, on behalf of the United States, to participate in the negotiations of international insurance agreements with foreign regulators, as well as to collect

information about the insurance industry and recommend prudential standards. While not having general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business of insurance, the director of the FIO performs various functions with respect to insurance, including serving as a non-voting member of FSOC and making recommendations to the FSOC regarding insurers to be designated for more stringent regulation.

Federal legislation and administrative policies in other areas, including employee benefit plan regulation and individual retirement account regulation, federal taxation and securities regulation, could significantly affect the insurance industry and the costs faced by its participants.

Federal Insurance Office

The Dodd-Frank Act established the FIO within the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the "Treasury Department," to monitor all aspects of the insurance industry and of lines of business other than certain health insurance, certain long-term care insurance and crop insurance. The FIO also has the authority to determine that state laws are inconsistent with international agreements entered into by the Secretary of the Treasury or the U.S. Trade Representative if such state law treats a non-U.S. insurer less favorably than a U.S. insurer which would result in such state laws being preempted.

While not having a general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business of insurance, the Director of the FIO performs various functions with respect to insurance, including serving as a non-voting member of the FSOC, and making recommendations to the FSOC regarding the designation of non-bank. SIFIs are subject to enhanced prudential standards and supervision by the Federal Reserve. The prudential standards for non-bank SIFIs include enhanced RBC requirements, leverage limits, liquidity requirements, single counterparty exposure limits, governance requirements for risk management, stress test requirements, special debt-to-equity limits for certain companies, early remediation procedures and recovery and resolution planning. Since FSOC made its first SIFI designations in 2013, Global Atlantic has not been designated by FSOC as a SIFI. There are currently no such nonbank financial companies designated by FSOC as "systemically significant." On April 21, 2017, the President of the United States issued an executive memorandum, or the "Executive Memorandum," to the Secretary of the Treasury Department, directing the Secretary of the Treasury Department to conduct a review of, and report to the President regarding, FSOC processes and imposing a temporary moratorium on non-SIFI determinations and designations pending completion of such review and receipt of such report. The requested report, which the Treasury Department published on November 17, 2017, recommends significant changes to the FSOC processes for making SIFI determinations and designations. The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act, which became effective May 24, 2018, made limited changes to Title I of the Dodd-Frank Act but did not make many of the changes recommended in the Treasury Department report. In December 2019, the FSOC issued interpretive guidance regarding the designation of nonbank financial companies SIFIs. This guidance implemented a number of reforms to the FSOC's SIFI designation approach by shifting from an "entity-based" approach to an "activities-based" approach whereby the FSOC would primarily focus on regulating activities that pose systematic risk to the financial stability of the United States, rather than designations of individual firms. Under the final guidance, designation of an individual firm as a SIFI would only occur if, after engaging with the firm's primary federal and state regulators, the FSOC determines that those regulators' actions are inadequate to address the identified potential risk to U.S. financial stability. If such designation were to occur with respect to the asset management or the insurance industry, We could be subject to significantly increased levels of regulation, which includes, without limitation, a requirement to adopt heightened standards relating to capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management, credit exposure reporting and concentration limits, restrictions on acquisitions and being subject to annual stress tests by the Federal Reserve.

On October 6, 2017, the Treasury Department issued its second of four reports related to Executive Order 13772, which touches on certain issues raised in the Executive Memorandum through its analysis of the asset management and insurance sectors. In this report, the Treasury Department recommended, among other things, that insurance regulators evaluate systemic risk by focusing on the potential risks arising from insurance products and activities of insurance companies, rather than by using an entity-based approach.

The Director of the FIO has also submitted various reports to Congress, including reports regarding (1) how to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States, (2) the impact of Part II of the Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act of 2010 and (3) the global reinsurance market and the regulation of reinsurance. Such reports could ultimately lead to changes in the regulation of insurers and reinsurers in the United States, such as FLIC.

USA PATRIOT Act

Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the "PATRIOT Act") amends the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 and the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 to expand AML and financial transparency laws applicable to financial services companies, including some categories of insurance companies. The PATRIOT Act, among other things, seeks to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism, money laundering or other illegal activities. To the extent required by applicable laws and regulations, certain of Our affiliates that are deemed "financial institutions" under the PATRIOT Act have adopted AML programs that include policies, procedures and controls to detect and prevent money laundering, designate a compliance officer to oversee the programs, provide for ongoing employee training and ensure periodic independent testing of the program. Our AML program, to the extent required, also establish and enforce customer identification programs and provide for the monitoring and the reporting to the Department of the Treasury of certain suspicious transactions.

Insurance Holding Company Regulation

Global Atlantic, as the parent of Us and its other U.S. insurance subsidiaries, is subject to the insurance holding company act of Indiana, as Our state of domicile, and each state where a Global Atlantic U.S. insurance subsidiary is domiciled (each, a "U.S. Domiciliary State"). These laws vary among jurisdictions, but generally require an insurance holding company and insurers that are members of such holding company system to register with their domestic insurance regulators and to file certain reports with those authorities, including information concerning their capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions and general business operations. Indiana has adopted a form of the NAIC's Model Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act, or the "Holding Company Model Act." The Holding Company Model Act includes the concept of "enterprise risk" within an insurance holding company system and imposes more extensive informational requirements on parents and other affiliates of licensed insurers or reinsurers, with the purpose of protecting the licensed companies from enterprise risk, including requiring an annual enterprise risk report by the ultimate controlling person identifying the material risks within the insurance holding company system that could pose enterprise risk to the licensed companies. Generally, under these laws, transactions between an insurance company and any affiliate must be fair and reasonable and, if material or of a specified category, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the insurance department of the applicable U.S. Domiciliary State.

Following the closing of the KKR Acquisition, KKR & Co. Inc. has been deemed by Our domiciliary state regulator, Indiana, to be the ultimate controlling person of Us for insurance holding company system purposes. An enterprise risk is generally defined as an activity or event involving affiliates of an insurer that could have a material adverse effect on the insurer or the insurer's holding company system.

Change of Control

Indiana's insurance holding company laws and regulations generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, or a controlling interest in any parent company of an insurance company, without the prior approval of the state insurance regulator. Acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company, like Us, or Our parent company is presumptively considered to have acquired control of the insurer, although such presumption may be rebutted by a showing that control does not in fact exist. The state insurance regulator may also find that control exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than 10% of voting securities. Accordingly, any person who acquires 10% or more of the voting interest of Global Atlantic's will be presumed to have acquired control of Us unless, following an application by such purchaser in Indiana, the insurance commissioner determines otherwise.

To obtain approval of any change in control, the proposed acquirer must file an application disclosing, among other information, its background, financial condition, the financial condition of its affiliates, the source and amount of funds by which it will affect the acquisition, the criteria used in determining the nature and amount of consideration to be paid for the acquisition, proposed changes in the management and operations of the insurance company and other related matters. In addition, the NAIC's former Private Equity Issues Working Group, which was formed to develop best practice recommendations relating to acquisitions of control of insurance or reinsurance companies by private equity and hedge funds, adopted new narrative guidance for state insurance examiners to consider in reviewing applications for an acquisition of an insurer by a private equity firm. Such guidance, modified to apply to any acquisition of an insurer by any acquiring party, has been adopted by the NAIC and is included in the NAIC's Financial Analysis Handbook. Such guidance may increase the scrutiny on applications by private equity and hedge fund purchasers or discourage such purchasers from acquiring controlling stakes in insurers.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates

Any transaction between Us and any of Our affiliates, must, among other things, be on terms which are fair and reasonable. In addition, We may not enter into any material transactions with any of its affiliates, including any sale, purchase or loan exceeding 3% of Our admitted assets as of the preceding December 31, unless it has notified the Commissioner in writing and the Commissioner has not disapproved the transaction within thirty days.

Dividend Payment Restrictions

The payment of dividends and other distributions by Us is subject to restrictions set forth in the insurance laws of the State of Indiana. Under these laws, We must deliver notice to the Indiana Department of any dividend or distribution within five business days after declaration of the dividend or distribution, and at least ten days before payment of the dividend or distribution. In addition, We may not pay an "extraordinary" dividend or distribution until the Indiana Department has either (1) approved the payment of the dividend or distribution or (2) not disapproved the payment of the dividend or distribution within thirty days after receiving notice of the declaration of the dividend or distribution. For purposes of applicable Indiana law, an "extraordinary" dividend or distribution is a dividend or distribution of cash or other property with a fair market value that, together with that of other dividends or distributions made by Us within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (1) 10% of Our statutory policyholders surplus as of the preceding December 31 or (2) Our statutory net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31. Dividends in excess of such amount would be considered "extraordinary" dividends or distributions for purposes of Indiana law and would be subject to the thirty-day notice and nondisapproval requirement described above. Additionally, dividends typically may not be paid except out of that part of an insurer's available surplus funds which is derived from accumulated net profits on its business; however, subject to obtaining

the prior approval of the Commissioner, Indiana allows a domestic insurer to pay dividends from a source other than earned surplus. The maximum ordinary dividend We can pay in 2023 is $488 million. No dividends were paid by us in 2022 or 2021.

Securities Regulation

We, Our Separate Account, and certain insurance policies and annuity contracts We offer, are subject to various forms of regulation under the federal securities laws administered by the SEC, state securities laws and rules and, with respect to distribution, the rules of FINRA. Certain of Our affiliates are investment advisers registered under the Advisers Act, while certain other affiliates are registered as broker-dealers under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and state securities laws as well as being members of FINRA. In addition, certain variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by Us are registered under the Securities Act.

Federal and state securities regulatory authorities and FINRA from time to time make inquiries regarding compliance by Our affiliates with securities and other laws and regulations regarding the conduct of Global Atlantic's securities businesses. Global Atlantic (on behalf of Us or Our affiliates, as applicable) endeavors to respond to such inquiries in an appropriate way and to take corrective action if warranted. Federal and state securities laws and regulations and FINRA rules are primarily intended to protect investors in the securities markets and generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply with such laws and regulations or to suspend the ability of key employees to provide such services. We may also be subject to similar laws and regulations in the states in which we offer securities products, provide investment advisory services or conduct other securities-related activities.

Regulation of Funeral Services

A FTC rule specifically governs sales practices associated with funeral services, and such practices are also subject to a general federal law proscription against unfair or deceptive acts and practices. State laws may establish similar proscriptions. Successful federal or state actions against funeral homes, or potentially against Us were We deemed liable for the actions of a funeral firm as its agent, could result in substantial fines, penalties or declaratory or injunctive relief that may result in prohibitions or restrictions on business activities, which could reduce the profitability of Our business. Moreover, if in the future the FTC or other regulators were to restrict or prohibit funeral homes from selling funeral plans or preneed insurance products, such action could reduce the profitability of FLIC's Our business.

Human Capital Resources

~~[To~~As beof ~~added~~April 6, by2023, ~~pre-effective~~Global Atlantic employs approximately 1500 ~~amendment]~~employees in 7 offices across the continental United States, London, and Bermuda. None of Our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement.

As a leading retirement and life insurance company, Global Atlantic's goal of delivering long-term value for Our customers depends on Our people. We look to recruit, hire and retain a diverse team of talented individuals who reinforce Our culture of diversity, inclusion, innovation, and critical thinking. We invest Our recruitment efforts in attracting and retaining talented people who are excited to take a collaborative, creative approach to problem solving and decision making.

Global Atlantic is committed to diversity. Our company's CEO is a signatory to PWC's CEO Action for Diversity and Inclusion Pledge, which outlines a specific set of actions that Our company will take to cultivate a trusting environment where all ideas are welcomed, and where employees feel comfortable and empowered to have discussions about diversity and inclusion. Global Atlantic has been recognized as a "Top 100 Company for Diversity" and "Best Place to Work" in both Des Moines and New York. We've continued to build relationships with diversity focused organizations such as The Women's Network, BLK Capital Management, Streetwise Partners, The Alumni Society, NABA, ALPFA, and more. We have 4 Diversity Business Networks (Asian Business Network, Black Business Network, Pride Business Network and Women's Business Network) and 8 Employee Engagement Advisory Councils, one in every office. These groups are focused on employee engagement, employee impact, and overall belonging. In 2022, we launched Our very first Executive Diversity Council composed of senior leaders across the organization responsible for the strategic alignment of DE&I initiatives within their business areas.

Global Atlantic continued to enhance its total rewards in 2022 with Whole Being approach, which respects and supports Our employees' diverse needs across Inclusion, Mind & Body, Giving, Career and Financial. A lifestyle reimbursement account was introduced which provides for student debt assistance, as well as fitness, commuter and caregiver expense reimbursement. Volunteer Time Off was doubled from 8 to 16 hours, and The Giving Opportunity ("GO") Project was introduced which invites employees to nominate a charitable organization that they are passionate about, for a chance to win a grant of up to $10,000. Across all charitable programs including employee match, crisis response and corporate donations, a total of $3 Million was gifted across more than 500 unique organizations during 2022, and 3 philanthropic partnerships were established including Accion Opportunity Fund, National Forest Foundation and StreetWise Partners.

Exemption from Filing Reports Under the Securities Exchange Act

The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov). At this time, weWe are relying on an exemption from the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Securities Exchange Act”), as provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act. As such, we currently do not file reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act. We reserve the right to stop relying on this exemption at any time.

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Securities Exchange Act"), as provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act. As such, We currently do not file reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act. We reserve the right to stop relying on this exemption at any time.

Properties

FLIC’'s principal administrative offices are located at 10 West Market Street, Suite 2300, Indianapolis, Indiana. Under the Service Agreement, GAFC has provided FLIC access to its leased office space. FLIC believes that this leased office space is adequate for its present needs in all material respects.

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’'S BUSINESS

~~Risks Related~~RISK ~~to Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability~~FACTORS

~~[To~~You should consider carefully, in addition to the other information becontained ~~added~~in bythis ~~pre-effective~~Prospectus, ~~amendment]~~the following risk factors before purchasing the Contract.

~~Risks~~We ~~Related~~are a wholly owned subsidiary of CALIC, which itself is a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Global Atlantic. As a member of the Global Atlantic enterprise, We rely on and benefit from Global Atlantic's resources and expertise in the operation of Our business, including with respect to ~~Business~~underwriting, ~~Continuity~~risk management and the management of ~~Cybersecurity~~Our investment portfolio. Accordingly, where applicable, the following risk factors refer to risks impacting Global Atlantic which, as a result of Our reliance on Global Atlantic's resources and expertise, could affect Our business, financial condition and results of operations.

~~[To be~~Risk ~~added~~Factors byRelated ~~pre-effective~~to ~~amendment]~~Our Business

Actual or perceived changes in general economic, market and political conditions and policies and interest rates could impact Our ability to sell Our products and Our results of operations.

Actual or perceived stressed conditions, volatility and disruptions in financial asset classes or various capital markets can have an adverse effect on Us, both because such conditions may decrease the returns on, and value of, Our investment portfolio and because Our benefit and claim liabilities are sensitive to changing market factors, in particular Our fixed-indexed annuity products. Market factors include interest rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices, economic uncertainty, derivative prices and availability, real estate markets, supply chain disruption, inflation, foreign exchange rates and controls and national and international political circumstances (including governmental instability, wars, terrorist acts or security operations, other geopolitical events and the Russian-Ukraine conflict) and the volatility and returns in capital markets. Disruptions in one market or asset class can also spread to other markets or asset classes. Our business operations and results may also be affected by the level of economic activity, such as the level of employment, business investment and spending, consumer spending and savings and the impact on the economy of epidemics and pandemics, such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and reactions and responses thereto, and monetary and fiscal policies, such as U.S. fiscal imbalances and changes in U.S. trade policies, or of a prolonged shutdown of the U.S. government. In times of economic hardship, such as the current inflationary period, Our policyholders may also choose to defer paying insurance premiums, stop paying insurance premiums altogether or surrender their policies. In addition, actual or perceived difficult conditions in the capital markets may discourage individuals from making investment decisions and purchasing Our products. Additionally, We have, from time to time, experienced an elevated incidence of life insurance claims as a result of increased unemployment, which impacts policyholder health and life expectancy and has adversely impacted utilization of benefits relative to Our assumptions. As a result, an economic downturn may result in a material adverse effect on Our sales, investment returns and results of operations.

Upheavals and stagnation in the financial markets can also affect Our financial condition (including Our liquidity and capital levels) as a result of the impact of such events on Our assets and liabilities. Our investments and derivative financial instruments are subject to risks of credit defaults and changes in market values. Periods of volatility or disruption in the financial and credit markets could increase these risks. Underlying factors relating to volatility affecting the financial and credit markets could lead to other than temporary impairment of assets in Our investment portfolio or a decrease in the ratings of Our investments, which would negatively impact Our earnings and capital ratios. If we fail to effectively manage its assets or liabilities during difficult market, economic and geopolitical conditions, Our investment portfolio could incur material losses. Moreover, Our investment portfolio includes structured products and other less liquid assets, such as securities backed by renewable energy, equipment leasing and real estate equity investments, which We may not be able to liquidate readily. If We are required to liquidate these investments when market conditions are unfavorable, the prices of these assets may be depressed and it could take an extended period of time to complete such sales. The ongoing impact of COVID-19 on Our business, results of operations and financial condition is difficult to predict. A continued economic downturn or increased market volatility may result in a material adverse effect on Our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

To the extent these uncertainties persist, Our revenues, reserves and net investment income, as well as the demand for certain of Our products, are likely to come under pressure. Similarly, sustained periods of low interest rates and risk asset returns could reduce income from Our investment portfolio, increase Our liabilities for claims and future benefits and increase the cost of risk transfer measures, causing Our profit margins to erode. The estimated cost of providing guaranteed minimum withdrawal, income and Death Benefits

incorporates various assumptions about the overall performance of equity markets over the life of the product. Therefore, extreme declines in equity markets could cause Us to incur significant operating losses and capital increases due to, among other reasons, the impact of such decline on guarantees related to Our annuity products, including from increases in liabilities, increased capital requirements or collateral requirements associated with certain of Our agreements. Even in the absence of a market downturn, We are exposed to substantial risk of loss due to market volatility. Additionally, fluctuations in Our results of operations and realized and unrealized gains and losses on Our investment and derivative portfolio may impact Our tax profile, ability to optimally utilize tax attributes and its deferred income tax assets.

We are also exposed to risks associated with the potential financial instability of Our customers, many of whom may be adversely affected by volatile conditions in the capital markets. As a result, Our customers may modify, delay, or cancel plans to purchase Our products, liquidate or surrender outstanding policies, or make changes in the mix of products purchased, any of which could be unfavorable to Us. Any inability of current and/or potential customers to pay for Our products may adversely affect Our earnings and cash flow.

Finally, as may be the case in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic and the current economic environment, periods of prolonged or significant market downturns raise the possibility of, legislative, judicial, regulatory and other governmental actions which actions could have a material adverse effect on Our business and financial condition. See "Regulation."

The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse effect on FLIC's Our liquidity, financial condition and operating results.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and could continue to have, a material adverse impact on the global economy, and could have a material adverse effect on Our liquidity, financial condition and operating results, due to its impact on the economy and financial markets. While the COVID-19 pandemic has not caused significant disruptions to Our business, its financial condition or its ability to serve its customers as of December 31, 2022, a deep or prolonged economic downturn may result in a material adverse effect on Our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. The pandemic may impact policyholder behavior in unexpected ways, and We may respond to such impacts on policyholder behavior in ways that materially affect Our business and results of operations. For example, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, FLIC provided a nationwide moratorium starting in March 2020 preventing the lapse or cancellation of life insurance policies for the non-payment of premiums. As of the date hereof, the moratorium has been lifted nationwide but no assurances can be given that moratoriums will not be implemented again in the future. In addition, Our operations in certain jurisdictions could be adversely impacted, including through quarantine measures, travel restrictions and remote work arrangements imposed or adopted in particular on key personnel, wholesalers, advisors and agents who sell FLIC's products, or to the individuals to whom those products are marketed, and any related health issues of such personnel. In addition, Our operations could be disrupted if any such personnel contract COVID-19. Similar consequences may arise with respect to other comparable infectious diseases.

We cannot make any prediction of specific scenarios with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, and risk management and contingency plans We have implemented may not adequately protect Our business from such events.

Increased economic uncertainty and increased unemployment resulting from

Filing Compare · Forethought Life Insurance Co